Weather Omens

Weather Omens of Enūma Anu Enlil
Cuneiform Monographs
Editors
t. abusch – m.j. geller
s.m. maul – f.a.m. wiggermann
VOLUME 43
The titles published in this series are listed at brill.nl/cumo

Weather Omens of Enūma Anu Enlil
Thunderstorms, Wind and Rain (Tablets 44–49)
By
Erlend Gehlken
LEIDEN • BOSTON
2012
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data
Weather omens of Enuma Anu Enlil : thunderstorms, wind and rain (tablets 44-49) /
Erlend Gehlken.
p. cm. — (Cuneiform monographs ; 43)
Includes bibliographical references and index.
ISBN 978-90-04-22588-6 (hardback : alk. paper)
1. Akkadian language—Texts. 2. Omens—Iraq—Babylonia. I. Gehlken, Erlend.
PJ3791.W43 2012
492’.1—dc23
2011052560
ISSN 0929-0052
ISBN 978 90 04 22588 6 (hardback)
ISBN 978 90 04 22599 2 (e-book)
Copyright 2012 by Koninklijke Brill NV, Leiden, The Netherlands.

Koninklijke Brill NV incorporates the imprints Brill, Global Oriental, Hotei Publishing,
IDC Publishers and Martinus Nijhoff Publishers.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, translated, stored in
a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical,
photocopying, recording or otherwise, without prior written permission from the publisher.
Authorization to photocopy items for internal or personal use is granted by Koninklijke Brill NV
provided that the appropriate fees are paid directly to The Copyright Clearance Center,
222 Rosewood Drive, Suite 910, Danvers, MA 01923, USA.
Fees are subject to change.
This book is printed on acid-free paper.

contents v
meiner Mutter (†)

in Liebe und Dankbarkeit
vi contents
contents vii
Contents
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
I. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
‘Technical’ Remarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
II. The Adad Tablets EAE 44–49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
A. Tablet 44 (Thunder). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

1. Introductory Remarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2. Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
‘Group I’. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
‘Group II’. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
B. Tablet 45 (Thunder). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

1. Introductory Remarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
2. Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
3. Commentary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
4. Other Sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
C. Tablet 46 (Thunder). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

1. Introductory Remarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
2. Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
3. Commentaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
4. Other Sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
D. Tablet 47 (Lightning, Rainbows and Earthquakes) . . . . . . . . 122

2. Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
3. Commentaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
E. Tablet 48 (Rain, Fog and Mud) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

2. Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Part 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
viii contents
Part 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
3. Commentary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

F. Tablet 49 (Wind) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
2. Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
3. Commentaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
4. Other Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
III. The Series Rikis gerri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

1. Introductory Remarks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
2. Sequence of the Tablets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
3. Catalogue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
4. Two Selected Rikis gerri Tablets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
List of Plates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Index of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Logograms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
1 Akkadian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
2 Sumerian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
3 Readings of Uncertain Meaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Index of Names and Subjects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Personal Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Gods, Demons and Stars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Lands, Towns and Rivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Temples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Subjects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Index of Texts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Texts Discussed and Quoted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Non-Akkadian / -Sumerian Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Concordances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
1 Museum Numbers of Texts Edited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
2 Previously Published Texts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
General Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Conventions Used in the Transcriptions and Translations . . . . . 285
preface ix
Preface
This volume treats the second half of the weather section of the Assyro-
Babylonian omen series Enūma Anu Enlil (‘EAE’). Tablets EAE 44–46
record thunder omens, EAE 47 deals with lightning, rainbows and earth-
quakes and EAE 48 refers to rain, fog, and mud. The section ends with an
incompletely preserved wind tablet, EAE 49, while EAE 50 is the begin-
ning of the star and planet section, which has already been published in
parts. The first two thunder tablets, EAE 42 and 43, have been edited in
volume 1 of the ‘Zeitschrift für Orient-Archäologie’ and a brief introduc-
tion to the weather section appears in volume 36 of the ‘Baghdader
Mitteilungen’. The beginning of the weather section, tablets EAE 36–41
which follow the solar eclipse tablets, still awaits publication. It mainly
deals with mist, clouds, dawn and the glow of the sunset.
The aim of this work is to give a clear exposition of the structure of the
weather section. It is not the aim to identify every fragment which might
be joined to a larger piece (quite apart from the fact that practical reasons
would not have allowed this).
All the texts are presented in score transcription. The text corpus is
completed with the addition of the associated commentaries plus related
reference data. The photographs are intended to supplement the hand
copies, which were made by J. A. Craig and Ch. Virolleaud more than a
century ago. Most of the texts come from Nineveh. The tablets from the
city of Assur, which are to be published elsewhere, could not be taken into
consideration.
A brief outline of the series Rikis gerri, which presents a selection of
omens as an ‘overview volume’, completes the study. Two texts which
play a major role for this book are presented in detail.
As usual, a few questions remain.
My sincere thanks go to the Trustees of the British Museum in London,

who gave permission to publish the tablets in the form presented here.
I feel obliged to the staff of the Study Room in the Department of the
Midddle East, without whose help this book would not have been written.
Peter Bews, Birmingham, was kind enough to correct my English.
Furthermore, I wish to express my thanks to Markham J. Geller, London,
x preface
who encouraged me to write this volume and who also mediated the con-
tact to Brill publishing company. I would very much like to express my
gratitude to the staff of Brill for the fruitful and understanding co-opera-
tion. The high quality of the book speaks for itself.
introduction 1
I. Introduction
The major celestial-terrestrial omen collection Enūma Anu Enlil (‘EAE’)

has been given much attention, and not only by us in modern times.1 The
Babylonians and the Assyrians themselves tried to tap into the extensive
material by making it more accessible through commentaries, excerpts
and the series Rikis gerri, which provides small groups of reference omens.
For them, too, certain passages from earlier times or from other regions
such as Susa were no longer immediately self-explanatory, as is shown by
the comments on individual phrases or words. The popularity of the series
can be particularly seen from the ‘reports’ on striking celestial phenomena
which were sent in large numbers to the Neo-Assyrian kings in the seventh
century by scholars from all over the Empire.2 In almost all cases those
phenomena were explained by a quotation from the EAE series. In
addition the omens are quoted in contemporary letters. The importance
of the series is also reflected by the fact that it was translated into other
languages. With the gradual decline of the Babylonian culture the
knowledge about Enūma Anu Enlil was not lost; many omens, even longer
passages, had long since found their way into Greek literature, which
likewise was part of the ancient Etruscan3 and Roman cultural heritage.
A few examples will suffice: passsages from the weather tablets, translated
almost literally, are found for example in the poem Пερὶ σεισμω̃ ν, which is
attributed to both Hermes Trismegistos and Orpheus.4 Another example
is the Brontologion of Hermes Trismegistos. In Aristoteles’ Μετεωρολογικά
or Euktemon’s Пερὶ σημείων one is also reminded of Enūma Anu Enlil.
The ‘final’ editing of EAE was conducted in the seventh century B.C.
Precursors date back to the early second millennium. The text corpus
consists of the series as such (seventy tablets, each with about one hun-
dred omens), the excerpt series Rikis gerri (‘RG’), individual excerpts and
comparable ad hoc compilations, linguistic and factual commentaries
1
Summaries are given by, e.g., Weidner 1941–1944, 172–193; Rochberg-Halton 1988,
2–17 (celestial divination in general) and 18–35 (lunar eclipse tablets of EAE); Gehlken
2005, 235–242. The key issues are discussed below, based on the summary given in the last
reference; for details refer to the publications mentioned.
2
Hunger 1992.
3
I. Lydus, Liber de ostentis et calendaria graeca omnia (edition: C. Wachsmuth 1863);
cf. J. Turfa, Bryn Mawr Classical Review 2008.07.14.
4
Cf. Bezold–Boll 1911, 12.
2 introduction
(primarily mukallimtu and ṣâtu commentaries, but also maš’āltu inquiries

and excerpt commentaries) as well as the associate series Sîn ina tāmartīšu
(‘SIT’), which provides further comments—in particular technical com-
ments—on selected omens of the main series.5
Two catalogues, both of them only partly preserved, supply the incipits
for several tablets: the Uruk catalogue covers the beginning, the Assur
catalogue a larger part in the middle of the series. In addition the Assur
catalogue lists a large number of ‘non-canonical’ (aḫû) tablets,6 which are
not to be understood as a secondary, but rather as an additional, tradition,
likewise organized as a series. Any number of non-canonical omens can
be inserted at any location in the text of the main tradition, and they are
also quoted in letters (e.g. ABL 519).
According to current knowledge, Enūma Anu Enlil originated in
Babylonia. From there the series passed to Assyria and to the neighbour-
ing countries. The most important precursor of the ‘canonical’ version is
certainly the collection of omens which later becomes tablet 63 of Enūma
Anu Enlil: the Venus signs recorded here go back to the reign of King
Ammiṣaduqa (1646–1626).7 It is striking that scarcely any other major
group of tablets is known from the Old Babylonian period. According to
the analysis of Th. Bauer one OB text, the provenance of which is unknown,
is not a direct precursor of Enūma Anu Enlil but rather “a compilation of
scholarly records and popular mnemonics of the kind which were in
circulation for the weather on New Year’s Day.”8 F. Rochberg points out
that in the field of the lunar eclipse tablets no direct line can be drawn
5
A critical examination of the theses presented by Frahm in his volume ‘Babylonian
and Assyrian Text Commentaries. Origins of Interpretation’ (Frahm 2011) was not possible
since that book was published after the submission of the present study (May 31st, 2011). No
changes have been made; apart from this reference three additional footnotes have been
added.
Frahm presents a complete collection of all available commentaries as well as a com-
pilation of the applied hermeneutic techniques used in the commentaries. In the part of
the book in which the material is evaluated, new approaches to the subject of the canoni-
zation of the texts are introduced, dealing also with the subsequent emergence of a tradi-
tion of writing commentaries whose aim it was to keep the texts alive and accessible, texts
which had been fixed and established.
It needs to be pointed out that the two mukallimtu types ‘3a’ and ‘5’ are not character-
ized as such in the present study (Frahm 2011, 46; cf. Weidner 1968–1969, 69, note 17 [‘vs’
Weidner 1941–1944, 182]). In some cases (as in the case of, e.g., Sm 9) the designations
chosen for the text categories differ; K 4777, although it offers more than only word expla-
nations, is classified as a ṣâtu commentary in this study (see Frahm 2011, 136).
6
Weidner 1941–1944, 184f.
7
Reiner–Pingree 1975.
8
Bauer 1936.
introduction 3
from the Old Babylonian period to the Neo-Assyrian period, but that there
is rather “a discontinuity in textual history, where two basic traditions are
seen to coexist. The distinction between Assyrian and Babylonian
recensions also becomes apparent in this material for the first time. ... This
transitional stage has both an Assyrian and a Babylonian form. ... Together
with another group of Middle Assyrian texts ... these sources indicate the
existence of a middle period celestial omen series EAE.”9 On the other
hand, the Middle Babylonian earthquake omens from Nuzi are direct
precursors of the canonical version.10 During the process of rearranging
the signs which had been handed down and establishing the ‘final’ version
many omens were dropped, inserted, regrouped or added as variants;
deviating traditions from peripheral areas were incorporated, too.
A uniform numbering of the tablets has never been achieved; indepen-
dent ‘schools’, originating in different places and at different times, can
be identified.11 The versions of those schools differ less by their omisssion
or insertion of omens rather than by the distribution of the subject matter
on the single tablets, whereby the arrangement of the material remains
approximately the same. Babylon and Borsippa are usually grouped
together because of the reference to both cities in a number of colophons
(see, e.g., K 2254 rev. 13 [Craig 1899, 5]: ‘GABA.RI TIN.TIRKI Bár-sípKI’).
From a text from Sippar it is clear that the numbering of tablets in Uruk
and Sippar is identical until at least EAE 28.12 The text reached Assyria at
two different periods: in an Assur recension the tablet numbers are lower
by 6 than in the ‘standard’ recension.13 Apart from the possibility of major
omissions the reasons for this are most likely to be found in tablets com-
bining two units which record omens for only six months. An Assyrian
scholar, Nabû-zuqup-kēnu, who wrote numerous tablets in Kalḫu which
were later taken to Nineveh, states that the tablets were copied from
originals but does not necessarily indicate from which ones. He did not
introduce his own numbering system, but preferred to retain the numbers
of the respective templates. In the library of Assurbanipal in Nineveh
there are, besides the tablets of Nabû-zuqup-kēnu, tablets written in
Babylonian script which originate from the south and tablets which were
written in situ in Assyrian script.14 Consequently it is clear that there was
9
Rochberg-Halton 1988, 23.
10
Lacheman 1937; see EAE 47.
11
For a different view with additional bibliography see Hunger–Pingree 1999, 13.
12
Cf. Gehlken 2000, 346.
13
Weidner 1941–1944, 185; Fincke 2001, 39.
14
For more details see Frahm 2011, 272–279.
4 introduction
no canon in the strict sense of the word in spite of the relative uniformity
of the series. As no numbering system is completely preserved, the one
with the lowest numbers is chosen as the reference system. As far as can
be verified, this numbering is consistent with that from Uruk.15
Many omens are comparable to our popular proverbs connected to the
weather. They are based on years of observation and experience, which
means that they have a ‘true’ meteorological background (an example:
halos and coronae around the sun and moon have always been regarded
as harbingers of bad weather).16 Particular weather phenomena for a fixed
date can be interpreted in different ways depending on the place and time
of the origin of the omen. Finally, reference needs to be made to the ten-
dency, for reasons of symmetry or completeness, to ‘fill in’ non-attested
facts and phenomena (such as missing directions, e.g. north for the course
of the sun) with fictitious apodoses.
The copies of J. A. Craig (1899) provided a first overview for the series;
the sequence of the tablets is given in his ‘Index I’. The foundation for the
understanding of the series was laid by Ch. Virolleaud, who from 1903 on
edited many London texts of Assurbanipal’s library as copies and tran-
scriptions. His classification is still in use today (Virolleaud 1903–1909,
1910, 1911–1912). We owe the first comprehensive survey to E. Weidner
(1941–1944, 1954–1956, 1968–1969).
The main series is subdivided into general lunar omens (tablets EAE
1–14; partly published by Verderame [2002; nos. 1–6] and Al-Rawi–George
[1991–1992; no. 14]), lunar eclipse omens (tablets EAE 15–22, published by
Rochberg-Halton [1988]), general solar omens (tablets EAE 23–29; pub-
lished by van Soldt [1995]), solar eclipse omens (tablets EAE 30–35;
unpublished), weather omens (tablets EAE 36–49; nos. 42–43 published
by Gehlken [2008]), and fixed star and planetary omens (tablets EAE
50–70; partly published by Reiner–Pingree [1981; nos. 50–51], [1998; Venus
omens], [1975; no. 63], [2005; Jupiter omens], and Largement [1957; no.
56]).
The cuneiform tablets are to be found in many museums (in Baghdad,
Paris, Istanbul, and Berlin, to name a few), but the majority of the easily
accessible texts, those of the Neo-Assyrian period from the library of
Assurbanipal, is housed in London. E. Reiner gives an overview of these
in her catalogue of ‘Celestial Omen Tablets and Fragments in the British
Museum’ (Reiner 1998). Another important set of texts was excavated in
Gehlken 2005, 254.

15
See EAE 46, note 5; cf. Gehlken 2005, note 14.

16
introduction 5
the city of Assur and is now housed in Berlin. It was not possible to con-
sider here either these tablets or those from the Archaeological Museum
in Istanbul. Apart from the tablets which belong to Assurbanipal’s library
there are more collections of Neo-Babylonian texts from other cities,
especially from Sippar and Babylon, in the British Museum; other muse-
ums, for example, the Vorderasiatische Museum in Berlin, also contain a
large number of tablets, which helps to complete the EAE text corpus.
E. Weidner was the first to offer a list of the texts from the preceding
Old Babylonian and Middle Babylonian periods (Weidner 1941–1944,
173–174). These data have been updated mainly by U. Koch-Westenholz
(1995, 36–51) and H. Hunger (Hunger–Pingree 1999, 7–12). Some isolated
sources which are not listed in these surveys will not be discussed here,
e.g. the Kassite (?) tablet BM 97210 (Šamaš and Adad omens); I am
indebted to Christopher Walker, London, for this reference. The three
aforementioned sources may also be consulted for textual evidence from
the so-called peripheral regions; in addition, Rochberg–Halton 1988, 19;
23–26; 30–35 (precursors of the ‘canonical’ lunar eclipse tablets; texts
from Assyria/Babylonia and from outside Mesopotamia) need to be con-
sulted. Texts from Susa, Qatna, Alalaḫ, Emar, Ugarit, and Ḫattuša are
known, among them texts in Elamite, Hurrian, Ugaritic, and Hittite.
This volume offers, in the main, an edition on the basis of the Kouyunjik
material.
The series Iqqur īpuš (henceforth ‘i. i.’; Labat 1965)—a compendium
comparable to Enūma Anu Enlil—offers in places direct parallels (see,
e.g., EAE 47, below; furthermore, cf. EAE 42). The reason is probably the
fact that its meteorological section is simply an excerpt from EAE, modi-
fied in parts. A few parallels are also to be found in the series Šumma ālu
ina mēlê šakin17 and in related text genres such as hemerologies and
menologies.
In connection with the weather a further class of Babylonian
compendium has to be mentioned: the so-called astrolab, corresponding
to Hesiod’s ‘Works and Days’ and dating back to the early second
millennium B.C.18
The prognoses of Enūma Anu Enlil primarily address the King; they
concern politics, agriculture, and the general welfare of the people. The
forecasts bear witness to the intentions of the gods, but do not predict an
17
‘If the soil extrudes honey ...’ (EAE: tablet 43, K 15518 : 2'; Šumma ālu: CT 39, 13a, 3)
and similar.
18
Casaburi 2003.
6 introduction
irrevocable fate. Individual horoscopes do not gain importance until the

Hellenistic period.
The ‘astronomical diaries’ which were kept from at least 652 B. C. on19
record regular weather observations. The Babylonian attempts to predict
the weather on a scientific basis were not crowned with success.20 As is
well-known, the situation is quite different with astronomical predictions.21
The Babylonian methods and results were adopted by the Greeks and are
still valid today.
Finally, a few remarks specifically on the weather section (tablets EAE
36–49).22 The first two tablets deal with haze and related phenomena, the
next four tablets (EAE 38–41) with clouds. The thunder section follows
(EAE 42–46). The next tablet records lightning, rainbow and earthquake
signs, followed by tablet EAE 48 with rain, fog, and mud omens. The final
tablet—EAE 49—deals with winds. Altogether the weather section must
have contained about 1400 omens (14 tablets à 100 entries); most of them
cannot be regained because of the incompleteness of the sources. The
cloud section is particularly badly preserved. Some phenomena, e.g. dawn
and other atmospheric light appearances, still have to be assigned to
specific tablets.
The protases of the tablets edited in this volume:
EAE 44 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú GIM GAL.BÚR [ŠUB]

or
[DIŠ ] LUGAL ARADMEŠ-šú i-ḫe-es -si
EAE 45 DIŠ dIŠKUR ina KUR dUTU GÙ-šú ŠUB
EAE 46 DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU dIMIN.BI GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma

MULMEŠ-šú-nu se-bet-ti-šú-nu ana KI-tì it-tab-ku-ni
EAE 47 DIŠ ina IM.U19 NIM.GÍR ib-ríq
19
Hunger–Pingree 1999, 139; the first volume was published by A. J. Sachs and H. Hun-
ger in 1988.
20
Hunger 1976.
21
Neugebauer 1955; Hunger–Pingree 1999.
22
All aspects relating to the weather god Adad have been collected and discussed by
D. Schwemer (2001); with regard to the sequence of the tablets cf. Gehlken 2005, 249–268.
introduction 7
EAE 48 DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA AN ŠUR-nun
EAE 49 DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA IM.U18.LU DU
* * *
‘Technical’ Remarks
– For abbreviations which are not listed here see Wolfram von Soden,
Akkadisches Handwörterbuch (AHw), Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz 1965,
1972, and 1981.
– The translation does not adhere slavishly to the Babylonian original.
Minor breaks are only indicated in the transcription.
– In doubtful, unimportant cases the more probable reading and
translation have been chosen without further comment (e.g., ‘[ ] GÁL’
at the end of an apodosis instead of ‘[ ] IG’ or ‘[ ]-ik’ [etc.]); these
readings have not always been incorporated in the indices.
8 introduction
a. tablet 44 9
II. The Adad Tablets EAE 44–49

10 the adad tablets eae 44–49
a. tablet 44 11
A. Tablet 44
(Thunder)
1. Introductory Remarks
Literature: Weidner 1968–1969, 721
Position of the tablet in the series: Gehlken 2005, 259
Number of omens: 115 (in one of the two known traditions)
State of preservation: The problems which must be tackled in the recon-

struction of tablet 44 have already been discussed in detail (Gehlken 2005,
263–266, ‘Schritt D’).2 There are two tablets with different incipits, but in
all probability the same catchline (texts A [K 2169] and K [81-7-27, 131]). It
is not certain whether both incipits are ‘genuine’: neither of them appears
clearly as a catchline, either on an EAE tablet or in a commentary.3 The
omens of text A (including parallel texts) do not have anything in com-
mon with those of text K (including parallel texts);4 in both text groups
several omens are preserved at the beginning (group ‘A’: 41, group ‘K’: 15),
both groups are missing the middle part, in both groups there are, how-
ever, remaining parts of omens before the colophon which could match.—
In Section 2 the two principal groups are treated in sequence (as ‘group I’
and ‘group II’).5
1
All the manuscripts belonging to EAE 42, 43, and 44 are discussed together under
‘tablet 44’.
2
There are no new attestations. Only new texts can help to find a definite solution, not
a new interpretation of familiar sources.
3
It is still doubtful whether line rev. 7' on tablet Rm 455+ is actually a catchline or not
(→ Gehlken 2008 sub EAE 43; incipit of EAE 44, ‘group II’).
4
It should be pointed out that text A contains some additional non-canonical omens,
which means that it is not a ‘pure’ EAE representative.
5
For the purpose of a better separation capital letters have been omitted in the con-
tinuous numbering of the sources (the first text of ‘group II’ is text K, the last of ‘group I’ is
text D).
It is not yet possible to decide whether two completely different tradi-

tions existed or whether only the first part was different; it is also possible
that in a particular school one part belonged to the preceding tablet.6
Structure: Cf. the preceding point. In ‘group I’ there are sequences of

omens with the following protases: “If Adad ‘utters’ his roar like such and
such an animal (henceforth ‘thunders like ...’)”, “If Adad ‘utters’ his roar x
times (henceforth ‘thunders x times’)”, “If Adad ‘shouts’ x times (i.e. thun-
ders x times)”. ‘Group II’ begins with a (not yet completely restorable)
section which deals, after a few introductory omens, with [thunder] (?)
and sankullu lightning, which flashes in ‘all four’ directions (IM.4.BA);
after this there follow eight omens for thunder in combination with light-
ning in general and sankullu lightning in particular, which flashes in the
four separate directions of the compass. Although the beginning of those
omens is missing in all the texts they can nevertheless be restored with
certainty (the spatial arrangement of the second omen for the easterly
wind in source N clearly shows that no month names may be added before
‘dIŠKUR’; otherwise one might have thought, perhaps, of 8×12=96 omens,
which would have been sufficient for a complete EAE tablet). The omens
directly before the colophon deal with claps of thunder in different kinds
of clouds. Tablet 44 and 45 belong close together. In both of them the roll
of thunder is compared to different animal voices,7 in both of them single
claps of thunder are counted, in tablet EAE 44 amongst others in the form
“DIŠ dIŠKUR x-šú GÙ”, in EAE 45, on the other hand, in the form “DIŠ
d
IŠKUR x GÙ”.8
6
This is most likely. Tablet EAE 42 has a shorter and a longer version (additional ani-
mal section at the end, see Gehlken 2005, 259; id. 2008, 258; 284); consequently, tablet EAE
43 has two different beginnings (in one case the ‘canonical’ beginning, and in a second
case the beginning comprises the animal section which forms the end of tablet 42). It is
quite conceivable that the ‘shorter’ version of EAE 43 (i.e. the one without the animal sec-
tion at the beginning) had the animal section of tablet EAE 44 (omens of ‘group I’, K 2169)
as ‘length compensation’ in the final part. In the latter case EAE 44 would begin with the
omens of ‘group II’ (81-7-27, 131), in the other case the omens of ‘group I’ would be included
before them. Since (most probably) the same catchline to EAE 45 appears in both groups,
the initial and the final part of both (attested) traditions are again consistent from this
tablet on, i.e. from tablet 45. See note 2.
7
Cf. here Röck 1916 (“Die Stimmen des Wettergottes”).
8
For a comparable differentiation with the lunar tablets cf. Rochberg-Halton 1988, nn.
a. tablet 44 13
Excerpts:—9
Rikis gerri texts:—
Forerunners:—
Commentaries:—
Sîn ina tāmartīšu:—
Other sources related by topic: With the two partly overlapping texts
K 3884 and K 7941, which will be discussed in detail sub EAE 45, it is
not certain whether the initial part (omens of the type “DIŠ dIŠKUR x-šú
GÙ ...”) belongs to tablet EAE 44 (the attested omens of this type differ in
the apodoses!) or rather to EAE 45.
ʹReportsʹ and letters:—
Sources:
Text
Sigla Museum No. Provenance Script Publication Omens
A K 2169 Nineveh NA ACh A 8, 11, 22; AAT 44; I 1–26 and

Smith 1887, pl. 20f. rev. 1'–5'
(plate 1)
B 79-7-8, 111 Nineveh NA ACh A 8, 11; AAT 34 I 11–41

(plate 2)
C K 2104 Nineveh NA (plate 3) I 25–37
D K 5989 Nineveh NA AAT 45 see the

(plate 3) transcription
K 81-7-27, 131 Nineveh NA ACh A 21; AAT 45 II 1–N2 and

(plate 4) rev. 2'–5'
L 79-7-8, 48 + Nineveh NA ACh A 21 (48), II 3–N2

+ 79-7-8, 311 2S 101b (311); AAT 48 (48)
(plate 5)
Tablets which do not contain the complete text but which do not omit omens are
9
not referred to as ‘excerpts’ (for details see the discussion of the texts below).
M K 3004 Nineveh NB (plate 6) II 4/1–W1
N K 9557 + 79-7-8, Nineveh NA 2S 101a (K 9557) II S1–W2

91 (plate 7)
Commentaries
—
[Preliminary remark: The horizontal lines that are printed in the tran-
scription of the main sources A–D and K–N are to be found on all copies.
A: 8.5 × 9.8; slightly more than the upper half (including the edges) is
preserved; the right upper corner is missing; the beginning and the end of
the text are preserved, as is the colophon containing the catchline to tab-
let EAE 45 and the (‘wrong’) tablet number ‘58’. This tablet, which might
have contained the text of a complete EAE tablet, lists eleven non-canon-
ical omens in addition.
B: 7 × 8.8 × 2.4; widthways more than half-preserved; in longitudinal
direction the upper half and the lower edge are missing; the left edge still
exists; the obverse is encrusted, only a few lines are still legible in parts.
C: 5.1 × 8.3; left lower corner, only one side preserved.
D: 4.8 × 4.8 × 2; left upper corner of the tablet with preserved edges;
the obverse is more strongly curved than the reverse, the preserved part
of which is blank.
K: 5.3 × 8.2 × 2.1; right upper quarter of the tablet with preserved edges;
the beginning of the text (catchline of Rm 455+ [→ Gehlken 2008, 293, EAE
43, source C]) and the end are still extant, as are parts of the colophon
with the catchline to tablet EAE 45. The tablet could have offered space
for the complete text of EAE 44.
L: 7 × 6 × 2.5; it cannot be definitively stated what the original width
of the tablet was; at the top and at the bottom a large edge piece is missing
in each case; the right edge is preserved; on the reverse, parts of a colo-
phon can still be found.
M: 7.9 × 7.9 × 2.8; no edge preserved; the left and the lower half of the
tablet are missing, as well as a large part at the beginning of the text; on
the reverse remains of writing are to be seen only in two very small areas
(lines 1' and 2'ff.).
a. tablet 44 15
N: 9.3 × 5.8 × 2.8; the left half of the tablet is missing; the original

length of the tablet cannot be estimated; the right edge and the lower
edge are preserved.]
Surprisingly, none of the omens of this tablet have as yet been discovered
in ‘reports’ or in letters; with regard to omens in which thunderclaps are
compared to animal voices, this might simply be due to the implausibility
of such a comparison, but in all the others the non-appearance is at least
striking.
2. Text
‘Group I’
(Sources A–D; D is placed separately after the obverse of the score transcription)
Obv.
1
A o1 ⌈DIŠ dIŠKUR⌉ GÙ-šu GIM GAL.BÚ[R ŠUB →]
If Adad thun[ders] like a drago[n, →].
2
A o2 DIŠ ⌈d⌉[IŠKU]R GÙ-šu GIM GÍR.TAB ŠU[B →]
If [Ada]d thunde[rs] like a scorpion, [ →].
3
A o3 ⌈DIŠ d⌉[IŠK]UR GÙ-šu GIM MUŠ KASKAL ŠU[B →]
If [Ada]d thunde[rs] like a ‘road snake’, [ →].
4
A o4 [DIŠ] ⌈d⌉IŠKUR GÙ-šu GIM DARMUŠEN ŠUB ⌈BURU14 dIŠKUR⌉ [RA]?
If Adad thunders like a francolin, Adad will [devastate] (?) the
harvest.
5
A o5 ⌈DIŠ⌉ dIŠKUR GÙ-šu GIM UR.GI7 ŠUB ERIM dIŠKUR [ ]
If Adad thunders like a dog, Adad (will) [ ] the army.
6
A o6 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šu GIM UR.TUR ŠUB lu-u’-tu4 x[ ]
If Adad thunders like a puppy, decay (will) ...[ ].
7
A o7 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šu GIM PÉŠ ŠUB LUGAL bar-tu4 ka-ma-as-⌈su⌉
If Adad thunders like a rat (or mouse), an uprising will hold the king
captive.
8
A o8 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šu GIM dNIN.KILIM.TIR.RA ŠUB LUGAL DUMU-šú
GAZ-šú
If Adad thunders like a marten (?), the king’s son will kill the king.
9
A o9 DIŠ ⌈dIŠKUR⌉ GÙ-šu GIM UR.GU.LA ŠUB ZI-ut ERIM-man-da šá
GABA.RI NU TUK
If Adad thunders like a lion, an attack of the Ummān-manda, who do
not have a rival, (will take place) (cf. omen 11; furthermore, see tablet 45,
V2/3 : 28').
10
A o10 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šu GIM ḫal-ḫal-la-ti ŠUB dIŠKUR RA-iṣ
If Adad thunders like a ḫalḫallatu-drum, Adad will wreak destruction.
Text B: a few lines contain two omens; they are separated by ‘:’ on the tablet which
is not indicated in the transcription
11
A o11 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šu GIM UR.MAḪ ŠUB LUGAL ḪA.A
B r1' [DIŠ dIŠK]UR GÙ-šú GI[M ]10
If Adad thunders like a lion (cf. omen 9), the king will flee.
10
Each of the lines B r1' and B r2' could have contained two omens.
a. tablet 44 17
12
A o12 DIŠ d⌈IŠKUR⌉ GÙ-šu GIM UR.BAR.RA ŠUB DUMU LUGAL GAZ
B r2' [DIŠ] dIŠKUR ⌈GÙ⌉-šú ⌈GIM⌉ U[R.BAR.RA ]11
If Adad thunders like a wolf, the king’s son will be killed.12
13
A o13 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šu GIM GÙ GU4 ŠUB LUGAL NÍG.ŠU-šú ḪA.A
B r3' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú GIM GÙ G[U4 ]
If Adad rumbles like the lowing of a bull, the king’s possessions will be
lost (lit.: ‘as for the king, his possessions ...’).
14
A o14 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šu GIM UDU.NÍTA ŠUB ḫaṭ-ṭi dŠE.NAGA NUNUZ
ḪA.A
B r3' [ ]
[ ]
If Adad thunders like a sheep, the staff of Nisaba will annihilate the
offspring.
15
A o15 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šu GIM a-le-e ŠUB LUGAL ŠÚ KUR-su ik-kaš-šad
B r4' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú GIM a-le-⌈e⌉ [ ]
If Adad thunders like an alû-demon, the land of the king of the world
13
will be conquered.
16
A o16 [DIŠ] ⌈d⌉IŠKUR GÙ-šu GIM li-li-si ŠUB DUMU LUGAL AD-šú i-bar
B r5' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú GIM li-l[i-si ]
If Adad thunders like a kettledrum, the crown prince will revolt against
his father.
17
A o17 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šu GIM ANŠE.KUR.RA ŠUB KUR BI ana IGI-šá DU-ak
B r6' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú GIM ANŠE.KUR.R[A ]
If Adad thunders like a horse, that land will make progress.
11
Ibid.
12
Unlikely ‘a son (i.e. the crown prince) will kill the king’; see above, omen 8.
13
Alternatively ‘Bull of heaven’ or ‘alû-drum’ (cf. omen 10), less probably ‘clay tube’.
18
A o18 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šu GIM ANŠE ŠUB GUR-rù URU GAZ GÁN.BA LAL
B r7' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú GIM ANŠE ŠUB [ ]
If Adad thunders like a donkey, the kurru dry measure of the town will
be broken to pieces, business will decline.
19
A o19 ⌈DIŠ d⌉IŠKUR GÙ-šu GIM KUR.GIMUŠEN ŠUB SU.⌈GU7⌉ KUR i-maḫ-ḫar
B r8' 10 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú GIM KUR.GIMUŠEN ŠUB [ ]
If Adad thunders like a goose14, the country will experience a famine.
20
A o20 ⌈DIŠ d⌉IŠKUR GÙ-šu GIM TU.KUR4MUŠEN ŠUB KUR SUḪUŠ-šá ana
KÙ.BABBAR SUM
B r9' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú GIM TU.KUR4MUŠEN ŠUB KUR [ →]
________________________________________________________________
If Adad thunders like a turtledove, the ‘foundation’ of the country will

be sold (lit. ‘given for silver’).
21
A o21 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šu 1 ŠUB GUR-ri URU GAZ-pi
B r10' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú 1 ŠUB GUR URU GAZ-pi
If Adad thunders once, the kurru dry measure of the town will be
brokento pieces.

22
A o22 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šu 2 ŠUB KI.LAM URU LAL
B r10' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú [ ]
If Adad thunders twice, the business of the town will decline.
23
A o23 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šu 3 ŠUB BURU14 KUR dIŠKUR RA
B r11' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú 3 ŠUB dIŠKUR BURU14 URU RA-iṣ
(minor deviations between the texts)
14
For the identification of birds compare now Tarasewicz 2009, 152.
a. tablet 44 19
If Adad thunders three times, Adad will devastate the harvest of

the land (town).
24
A o24 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šu 4 ŠUB dIŠKUR ḪÉ.GÁL ina KUR GAR
B r11' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú [ ]
If Adad thunders four times, Adad will set up abundance in the land.
25
A o25 ⌈DIŠ dIŠKUR⌉ GÙ-šu 5 ŠUB dIŠKUR UNMEŠ KUR! (ŠE) : EDIN ú-šar-⌈ra⌉
B r12' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú 5 ŠUB dIŠKUR UN KUR : EDIN ú-šar-ra
C 1' [DIŠ IŠKU]R [
d
]
If Adad thunders five times, Adad will make the people of the land,
variant: the open country, rich.
26
A o26 [DIŠ dIŠKUR] ⌈GÙ⌉-šu 6 ŠUB dIŠKUR SU.GU7 GAR : BURU14 K[UR? →]15
B r12' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú 6 Š[UB → ]
C 2' [DIŠ dIŠKU]R G[Ù → ]
If Adad thunders six times, Adad will cause a famine, variant: the har-
vest of the l[and (?) →].
27
B r13' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú 7 ŠUB dIŠKUR NÍG.NA(BA)ME NU TUK GÁL
C 3' [DIŠ dIŠKU]R G[Ù ]
If Adad thunders seven times, Adad ... .16
28
B r13' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú 8-šú ŠU[B →]
C 4' [DIŠ dIŠKU]R G[Ù → ]
If Adad thunde[rs] eight times, [ →].
15
A good one third of the line is broken off; only some traces of wedge heads are still
visible.
16
The sense of the apodosis remains obscure; not indexed.
29
B r14' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú 9 ŠUB dIŠKUR [ →]
C 5' [DIŠ dIŠ]KUR G[Ù → ]
If Adad thunders nine times, Adad (will) [ →].
30
B r15' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú 10 ŠUB dIŠKUR [ →]
C 6' [DIŠ dIŠ]KUR GÙ-š[ú → ]
___________________________________________
If Adad thunders ten times, Adad (will) [ →].
31
B r16' DIŠ dIŠKUR 7-šú GÙ kun-nu-tu4 ZIMEŠ GÁL
C 7' [DIŠ dIŠ]KUR 7-šú [ ]
If Adad ‘shouts’ (i.e. ‘thunders’) seven times, the souls of the living will
be cared for.

32
B r16' DIŠ dIŠKUR 10-šú GÙ LUGAL NIM.[MAKI →]
C 8' ⌈DIŠ dIŠKUR⌉ 10-šú [ → ]
If Adad shouts ten times, the king of E[lam →].
33
B r17' DIŠ dIŠKUR 11-šú GÙ ŠUB-tì qu-ma-aḫ-ḫi GÁL
C 9' DIŠ dIŠKUR 11-šú [ ]
If Adad shouts eleven times, there will be an epidemic among the

cattle.
34
B r17' DIŠ dIŠKUR 12-šú GÙ ŠUB-tì KUR.GI[MUŠEN GÁL?]
C 10' DIŠ dIŠKUR 12-š[ú ]
If Adad shouts twelve times, [there will be] (?) an epidemic among the
geese (ad kurkû see note 14).
a. tablet 44 21
35
B r18' DIŠ dIŠKUR 13-šú GÙ ŠUB-tì SU.BIR4KI Ì.GÁL
C 11' DIŠ dIŠKUR 13-[šú ]
If Adad shouts thirteen times, the fall of Subartu will take place.
36
B r18' DIŠ dIŠKUR 14-šú GÙ ZÚ.LUM.MA x[ →]
C 12' DIŠ dIŠKUR ⌈14⌉-[šú → ]
If Adad shouts fourteen times, the dates (will) ...[ →].
37
B r19' DIŠ dIŠKUR 15-šú GÙ MU 3.KÁM BURU14 KUR SI.SÁ
C 13' ⌈DIŠ dIŠKUR⌉[ ]
If Adad shouts fifteen times, the harvest of the land will prosper for
three years.
38
B r19' DIŠ dIŠKUR 16-šú GÙ BURU14 [ →]
If Adad shouts sixteen times, the harvest (will) [ →].
39
B r20' 10 DIŠ dIŠKUR 17-šú GÙ BURU5.ḪI.A ZI-ma GIŠ.ḪI.A ESI.ḪI.A x[ →]
If Adad shouts seventeen times, locusts will invade, wood and ebony
...[ →].
40
B r21' DIŠ dIŠKUR 18-šú GÙ KIMIN ŠUB-t[ì →]
If Adad shouts eighteen times, ditto, fal[l of →].
41
B r22' ⌈DIŠ dIŠKUR 19-šú GÙ⌉ a-bu-ub la(-) x[ →]
If Adad shouts nineteen times, deluge (...) not (?) ...[ →] (sense most
likely: ‘a flood which is/has not ... will ...’).
(remainder of obverse missing)
Source D (these omens could be identical with the first ten omens of the main text)
Obv.
1 [DIŠ] dIŠKUR GÙ-šu GIM G[AL?
2 ⌈DIŠ⌉ dIŠKUR GÙ-šu ⌈GIM⌉ [
3 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šu [
4 DIŠ dIŠKUR G[Ù-š]u [
5 DIŠ dIŠKUR G[Ù
6 DIŠ dIŠKUR G[Ù
7 DIŠ dIŠKUR G[Ù
8 DIŠ dIŠKUR [
9 DIŠ dIŠKUR [
10 [DIŠ] ⌈ d⌉IŠ[KUR
(remainder missing)
Rev.
1ʹ
A r1' [ ] ⌈IM.DIR IM⌉ [ →]
[ ] clouds ... [ →].
2ʹ
A r2' ⌈DIŠ dIŠKUR⌉ ina IM.DIR IM.U19 ⌈GÙ-šú ŠUB : 2⌉ ⌈x x x x x⌉ [ ]
r3' ina KUR URIKI GÁL : BURU14 SI.SÁ : ŠE.GÙN GÁL-ma x[ →]
If Adad thunders in clouds (which arose) in the south, variant: ditto ...
[ ] will be in Akkad, variant: the harvest will prosper, variant:
there will be ‘mottled barley’, and ...[ →].
3ʹ
A r4' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina IM.DIR IM.SI GÙ-šú ŠUB : 2 ina KUR S[U.BIR4KI ]
If Adad thunders in clouds (which arose) in the north, variant: ditto in
S[ubartu ].
4ʹ
A r5' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina IM.DIR IM.KUR GÙ-šú ŠUB : 2 ina KUR NIMK[I ]
If Adad thunders in clouds (which arose) in the east, variant: ditto in
Elam [ ].
a. tablet 44 23
5ʹ
A r6' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina IM.DIR IM.MAR GÙ-šú ŠUB : 2 ina KUR MARKI
[ ]
___________________________________________________________________
If Adad thunders in clouds (which arose) in the west, variant: ditto in
Amurru [ ].
Compare the last four omens of source K before the colophon; they might
match source A, rev. 2'–5'.
Colophon
A
r7' 11 MUMEŠ ri-ig-mu šá ŠÀ DUB-pi [Ø?] 2.K[ÁM-(ma)]?
_____________________________________________________________
r8' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina KUR dUTU GÙ-šú ŠUB ina U4 BI AN ŠUR U4
i-dan-nin : A.AN⌈MEŠ⌉ GÁLMEŠ
r9' DUB 58.KÁM DIŠ UD AN dEn-líl 1 UŠ 55.A.AN MU.ŠID.<BI>.IM
r10' LIBIR.RA.BI.GIM AB.SAR BA.AN.È
r11' [D]UB-pi IdA+a-(A)-šu-zu-bu-i-le-’i LÚA.BA
r12' LÚGAL SAGMEŠ ša IdSîn!(± ‘GÀR’)-PAPMEŠ-SU-ba
r13' DUMU LUG[AL G]AL-ú ša ILUGAL-GI.NA MAN KUR Aš-šurKI
r14' DUMU Id+AG-SIPA-⌈ú⌉-ni LÚA.BA LÚ[B]AL.TILKI
r15' DUMU IḪi-la-a-⌈a⌉? [ ]
r16' ŠÀ.BAL.BA[L ]
r17' NIR.G[ÁL.ZU ]
(end of tablet)
A17
r7' Eleven omens (concerning the topic) ‘thunder’ (excerpted) from
ano[ther] (?) tablet.
________________________________________________________________
r8' If Adad thunders at sunrise, on that day rain will fall, the weather
will be bad, variant: showers will come.
(catchline to tablet EAE 45)
r9' 58th tablet of Enūma Anu Enlil; 115 omens.
r10' Written according to its original; collated.
r11' Tablet of Aja-šūzubu-ile’’i, scribe
r12' of the commander of the officers of Sennacherib,
r13' the crown prince of Sargon, king of Assyria,
r14' son of Nabû-rē’ûni, the scribe, native of Assur,
r15' son of Ḫi-la-a-⌈a⌉? [ ],
r16' descend[ant of ].
r17' Whoever tru[sts in you, will not come to shame, ...].
(end of tablet)
‘Group II’
(Sources K–N)
Numbering of the omens: 1–3 (introductory omens); 4/1–4/4 (four omens which
deal with the four points of the compass at the same time); S1, S2, N1 etc. (omens
which deal only with one direction at a time; the questionable ‘-m]a’ at the
beginning of omen 4/4 shows that lightning was combined in the text with a
further phenomenon [and not with the name of a month!]; it seems reasonable
to think of thunder [thus probably “DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-m]a ...”]). The omens
on the reverse are numbered consecutively. The reverse of text M is transliterated
separately before the colophons.
Colophon: Hunger 1968, no. 512 (lines r9' ff.).

17
a. tablet 44 25
Obv.
1
K o1 [ ] LUGAL ARADMEŠ-šú
i-ḫe-es-si
K o2 [ ] GAB GAR-ma GÁN.ZI
TUR ZI-ut ERIM-man-da ana KUR GÁL-ši
[ ] the king will mistreat his

servants, [ ] ... will be placed, the
area of cultivated land will decrease, there will be an attack of the
Ummān-manda against the land.
(cf. the catchline of Rm 455+ [→ Gehlken 2008, EAE 43, text C])
2
K o3 [ ]x-ri-šú AN.MI dÉ-a
GAR-ma BURU14 ina KUR GÁL-ši
[ ]... Ea will cause an

eclipse, there will be (sufficient) crops in the land.
3
* [ ]x AN ra-a-du ŠUR-ma
* [ ] GIŠ.ḪI.A :
* ana GIŠ.GAR.MAŠ NU TE
K o4 [ ]x AN ra-a-du ŠUR-ma
K o5 [ ] GIŠ.ḪI.A :
ana GIŠ.GAR.MAŠ NU TE
L o1' [ r]a-a-du ŠU[R-ma]

L o2' [ G]IŠ.ḪI.A :
ana GIŠ.GAR.MAŠ N[U ]
[ ]..., the sky (?) will make

a cloudburst come down, [ ], the wood, variant: ..., will
not be affected.
4/1
* [ NIM.GÍR] ⌈SAG.KUL.LA ana⌉ IM.4.BA ḪI.ḪI
* ina ITI BI ÚŠME GARME
* [ ]x ana GIŠ.GAR.MAŠ :
* ana ŠE.GÙN.NU NU TE
K o6 [ I]M.4.BA ḪI.ḪI
ina ITI BI ÚŠ GAR
ME ME
K o7 [ GIŠ].GAR.MAŠ
ana ŠE.GÙN.NU NU TE
L o3' [ ḪI].ḪI
ina ITI BI ÚŠME GAR[ME]
L o4' [ GIŠ.GAR.M]AŠ
ana ŠE.GÙN.NU NU T[E]
M o1' [ S]AG.⌈KUL.LA ana IM.4.BA⌉ [ ]

[ ]
M o2' [ ]x ana GIŠ. GAR.MAŠ :
ana ŠE.GÙN.[NU ]
[If ... and] sankullu [lightning]18 flashes in all four directions, there will
be an epidemic in that month, [ ... ]..., variant: the ‘mottled barley’, will
not be affected.
4/2
* [ NIM.GÍ]R šá GIM IZI ana IM.4.BA ib-ríq
* ina ITI BI GIGME GÁLME-ma

* [ G]ÁL : ina ITI BI ina KUR DÙ.A.BI
* GIG GAR-ma bu-lu NU TI-ut
K o8 [ I]M.4.BA ib-ríq
ina ITI BI GIGME GÁLME-ma
18
‘Translation’: CAD s. v. sagkullu; the exact type of this lightning cannot be ascer-
tained with certainty. It seems to concern a rare phenomenon (only three mentions in the
lightning tablet, EAE 47; not mentioned in the thunder tablets EAE 42 and 43). Von Soden’s
translation ‘ball lightning’ (AHw s. v. sankullu) cannot be justified. It might be that NIM.
GÍR SAG.KUL.LA means ‘positive lightning’ (most powerful, but very rare type of light-
ning [about 5 %], known as ‘bolts from the blue’; the shape of those ‘bolts’ might indeed be
seen to resemble wooden bolts [GIŠSAG.G/KUL = sikkūru], but that of sheet lightning might
also!).
a. tablet 44 27
K o9 [ ] DÙ.A.BI
GIG GAR-ma bu-lu4 NU TI-ut
L o5' [ ib-rí]q
ina ITI BI GIG GÁL -m[a]
ME ME
L o6' [ ]
[GI]G GAR-ma bu-lu4 NU TI-ut
M o3' [ NIM.GÍ]R šá GIM IZI ana IM.4.BA ib-ríq

ina ⌈ITI⌉ B[I ]
M o4' [ G]ÁL : ina ITI BI ina KUR DÙ.A.BI
GIG GAR-ma bu-lu u[l ]
[If ... lightn]ing which is like fire flashes in all four directions, there will
be sick people in that month and [ ... will] be, variant: in that month
disease will be spread through the whole land, and the herds will not
survive.
4/3
* [ N]IM.GÍR SAG.KUL.LA šá GIM IZI ana
* IM.4.BA ib-ríq ina ITI BI ÚŠME
* [ ina I]NIM dUTU GARMEŠ-ma NU TINME pu-ḫur a-lì
* i-ma-at
K o10 [ IZ]I ana

IM.4.BA ib-ríq ina ITI BI ÚŠME
K o11 [ ]-ḫur a-lì
i-ma-at
L o7' [ ]
[IM.4.B]A ib-ríq ina ITI BI ÚŠME
L o8' [ ] ⌈d⌉UTU GARME-⌈ma⌉ [ p]u-ḫur a-lì
i-ma-at
M o5' [ N]IM.GÍR SAG.KUL.LA šá GIM IZI ana

IM.4.BA ib-ríq [ ]
M o6' [ ina I]NIM dUTU GARMEŠ-ma NU TINME pu-ḫur a-lì
i-m[a-at]
[If ... ] sankullu lightning, which is like fire, flashes in all four directions,
[there will be] an epidemic in that month, [at the be]hest of Šamaš
[ ... ] will be ‘placed’ and (they) will not survive, all (the inhabitants of)
the town will die (cf. omen EAE 45-V2/3-29').
4/4
* [ -m]a? NIM.GÍR SAG.KUL.LA ana IM.4.BA
* ib-ríq ina ITI BI GIGME GARME-ma
* [ ]x [l]i-i’-bu GÁL
K o12 [ ]
[ib-r]íq ina ITI BI GIGME GARME-ma
K o13 [ l]i-i’-bu GÁL
L o9' [ S]AG.KUL.LA ana IM.4.BA

i[b- ] ina ITI BI GIG ME
GAR -ma
ME
L o10' [ ]x [l]i-i’-bu GÁL
M o7' [ -m]a? NIM.GÍR SAG.KUL.LA ana IM.4*.BA

ib-ríq ina ITI BI GIGMEŠ [ ]
M o7'* [{this line has presumably been left out by mistake}]
[If ... ] and (?) sankullu lightning flashes in all four directions, there will
be sick people in that month and [ ... ]... there will be li’bu disease.
The omens S1–W2 can be completely restored; the breaks are not indicated in
the composite transcription
S1
* DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma NIM.GÍR šá GIM IZI ana IM.U18.LU
* ib-ríq ina KUR URIKI GIGME GARME-ma
* LÚ
TURME ina INIM dLamaštu ÚŠME
K o14 [ ]
[i]b-ríq ina KUR URIKI GIGME GARME-ma
K o15 [ dL]UGAL.GAN.ME ÚŠME
L o11' [ ]⌈NIM.GÍR⌉ šá GIM IZI ana IM.U18.L[U ]

[ ] ⌈KUR URI GIG⌉19ME GARME-ma
KI
19
An older copy (Craig 1899, 48) shows these signs in a better state of preservation.
a. tablet 44 29
L o12' [LÚTUR]ME ina INIM d

LUGAL.G[AN.ME] ÚŠME
M o8' [ ŠUB]-ma NIM.GÍR šá GIM IZI ana IM.U18

ib-ríq ina KUR URIKI G[IGMEŠ ]
M o9' [ ] ina INIM LUGAL.KAM*.ME UŠ[ME]
d
N o1' [ ]
N o1'/2' [ib-rí]q [ ]
N 02' [ dLÚ].GAN.ME UŠMEŠ
If Adad thunders, and lightning which is like fire flashes towards the
south, there will be sick people in Akkad, the children will die at the
behest of Lamaštu.
S2
* DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma NIM.GÍR SAG.KUL.LA šá GIM IZI
* ana IM.U18.LU ib-ríq
* ina KUR URIKI GIGME GARME-ma GURUŠ u KI.SIKIL
* ina INIM dUTU NU TIMEŠ
K o16 [ ]
[ I]M.U18.LU ib-ríq
K o17 [ ]
[ dU]TU NU TIMEŠ
L o13' [ N]IM.GÍR SAG.KUL.LA šá GIM IZI

[ i]b-ríq
L o14' [ G]IGME GARME-ma GURUŠ u K[I.SIKIL]
[ TI]MEŠ
M o10' [ ] ŠUB-ma NIM.GÍR SAG.KUL.LA šá GIM IZI

ana IM.U18 i[b-ríq]
M o11' [ GI]GME GARMEŠ-ma GURUŠ u KI.SIKIL
ina INIM dUTU NU T[IME]
N o3' [ ] GIM IZI

N o4' [ ]
N o4'/5' [ GI]G⌈MEŠ⌉ GARMEŠ-ma [ ]
N o5' [ ] NU TIMEŠ
If Adad thunders, and sankullu lightning, which is like fire, flashes

towards the south, there will be sick people in Akkad, and at the behest
of Šamaš men and young women will not survive.
N1
* DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma NIM.GÍR šá GIM IZI ana IM.SI.SÁ
* ib-ríq ina KUR SU.BIR4KI GIGMEŠ GARMEŠ-ma
* LÚTURMEŠ ina INIM dLamaštu ÚŠMEŠ
K o18 [ I]M.SI.SÁ
K o18/19 ib-ríq [ ]
K o19 [ dLUGAL.G]AN.ME ÚŠME
L o15' [ N]IM.GÍR šá GIM IZI ana IM.SI.S[Á]

[ GARME-m]a
L o16' [LÚTUR]ME ina IN[IM ]
M o12' [ ] ŠUB-ma NIM.GÍR šá GIM IZI ana IM.SI.SÁ

M o12'/13' ib-ríq ina KUR SU.BI[R4KI GARME]Š-ma
M o13' LÚ
TURME ina ⌈INIM⌉ dLUGAL.KAM*.ME Ú[ŠMEŠ]
N o6' [ ] IM.SI.SÁ
N o6'/7' ib-ríq [ ]
N o7' [L]ÚTURMEŠ ina INIM <d>
LÚ.GAN.ME [ÚŠ]MEŠ
north, there will be sick people in Subartu, the children will die at the
behest of Lamaštu.20
N2
* ana IM.SI.SÁ ib-ríq
* ina KUR SU.BIR4KI GIGMEŠ GARMEŠ-ma GURUŠ u KI.SIKIL
* ina INIM dUTU NU TIMEŠ
K o20 [ ]
[ IM.SI.S]Á ib-ríq
K o21 [ ]
[ T]IMEŠ
Text N consistently writes ‘dLÚ.GAN.ME’ for Lamaštu (lines obv. 7', rev. 3 and 9).
20
a. tablet 44 31
L o17' [ SAG.K]UL.LA šá [ ]
[ ]
L o18' [ ]M[E ]
[ ]
M o14' [ Š]UB-ma NIM.GÍR SAG.KUL.⌈LA⌉ šá GIM IZI

ana IM.SI ib-ríq
M o14'/15' ina KUR S[U.BIR4KI GARME]-ma GURUŠ u KI.SIKIL
M o15' ina INIM UTU NU T[I
d MEŠ
]
N o8' [ S]AG.KUL.LA šá GIM IZI

N o9' [ ]
N o9'/10' [ S]U.BIR4KI GIGMEŠ GARMEŠ-ma [ ]
N o10' [ ] dUTU NU TIMEŠ

towards the north, there will be sick people in Subartu, at the behest
of Šamaš men and young women will not survive.
O1
* DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma NIM.GÍR šá GIM IZI ana IM.KUR.RA
* ib-ríq ina KUR NIM.MAKI GIGMEŠ GARMEŠ-ma
* LÚ
TURMEŠ ina INIM dLamaštu ÚŠMEŠ
M o16' [ Š]UB-ma NIM.GÍR šá GIM IZI ana IM.KUR.RA

M o16'/17' ib-ríq ina KUR ⌈NIM.MA⌉K[I ]
M o17' [LÚ]TURME ina INIM dLUGAL.KAM*.ME [ ]
N r1 [ G]Ù-šú ŠUB-ma NIM.G[ÍR š]á GIM I ZI ana IM.KUR.RA

N r1/2 ib-ríq [ NI]M.MAKI GI[GM]EŠ GARMEŠ-ma
N r3 [LÚTUR]MEŠ ina INIM ⌈d⌉[L]Ú.GAN.ME ÚŠMEŠ
If Adad thunders and lightning which is like fire flashes towards the
east there will be sick people in Elam, the children will die at the
behest of Lamaštu.
O2
* ana IM.KUR.RA ib-ríq ina KUR NIM.MAKI GIGMEŠ GARMEŠ-ma
* GURUŠ u KI.SIKIL ina INIM dUTU NU TIMEŠ
M o18' [ Š]UB-ma NIM.GÍR SAG.KUL.LA šá GIM ⌈IZI⌉

M o18'/19' ⌈ana⌉[ GARM]EŠ-⌈ma⌉

M o19' ⌈GURUŠ⌉ u KI.SIKIL ina INIM d[UTU ]
N r4 [ ] GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma NIM.GÍR ⌈SAG⌉.KUL.LA šá GIM IZI

N r5 [ IM.KU]R.RA ib-ríq ina KUR NI[M.MAK]I GIGMEŠ GARMEŠ-ma
N r6 [ K]I.⌈SIKIL⌉ ina INIM [ ] NU TIMEŠ

towards the east, there will be sick people in Elam, at the behest of
Šamaš men and young women will not survive.
W1
* DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma NIM.GÍR šá GIM IZI ana IM.MAR.TU
* ib-ríq ina KUR MAR.TUKI GIGMEŠ GARMEŠ-ma
* LÚ
TURMEŠ ina INIM dLamaštu ÚŠMEŠ
M o20' [ Š]UB-ma NIM.GÍR šá GIM IZI ⌈ana⌉ [ ]

M o20'/21' [ ]
M o21' [LÚTURM]EŠ ina ⌈INIM d⌉[LUGAL.KAM*.ME ]
N r7 [ ] GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma NIM.G[ÍR ] ana IM.MAR.TU

N r7/8 ib-ríq [ ] MAR.TU⌈KI⌉ [GIGM]EŠ GARMEŠ -ma
N r9 [LÚT]URMEŠ ina INIM dL[Ú.GAN.M]E ÚŠMEŠ
west, there will be sick people in Amurru, the children will die at the
behest of Lamaštu.
W2
* ana IM.MAR.TU ib-ríq ina KUR MAR.TUKI GIGMEŠ GARMEŠ-ma
* GURUŠ u KI.SIKIL ina INIM dUTU NU TIMEŠ
N r10 [ dIŠ]KUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma NIM.GÍ[R š]á GIM I[ZI]

N r11 [ IM.MAR.T]U ⌈ ib-ríq⌉[ GIGM]EŠ ⌈GARMEŠ⌉-[ma]
N r12 [ ]

towards the west, there will be sick people in Amurru, at the behest of
Šamaš men and young women will not survive.

(remainder of obverse broken)
a. tablet 44 33
Rev.
K r1ʹ [ ] MÁŠ.⌈ANŠE⌉ GÁL
[ ... ] there will be [ ] of the cattle.
K r2ʹ [ K/D]I? Ù LA MÁŠ.⌈ANŠE⌉ GÁL

[ ... ]... there will be ...21 of the cattle.
K r3ʹ [ ] 2
[ ... ] ditto.
K r4ʹ [ MAR.T]U?KI 2
_________________________________________________________________
[ ... Amur]ru (?) ditto.
(End of the text; compare the last omens of text A [the missing part is larger than
indicated in the transcription: the break in line K r4' is directly after the preserved
‘U4’ sign in line K r5' (first line of the colophon, see below)].)
Reverse of text M:
Rev.
1ʹ ]x[
2ʹ ]x x[
_______________________________________
3ʹ ]x KAM* IM.U18 x[
4ʹ ]x x[
5ʹ ]x SUR [
6ʹ ]NÍG.ZI.GÁL.EDIN.N[A
(remainder is missing)
The traces cannot be interpreted with certainty; line 3': ... south (wind) ...; the
entry in the last line is ambiguous: either ‘animals of the open country’ or
‘commentary’ (ṣâtu); it is quite possible that on the reverse some explanations
followed the actual text.
21
‘LA’ written by mistake instead of ‘TU’ (i.e. Ù.TU)?
Colophons
K
r5' [DIŠ dIŠKUR ina KUR dUTU GÙ- šú ŠUB ina U4 BI AN ŠUR-m]a U4
i-dan-nin A.ANMEŠ GÁLMEŠ
r6' [TIL-ma GIGMEŠ Ø?] ina KUR GÁLMEŠ
(space of approximately six lines)
r7' [DUB n.KAM* DIŠ] UD ⌈AN⌉ d+En-líl
(space of approximately two lines)
r8' [ ] AN.ŠÁRKI
(end of tablet)
Translation of the catchline [‘ŠUR-ma’ instead of ‘ŠUR’]: see above, ‘group I’;
cf. tablet EAE 45, obv. 1. Tablet no. is missing. The last line is written in differ-
ent handwriting (Assurbanipal’s?).
L
Destroyed colophon (type: ‘Asb. d’; see Hunger 1968, no. 319); the tablet num-
ber is missing here as well.
r1' [DUB n.KÁM] ⌈DIŠ UD AN d+En-líl⌉

r2' [É.GAL IAN.ŠÁR-DÙ-A LUGA]L ŠÚ LUGAL KUR Aš-šurKI
r3' [ša dAG ù dTaš-me-tu4 uz-nu ra-pa-á]š-tu iš-ru-ku-uš
r4' [i-ḫu-zu IGI2 na-mir-tu4 ni-siq] ṭup-šar-ru-ti
r5' [ša ina LUGALMEŠ-ni a-lik maḫ-ri-ia mam-ma šip-ru šu-a-tu l]a
⌈i⌉-ḫu-uz-zu
r6' [né-me-eq dAG ti-kip sa-an-tak-ki m]a-la ba-[áš-mu]
r7' [ina DUBMEŠ-ni áš-ṭur as-ni]q ab-re-[e-ma]
r8' [a-na ta-mar-ti ši-ta-as-si-ia qé-reb É.GA]L-⌈ia⌉ [ú-kin]
(the still missing part of the tablet was probably blank)
r2'ff.:
“Palace of Assurbanipal, King of the world, King of Assyria, (I), to whom Nabû
and Tašmētu gave great wisdom, who am endowed with a shining (all-seeing)
eye, (which enables me to work at) the highest level of scribal art, which none of
my royal predecessors ever managed to attain. I have written on tablets the wis-
dom of Nabû, the cuneiform signs as many as can be formed, I have checked,
collated and (then) placed (those tablets) in my palace in order to read and to
study them.”
b. tablet 45 35
B. Tablet 45
(Thunder)
Literature: Weidner 1968–1969, 72f.
Number of omens: unknown
State of preservation: The incipit is preserved in text A (K 2233) which,

however, cannot have offered sufficient space for the whole subject mat-
ter of EAE 45 if one considers the curvature of the tablet. After a gap of
only a few lines (curvature of the tablet) the text continues with text B
(BM 77739), which overlaps with text C (Rm 104). In addition to a few
preserved omens the reverse of text C provides the catchline to the next
tablet. Thus the beginning and the end are preserved, while the middle
section is missing. The obverse can still be completed by an omen from
text V1 (see below: ‘Other sources related by topic’) so that a total of thirty-
eight omens can be verified (reverse: nine omens). There are further texts
which contain omens many of which can be assigned to the middle sec-
tion of tablet EAE 45 — although their sequence remains unknown for
the time being (ibid.).
Structure: The beginning is made up of omens which are about thunder

at different times of the day, followed by omens in which the thunder
claps are counted individually (cf. tablet 44). At the end there are omens
in which in addition to the thunder a rainbow is to be found in the prota-
sis, omens in which thunder appears at an inopportune moment, and, as
the last omen, a sign in which thunder bursts out of a ‘male’ cloud. With
regard to the omens which are located in the middle part of the tablet see
the texts listed under ‘Other sources related by topic’ and compare the
remarks made under ‘State of preservation’, above. In particular, two
types should be mentioned: “DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú GIM ... ŠUB ...” (linked
thematically to the preceding tablet), “DIŠ dIŠKUR ina ŠÀ / MÚRU ...

GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma ...” (linked thematically to the next tablet).
Excerpts:—
Rikis gerri texts: ‘RGb’ (→ part III); furthermore, compare the remarks
concerning the texts listed under ‘Other sources related by topic’ at the
end of this section.
Forerunners: one omen from the Middle Babylonian period (→ text ‘V2/3’,
10').
Commentaries: one ṣâtu; furthermore, see text V6.
Sîn ina tāmartīšu: The omen LB 1321 rev. 34' could be part of this tablet
(→ Gehlken 2007, p. 3, SIT 2).
Other sources related by topic:

V1) BM 77755 + BM 77777
V2) K 2227 + K 2268
V3) K 3590
V2/3) score transcription of the two texts V2 and V3
V4) K 3884
V5) K 7941
V4/5) score transcription of the first lines of V5 and the obv. of
V4
V6) K 10734
V7) K 8007 + K 8327
V8) K 8923
V9) K 11262
V8/9) score transcription of the two texts V8 and V9
ʹReportsʹ and letters: The corresponding references are noted in the

transcriptions; possibly the badly damaged passage Hunger 1992 [SAA 8]
no. 459, obv. 11–14 also belongs to this tablet.
b. tablet 45 37
Sources:
Text
A K 2233 Nineveh NA ACh A 23; AAT 45 obv. 1–7

(plate 8)
B BM 77739 Sippar NB (plate 9) obv. 1'–18',

(= 84-2-11, 486) rev. 1'–9'
C Rm 104 Nineveh NA ACh A 10, 18; AAT 68 obv. 12'–30',

(plate 10) rev. 2'–9'
Commentary
a K 4777 Nineveh NA ACh 2S 96; Virolleaud see the remarks

1912, 258f. at the end of this
(plate 11) section
Other sources
V1 BM 77755 + Sippar NB (plate 12) Obv. 24'–31'

BM 77777 see the remarks
(= 84-2-11, 505 at the end of this
+ 527) section
V2 K 2227 + K 2268 Nineveh NA ACh A 19 (K 2227); "

AAT 58a (K 2227)
(plate 13)

V3 K 3590 Nineveh NB ACh A 19; AAT 59 "
(plate 14)
V4 K 3884 Nineveh NA ACh A 9, 16; AAT 65 "

(plate 15)
V5 K 7941 Nineveh NA ACh A 9; AAT 61 "

(plate 16)
V6 K 10734 Nineveh NA ACh A 26; AAT 65 "

(plate 16)
V7 K 8007 + K 8327 Nineveh NA ACh A 27 (K 8007); "

AAT 66 (K 8007)
(plate 17)
V8 K 8923 Nineveh NA (plate 18) "
V9 K 11262 Nineveh NA Virolleaud 1912, 261 "

(plate 18)
[A: 6.5 × 3 × 2; widthways about three quarters preserved (including

the left and the upper edge); in longitudinal direction a little more than
half is missing. On the reverse only the colophon is still extant. The sur-
face of the tablet is sand crusted.
B: 4.8 × 4.8 × 2.2; left upper quarter; no edge preserved.
C: 8.8 × 5.3 × 2.4; at the beginning of the tablet only some lines are
missing, at the end more than the lower half of the text is lost; the left and
the right edge are preserved.
a: 9.5 × 8.4 × 2.5; altogether four columns are preserved (the left half
of the tablet is missing); the upper edge is undamaged, up to the lower
edge three to four lines are missing, up to the right edge only a few signs.
V1: 6 × 8 × 2.5; the tablet, which is partly encrusted, consists of several
pieces joined together; at the top, at the bottom and on the right a rela-
tively large edge piece is missing in each case; also in the middle part the
text is not completely preserved; the left edge is undamaged.
V2: 9.4 × 9 × 2.7; all the edges are preserved; slightly more than the
upper half of the tablet is missing, and in addition the lower left corner;
the surface is partly encrusted.
V3: 7.9 × 9.5 × 3; at the beginning as well as at the end a large edge
piece is missing; the tablet may have been about twice as wide; the left
edge is preserved.
V4: 7.8 × 5.5 × 3; lower left corner with preserved edges; in the direc-
tion of writing, more than half is preserved; the original length is hard to
estimate.
V5: 7 × 7 × 1.3; no edge preserved; flat piece from the surface.
V6: 2.5 × 5.3 × 1.4; only one side (reverse?) preserved; the left edge still
exists; no statement can be made with regard to the original size of the
tablet.
V7: 8.8 × 8.2 × 1.3; only the upper half of the obverse is preserved as a
thin piece including all edges.
b. tablet 45 39
V8: 7.2 × 5.3 × 1.5; writing only on one side; flat piece without pre-

served edges.
V9: 5.5 × 4.5 × 1.5; only one side preserved (no edges); nothing can be
said about the original size.]
The thunder omens which constituted the middle section of tablet EAE
45 (see above under ‘State of preservation’) can be determined with con-
siderable certainty. The third omen of the main source A is in all probabil-
ity to be found in the ṣâtu commentary ‘a’ (K 4777), section obv. ii, lines
6–19; based on that premise, all omens of this section belong to EAE 45.1
Starting out from the beginnings of omens which are attested in K 4777,
one arrives through mutually supportive arguments at a whole series of
other texts and text passages (sections of Rikis gerri tablets) which must
have been part of EAE 45.
The first omen of the commentary (K 4777, ii 6–8) is most likely to be
found in text V2/3 (here: omen no. 27'). The classification of that text is
not completely problem-free. It definitely does not belong as a canonical
text to the other thunder tablets (EAE 42–44 and 46), and in all probabil-
ity it is just as unlikely to be an aḫû text (because of omen 27'); since V2/3
is a non-annotated tablet, allocation to the series Sîn ina tāmartīšu is ruled
out as well. Should the text V2/3, in which thunder, lightning and rainbow
occur in most of the protases, be a canonical text, the lack of space would
mean that no omens other than those which are part of texts A, B, C, and
V2/3 could fit into EAE 45. On the other hand the (presumable) need to
incorporate a large number of omens of the text V7 (K 8007+, see below)
would be a counterargument; furthermore the impression that the omens
in V2/3 starting (at the latest) with no. 25' are thematically not properly
ordered is inescapable. All in all V2/3 might be a Rikis gerri text or a com-
parable compilation which certainly contains many omens from tablet
EAE 45.2
Similar arguments may be adduced for text V1 (subdivision by lines
into smaller groups, inhomogeneity of the topic, arrangement of the
omens within the individual sections).
1
This section, which contains exclusively thunder omens, could not be assigned to any
other thunder tablet: EAE 42 and 46 can definitely be ruled out, EAE 43 is extremely
improbable, only EAE 44 might be a possibility; because of the above-mentioned omen
the assigning of this section to an aḫû tablet can presumably be excluded as well.
2
Because of the uncertainties discussed, this text is not included in part III.
Omen 26' (V2/3) is found together with the first two omens of tablet
EAE 45 in the Rikis gerri text ‘RGb’, q. v. (here: part III, omens 25, 23, and
27). It illustrates a specific feature of this genre, the ‘modification’ of a
topic in the form of a compilation of similar omens from different texts
(omens 23–26).
The remaining lines of RGb, part III, as well as V1, 19ff. might point to
another complex of two Rikis gerri texts (or comparable compilations)
which partly overlap but which do not have the same basic text for their
entire length: K 3884 (V4) und K 7941 (V5). The second omen of this com-
plex could be at the same time the last omen of commentary ‘a’ (K 4777).
The text K 10734 (V6), possibly a fragment of another commentary, would
also fit here (cf. ibid. line 6'f.).
Commentary ‘a’ provides a further connection: the third omen (ii 12f.)
belongs almost certainly to K 8007 + K 8327 (V7, obv.* 11), a text which is
most likely a compilation. The omens of the type “If Adad thunders like
..., such and such will happen” which are collected here do not belong to
EAE 44. It must provisionally remain open to what extent the two tablets
V8 and V9 (duplicates, K 8923 and K 11262 respectively) are to be placed
here in toto or in part. There are comparable omens, e.g., also with the EAE
cloud tablets.
The ṣâtu commentary Sm 9 (ii 18ff.), which was allocated to EAE 45,
does not belong here (the completion of the incipit is incorrect, see
Gehlken 2005, 256f.).
2. Text
Obv.
1
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina KUR dUTU GÙ-šú ŠUB-di ina U4 BI AN ŠUR-ma U4
* i-dan-nin
* : A.ANMEŠ GÁLMEŠ TIL-ma GIGMEŠ [Ø ?] ina KUR GÁLMEŠ
A o1 [ d]IŠKUR ina KUR dUTU GÙ-⌈šú⌉ [ ]

[ ]
o1/2 [ ] TIL-ma GIG[MEŠ ]
catchlines (EAE 44, texts A and K):

K 2169, r8' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina KUR dUTU GÙ-šú ŠUB ina U4 BI AN ŠUR U4
i-dan-nin
: A.AN⌈MEŠ⌉ GÁLMEŠ
b. tablet 45 41
81-7-27, 131:
r5' [ ŠUR-m]a U4
i-dan-nin
r5'/6' A.ANMEŠ GÁLMEŠ [ ] ina KUR GÁLMEŠ
Rikis gerri text ‘RGb’, part III, omen 23 (lines 30 and 31):
III 30 [ KU]R? 20 GÙ-šú ŠUB-di ina U4 BI AN ⌈ŠUR-ma⌉ U4
[ ]
31 [(:) A.ANM]EŠ GÁLMEŠ TIL-ma GIGMEŠ [ ]
If Adad thunders at sunrise, on that day rain will fall, the weather will
be bad, variant: showers will come and (then) cease, there will be sick
people [Ø ?] in the land.
2
A o3 DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU U4-⌈mi⌉ : ina EGIR U4-mi GÙ-[šú →]
If Adad thun[ders] in the middle of the day, variant: in the afternoon3
[ →].
3
A o4 DIŠ dIŠKUR ina TIL U4-mi GÙ-šú ŠUB AN [ →]
If Adad thunders towards the end of the day, ... [ →].
4
A o5 DIŠ dIŠKUR ina ⌈KIN⌉?.SIG GÙ-šú ŠUB AN [ →]
If Adad thunders in the evening (?), ... [ →].
5
A o6 DIŠ dIŠK[UR ina A]N?.⌈BAR7⌉ GÙ-šú ŠUB AN [ →]
If Ada[d] thunders [at n]oon (?), ... [ →].
This translation was chosen because of the succession of the times of the day in
3
omens 1–3.
6
A o7 DIŠ d[IŠKUR ]x GÙ-šú ŠUB-⌈ma⌉ dTI[R?.AN.NA →]
If A[dad] thunders [ ... ]... and a r[ainbow (?) →].
7
A o8 [ ] ⌈GÙ-šú⌉ ŠUB-ma AN [ →]
[If Adad] thunders [ ... ] and ... [ →].
In text A the remainder of the obverse is missing; after a gap of a few lines the text continues
with the score transcription made up of tablets B, C, and V1 (provisional numbering of the
omens: 1', 2' etc.; the omens 7 [above] and 1' might possibly coincide). On all the tablets the
single omens are separated by lines (exception: C, obv.). Text B: Directly before the break at the
right edge remains of wedge heads can in some cases be observed (beginning of the apodoses,
see photo).—Translation starting from no. 2': “If Adad shouts (i.e. thunders) n times (n = 1, 2,
3, ...), ... .”
1ʹ
B o1' [ ] [ →]
2ʹ
B o2' [ ] [ →]
3ʹ
B o3' [ ]-⌈si⌉ [ →]
4ʹ
B o4' [ ]⌈is⌉-si [ →]
5ʹ
B o5' [ ] 4 is-si [ →]
6ʹ
B o6' [DIŠ dIŠK]UR 5 is-si [ →]
7ʹ
B o7' [DIŠ dIŠK]UR 6 is-si [ →]
b. tablet 45 43
8ʹ
B o8' [DIŠ dIŠKU]R 7 is-si [ →]
9ʹ
B o9' [ ] 8 is-si [ →]
10ʹ
B o10' [ ] 9 is-si [ →]
11ʹ
B o11' [ ] 10 is-si [ →]
12ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR 11 is-si [ →]
B o12' [ 1]1 is-si [ →]
C o1' ⌈DIŠ dIŠKUR⌉[ ] [ →]
13ʹ
B o13' [ 1]2 is-si [ →]
C o2' DIŠ dIŠKUR ⌈12⌉ [ ] [ →]
14ʹ
C o3' DIŠ dIŠKUR 13 ⌈is-si⌉ [ →]
B o14' [ 1]3 is-si [ →]
15ʹ
C o4' DIŠ dIŠKUR 14 is-si x [ →]
B o15' [ ] is-si [ →]
16ʹ
C o5' DIŠ dIŠKUR 15 is-si ⌈ŠUB⌉ x[ →]
B o16' [ i]s-si [ →]
If Adad shouts fifteen times, the fall of (?) ...[ →].
17ʹ
C o6' DIŠ dIŠKUR 16 is-si dU+GUR u d⌈Miš-lam-ta-è-a⌉ KUR ⌈GU7MEŠ⌉
B o17' [ is-s]i [ ]
If Adad shouts sixteen times, Nergal and Meslamtaea will devour the
land.
18ʹ
C o7' DIŠ dIŠKUR 17 is-si BAD5.BAD5 KU6.ḪI.A dÉ-a GAR
B o18' [ ] [ ]
If Adad shouts seventeen times, Ea will cause the fish to die.
19ʹ
C o8' DIŠ dIŠKUR 18 is-si É.GAL NUN im-maš-šá-a’-am
If Adad shouts eighteen times, the palace of the prince will be plun-
dered.
20ʹ
C o9' DIŠ dIŠKUR 19 is-si A.ZI.GA ḫar-pu-tu DUMEŠ-ma BURU14 KUR
SI.SÁ
If Adad shouts nineteen times, early floods will come and the harvest
of the land will prosper.
21ʹ
C o10' DIŠ dIŠKUR 20 is-si KUR me-ḫu-ú i-ḫab-bi-il
If Adad shouts twenty times, a violent storm will ravage the land.
22ʹ
C o11' DIŠ dIŠKUR 21 is-si ZI-ut ERIM da-ád-me
V1 o1' ⌈DIŠ⌉[ ]
If Adad shouts twenty-one times, an uprising of the people of (all)

settlements (will take place).
23ʹ
C o12' DIŠ dIŠKUR 22 is-si U4 7.KAM* AN ŠUR-ma ŠE ina A.ŠÀ i-⌈šaḫ⌉
V1 o2' DIŠ [dIŠKU]R [ ]
If Adad shouts twenty-two times, it will rain for seven days and the
barley will grow tall in the field.
b. tablet 45 45
24ʹ
C o13' DIŠ dIŠKUR 23 is-si da-na-an e-ri-ia-ti ina [ →]
V1 o3' [ dIŠK]UR ⌈2⌉[3 ] [ →]
If Adad shouts twenty-three times, the severity of the cold in [ →].
25ʹ
C o14' DIŠ dIŠKUR 24 is-si ri-tu4 ina [ →]
V1 o4' DIŠ ⌈d⌉IŠKUR 2[4 ] [ →]
If Adad shouts twenty-four times, the pasture in [ →].
26ʹ
C o15' DIŠ dIŠKUR 25 is-si ZÚ.LUM.MA u ⌈ŠE.GIŠ.Ì⌉ x[ →]
V1 o5' DIŠ dIŠKUR 2⌈5⌉[ ] [ → ]
If Adad shouts twenty-five times, dates and sesame ...[ →].
27ʹ
C o16' DIŠ dIŠKUR 26 is-si GURUN x[ →]
V1 o6' DIŠ dIŠKUR 2⌈6⌉[ ] [ → ]
If Adad shouts twenty-six times, fruits ...[ →].

Note: probably “GURUN ⌈ina GIŠ⌉K[IRI6 →]”.
28ʹ
C o17' DIŠ dIŠKUR 27 is-si ⌈d⌉I[ŠKUR? →]
V1 o7' DIŠ IŠKUR 27 i[s-si] [
d
→ ]
If Adad shouts twenty-seven times, A[dad (?) →].
29ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR 28 is-si ⌈d⌉? [ →]
C o18' ⌈DIŠ IŠKUR⌉ 28 is-si
d
⌈d⌉? [ → ]
V1 o8' DIŠ dIŠKUR 28 i[s-si] [ → ]
If Adad shouts twenty-eight times, ...[ →].
30ʹ
C o19' [ dIŠKU]R ⌈29 is-si⌉ [ →]
V1 o9' DIŠ dIŠKUR 29 is-[si] [ →]
If Adad shouts twenty-nine times, [ →].
31ʹ
V1 o10' DIŠ dIŠKUR 30 is-[si] [ →]
If Adad shou[ts] thirty times, [ →].
The remainder of text V1, which is separated by a dividing line, will be transcribed
at the beginning of section IV (‘Other Sources’).
Rev.
1ʹ
B r1' [ ]x[ ]
r2' [ ]x x[ ]
r3' [ ]MÍ.KALA.G[A? ]
... distr[ess] / fortr[ess (?) ...
2ʹ
* [ G]Ù-šú ŠUB-ma dTIR.AN.N[A ]
* [ ]x ⌈ri?-i?⌉ [ ]x[ ]
B r4' [ G]Ù-šú ŠUB-ma dTIR.AN.N[A ]

r5' [ ]x [ ]
C r0' [ ]
r1' [ ] ⌈ri?-i?⌉ [ ]x[ ]
(two dividing lines in text B)
[If Adad th]unders and a rainbo[w ... ] ... [ →].
3ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma dTIR.AN.NA ana a-ḫa-míš ⌈x⌉ x[ ]
* d
IŠKUR KUR.KUR RA LUGAL ⌈x x x⌉[ ]x KU ⌈x⌉
[
B r6' GÙ-š]ú ŠUB-ma dTIR.AN.NA ana a-ḫa-míš ⌈x⌉ x[ ]
[ ]
C r2' ⌈DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ⌉-šú ŠUB-ma dTIR.AN.N[A ]

r3' d
⌈IŠKUR⌉ KUR.KUR RA LUGAL ⌈x x x⌉[ ]x KU ⌈x⌉
b. tablet 45 47
If Adad thunders and a rainbow ... (on, against, ...) each other [ ... ],
Adad will devastate (all) the lands, the king ... .4
4ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma dTIR.AN.NA šá MÚŠ-šá BABBAR IGI
* dan-na-tu4 ina KUR GAR
B r7' [ Š]UB-ma dTIR.AN.NA šá MÚŠ-šá BABBAR [ ]

[ ]
DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma dTIR.AN.NA šá MÚŠ-šá BABBAR IGI

C r4'
dan-na-tu4 ina KUR GAR
If Adad thunders and a rainbow which is white in its appearance can

be seen, distress will arise in the land.
5ʹ
C r5' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma dTIR.AN.NA šá MÚŠ-šá GIM IZI KI.A.dÍD
r5'/r6' IGI dGIBIL6 ina KUR GAR-ma URU LÚ i-ri-aḫ
B r8' [ GÙ-š]ú ŠUB-ma dTIR.AN.NA šá MÚŠ-šá GIM IZ[I ]

[ ]
If Adad thunders and a rainbow which is like a sulphur flame in its
appearance can be seen, there will be fire in the land, (but) towns,
(where) men (live), will be spared.
6ʹ
C r7' DIŠ dIŠKUR ana la si-ma-ni-šú GÙ.GÙ-si A.ANMEŠ KUDMEŠ ḪA.A dÉ-a
SI.SÁ BURU14
B r9' [ l]a si-ma-ni-šú GÙ.GÙ-si A.ANMEŠ [ ]

[ ]
If Adad shouts repeatedly at an unexpected time, rains will cease,

destruction (will be caused) by Ea; (there will be) a prosperous harvest.
4
The fragment 1905-4-9, 131 (BM 98625) might have contained some omens from this
part of EAE 45, see, e.g., obv.* 3'f.: ⌈DIŠ⌉ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma dT[IR?.AN.NA ... ] dIŠKUR
KUR.KUR RA-iṣ [ →]. Only one side of the text is preserved (including the left edge),
dimensions: 5.3 × 5.9 × 2.2. NA script, beginnings of ten lines.
7ʹ
C r8' DIŠ dIŠKUR ana la si-ma-ni-šú up-pi-la bi-ib-lu4 ri-iḫ-ṣu GÁL
B r10' [ l]a si-ma-ni-šú up-pi-la b[i-ib-lu4 ]
If Adad causes a ‘delayed’ (= out of season?) (thunderstorm) at an unex-

pected time, there will be floods (and) devastation.
8ʹ
C r9' DIŠ dIŠKUR ana la si-ma-ni-šú GÙ-si SI.SÁ BUR[U14]
B r11' [ s]i-ma-ni-šú GÙ-si [ ]
If Adad shouts at an inopportune moment, (there will be) a prosperous

harve[st].
9ʹ
C r10' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina IM.DIR NITAMEŠ GÙ-šú ŠUB : GÙ-šú su-ud-dur
ŠE.GÙN.NU GI[Š]?
C r11' IM.1 ZI.A IM.1 ZI-ma GIŠMEŠ ub-bak
B r12' [ ] GÙ-šú ŠUB [

M EŠ
]
[ ]
[ ]
If Adad thunders, variant: thunders repeatedly, in ‘male’ clouds, the

‘mottled barley’ will pro[sper] (?), the south wind will extirpate (?), the
south wind will rise and uproot trees.
(end of the text; the colophon follows)
Colophons
A
Destroyed colophon (type: ‘Asb. d’, see Hunger 1968, no. 319); the trans-
lation has already been given with tablet 44 (q. v.; colophon of text L).
A r(-2)' [DUB n.KÁM DIŠ UD AN d+En-líl]

r(-1)' [É.GAL IAN.ŠÁR-DÙ-A LUGAL ŠÚ LUGAL KUR Aš-šurKI]
r0' [ša dAG ù dTaš-me-tu4 uz-nu ra-pa-áš-tu iš-ru-ku-uš]
b. tablet 45 49
r1' [i-ḫu-z]u IGI2 na-m[ir-tu4 ni-siq ṭup-šar-ru-ti]

r2' ⌈ša ina LUGALMEŠ⌉-<ni> a-lik maḫ-⌈ri⌉-ia mam-m[a šip-ru šu-a-tu la
i-ḫu-uz-zu]
r3' né-me-eq dAG ti-kip sa-an-tak-k[i ma-la ba-áš-mu]
r4' ina DUBMEŠ-ni áš-ṭur a[s-niq ab-re-e-ma]
r5' [a-na] ⌈ta⌉-mar-ti ši-ta-as-si-ia [qé-reb É.GAL-ia ú-kin]
(end of the tablet)
B
B r13' (only the first line, with a few unreadable traces, is preserved [it
might, however, also be part of the last omen])
C
C r12' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU dIMIN.BI ⌈GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma MULMEŠ 7-šú-nu ana
KI⌉ [i]t-tab-ku-ni
(catchline to tablet EAE 46)
r13' DUB 55.KAM* [ ]x-⌈x⌉
(remainder missing)
3. Commentary
a) K 4777 (ṣâtu)
The commentary treats several EAE tablets (see, inter alia, van Soldt 1995 under
EAE 27). Only the lines obv. ii 6–19 are relevant for EAE 45.
Obv. ii
______________________________________
6 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-ma IM.ŠIT[A ]
7 ina ti-bi-šú AN.MI <20> G[AR ]
? ?
8 ina ti-bi-šú x[ ] (line over erasure)

9 DIŠ 2-ma ŠIKA.KUD.DA x[ ]
10 iš-ḫi-il-ṣ[a ]
11 2 [ ]
12 DIŠ IŠKUR GÙ-šú GIM U[DU.NÍTA? ]
d
13 ri-tu4 [ ]
14 DIŠ IŠKUR ina qí-it U4-m[ì
d
]
15 BURU14 KUR [ ]
16 A.KAL KUD DU x[ ]
17 DIŠ dIŠKUR ik-ta-na-ṣa-a[ṣ ]
18 ma-a’-diš GÙ-šú [ ]
19 DIŠ dIŠKUR it-t[a- ]
(three to four lines are missing up to the column end [edge of the tablet])
Translation
6–8) If Adad shouts and a dust stor[m ... ], <the sun>? will be[come] (?) obscured
in its rising [ ... ], in its rising ...[ ... ] (see text V2/3 : 27'). 9–11) If ditto and potsherds
...[ ... ], potsher[ds ... ], ditto [ ... ]. 12–13) If Adad thun[ders] like a sh[eep
(?) ... ], pasture [ ... ] (see text V7 : 11). 14–16) If Adad [thunders] towards the end of
the da[y ... ], the harvest of the land [ ... ], the flood which was held back will come
...[ ... ].5 17–18) If Adad rages over and over agai[n ... ], very much his roar [ ... ]. 19)
If Adad ...[ ... ].
The position of the omens on the tablet has already been discussed in section
no. 1 (‘Introductory Remarks’).
4. Other Sources
Whenever possible the omens which occur in the following texts V1 to V9 have
already been assigned to their position in the main text in section no. 1
(‘Introductory Remarks’).
Text V1 (BM 77755 + BM 77777), as far as not already transcribed in section 2 (‘Text’);
a few signs are not readable with certainty (those signs are marked by ‘⌈x⌉’,
too; it is not easy to make out whether all the omens on the obverse are
separated by lines)
Or “the flood will come to an end, ...[ ... ]”. Cf. omen no. 3 of the main text.
5
b. tablet 45 51
Obv.
____________________________________________________________
11ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-m[a ]xx[ ]
__________________________________________________________________
12ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma[ ] GIM GÚR NIGI[N ]
13ʹ A.KAL A.KAL i-tar(-)r[a ]xMEŠ GI.NAMEŠ [ ]6
14ʹ GAMMEŠ GU[R]?MEŠ(-)ni x[ ]MEŠ ḪU MA ZI-m[a? ]7
15ʹ
GIŠ
BÁN NU ⌈GI⌉.NA[ ] šá SU.GU7 IGIMEŠ p[a? ]8
ME Š?
__________________________________________________________________
16ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR 2 2 x[ ]⌈d⌉?30 GIM GÚR NIGIN 56 MUMEŠ [ ]
17ʹ pi-rik KUR i[t-ti-qu ]xMEŠ ana K[I-š]i-na GURM[EŠ ]
__________________________________________________________________
18ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR 2 2 x[ ] ⌈x x⌉ [ ] ⌈x x x⌉ [ ]
19ʹ ri-ḫa-a-a[t? ]9
20ʹ ḫa-am-m[a?- ]
__________________________________________________________________
21ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR G[Ù-šú ŠU]B?-ma šam-⌈mu⌉MEŠ (?) x[ ]10
22ʹ im-maš-šá(-)x[ ]-⌈tì⌉? ba?-⌈lu4⌉? IG? x[ ]11
23ʹ ana KUR SU.B[I]R?KI GURMEŠ-ni 5 MUMEŠ [ ]
24ʹ ŠUB-t[ì ÁB.G]U4.ḪI.A u U8.UDU.ḪI.A x[ ]
__________________________________________________________________
25ʹ ⌈DIŠ d⌉IŠK[UR ]x ⌈x⌉ 30 GÙ-šú ŠUB-m[a ]
__________________________________________________________________
26ʹ [ G]IM IZI ana 2,30 x[ ]
__________________________________________________________________
6
Cf. EAE 43 (Gehlken 2008), V1 : 28'.
7
‘ḪU’ is not clear.
8
Cf. EAE 43 (Gehlken 2008), V1 : 7'.
9
Or dal-ḫa-a-a[t?.
10
Or ‘Ú.⌈GÍR⌉’ (ašāgu) instead of ‘šam-⌈mu⌉’?
11
This line is not indexed.
27ʹ [ ] ⌈2,30⌉? GÙ-šú Š[UB? ]

28ʹ [ ]x-ir?(or ⌈kiš⌉?)-šú [ ]
(remainder missing)
Rev.
1ʹ [ ]d2[0 (or: 30) (?) ]
2ʹ [ ]x⌈ MEŠ
⌉ KÚR ME
SIL[IM] [?M E
]
__________________________________________________________________
3ʹ [DIŠ dIŠ]KUR GÙ-šú ina ŠÀ dDil-bad ŠUB-ma x[ ]
4ʹ ⌈x x⌉ i-ri-iḫ LÚSU LÚil-x[ ]
5ʹ Ú.ḪI.A ana KI-šú-nu KU6 MEŠ
ana ZU+AB-šú-[nu (?) ]
__________________________________________________________________
6ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma [ ]
__________________________________________________________________
7ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR ina ŠÀ dDil-bad GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma dDil-ba[d? ]
8ʹ LUGAL MEŠ
KÚR -⌈tu⌉ ana KUR GÁL -ma IŠ[KUR
ME ME d ?
]
__________________________________________________________________
9ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR KIMIN ina ⌈MÚRU d⌉IMIN.BI GÙ-šú ŠUB-m[a ]
__________________________________________________________________
10ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR KIMIN ina MÚR[U d]IMIN.BI GÙ-⌈šú⌉ x[ ]
__________________________________________________________________
11ʹ DIŠ dIŠK[UR G]Ù-šú ina M[ÚRU ]x[ ]
__________________________________________________________________
12ʹ DIŠ d⌈IŠKUR⌉ 2 ina MÚRU MULx[ ]x ⌈x⌉ ir-ri-ru ⌈x⌉ x[ ]12
13ʹ ⌈x⌉ GÚ? KUR.KUR i-sa?-kil dx[ ]x ⌈x x⌉ GIR? TIR x x[ ]13
14ʹ RAMEŠ-ma 25 MUMEŠ ŠE x[ ] ⌈dÈr-ra⌉? GAL ⌈x⌉ GU7 [ ]
__________________________________________________________________
12
The second half of the line remains unclear.
13
The meaning of this line is for the most part uncertain.
b. tablet 45 53
15ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR 2 d⌈Šul⌉-pa-è [ ]x ⌈x x x⌉ IDIM KUDMEŠ-ma ŠUB [ ]

__________________________________________________________________
16ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR 2 d⌈Šul⌉-pa-⌈è⌉ [ ]x ⌈x⌉ ⌈na-pa⌉-áš dŠE.NAG[A ]
__________________________________________________________________
17ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR 2 ina x[ ]x ⌈x x x⌉MEŠ x[ ]
__________________________________________________________________
18ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR 2 IM [ ]x ⌈x x x⌉ KUR? ⌈x⌉ G[UL? ]
__________________________________________________________________
19ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-š[ú ]x ⌈x⌉MEŠ LÚ[ ]
__________________________________________________________________
20ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-š[ú ]x ⌈x⌉MEŠ[ ]
__________________________________________________________________
21ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR G[Ù ]
___________________________________________________________ (line?)
22ʹ [ ]x x[ ]
(remainder missing)
Translation
Obv.
11ʹ) If Adad thunders an[d ... ]...[ ... ]. 12ʹ–15ʹ) If Adad thunders and [ ... ] surrou[nd(s)
(it)] like a circle (or: is as if surroun[ded] by a circle) [ ... ], the flood; the flood waters
will turn back (?) [ ... ], the true ...[ ... ], the dead (?) will retu[rn] (?) ...[ ... ]... will
rise an[d (?) ... ], the incorrectly calibrated sūtu measure [will be smashed (?), the
peopl]e (?) who have ‘seen’ (experienced) famine (will) ...[ ... ]. 16ʹ–17ʹ) If Adad
ditto, ditto ...[ ... ] surrounds the moon like a circle, fifty-six years [ ... ], will p[ass]
through the territory (region) (or: will c[ross] the border of the territory), [ ... ]... will
retur[n] to the[ir pl]ace (or: to normal) [ ... ]. 18ʹ–20ʹ) If Adad ditto, ditto ..., the
presen[ts of ... ] / the leftov[ers of ...], rebe[ls (?) ...]. 21ʹ–24ʹ) If Adad th[unde]rs
(?) and the plants (?) ...[ ... ], (line 22': ?), they will return to S[ubar]tu (?), five years
[ ... ], epidemic amon[g the cat]tle and the sheep and goats ...[ ... ]. 25ʹ) If Ada[d]
thunders [ ... ]... the moon (?) an[d ... ]. 26ʹ) [ ... l]ike fire towards the left ...[ ... ]. 27ʹ)
[ ... ] thund[ers (?) ... ] left-hand side (?) [ ... ]. 28ʹ) ... .
Rev.
1ʹ–2ʹ) [ ... ] the su[n] (or: m[oon]) (?) [ ... ], hostile [ ... ]... will mak[e] pea[ce (?)
... ]. 3ʹ–5ʹ) [If A]dad thunders ‘in the middle (heart) of’ Dilbad (Venus)14 and
...[ ... ], ... remained, the ...-man, the ...-man [ ... ], the plants [will return (?)] to
their habitats, the fish to th[eir (?)] deep water [ ... ]. 6ʹ) If Adad thunders and
[ ... ]. 7ʹ–8ʹ) If Adad thunders in the middle (heart) of Dilbad and Dilba[d (?)
... ], there will be [attacks of (?)] hostile kings against the land and Ad[ad (?)
... ]. 9ʹ) If Adad thunders ditto (refers to ‘ina libbi’ = ‘in the heart of’), (variant:) in the
middle of (‘ina qabal’ = ‘in the middle of’) Sebettu (‘the Seven Gods’, i.e. the deities who
are symbolically represented by the Pleiades [‘Seven sisters’]) an[d ... ]. 10ʹ) If Adad
thun[ders] ditto, (variant:) in the middle of Sebettu, [ ... ]. 11ʹ) If Ad[ad thun]ders
in the m[iddle of ... ]...[ ... ]. 12ʹ-14ʹ) If Adad ditto in the middle of the ...-star ..., will
annex (?) ... of (?) the lands ..., will devastate and twenty-five years the ...-barley
[ ... ], Erra (?) will devour the ... . 15ʹ) If Adad ditto, Šulpae [ ... ]... will (be) cut off
(from) the underground water, fall of (?) [ ... ]. 16ʹ) If Adad ditto, Šulpae [ ... ]...,
(there will be) an abundance of grai[n ... ]. 17ʹ) If Adad ditto, in ... . 18ʹ) If Adad
ditto, ... will de[stroy (?) ... ]. 19ʹ) If Adad thun[ders ... ] ... . 20ʹ) If Adad thun[ders
... ] ... . 21ʹ) If Adad th[unders ... ]. 22ʹ) ... .
Text V2/3 (K 2227 + K 2268 / K 3590); before omen 1' not too many omens can be
missing; the dividing lines are located at the same place on both copies
Preliminary remark:
The comparison of the beginnings of omens 5' on the one hand and 6' and 7' on the other
hand in texts V3 (see below) and K 7865 (5': DIŠ IM.SES-tu4 TA ...; 6' and 7': DIŠ TA IM ...; one
would expect here ‘DIŠ 2 TA IM ...’) shows that the first ‘2’ = ‘ditto’ is meaningless (therefore
it is left untranslated, but for the sake of clarity marked by ‘//’); the scribe apparently
marked every ‘new entry’ by ‘DIŠ’ and then wrote ‘ditto’ for the ‘DIŠ’ sign on the tablet
from which he copied the omen; it is remarkable that the omens at the beginning of a
new section (after a dividing line) are not introduced by ‘DIŠ 2’ (see, for example, omen
10'; omen 22' is an exception). The scribe of the parallel text (V2) copied either the whole
tablet, or he used the same technique (on both tablets only for the first preserved twenty-
four omens). The second ‘ditto’ is used in the usual sense (for example, in omen 6' it refers
to the word ‘rainbow’ from omen 5'). The same practice can be observed in EAE 47, text V1.
1ʹ
V3 o1' DIŠ [ →]
14
Omens of this type are collected in tablet EAE 46. ‘In the middle of NN {planet, star,
constellation}’ means ‘near, in the region of NN’; in some cases it might also denote a
celestial region or constellation which is ‘assigned’ to NN in an astrological sense (see, e.g.,
von Weiher 1993, no. 159; Reiner 1995 ‘passim’, especially pp. 56–58; Hunger 1999, 28f.). Cf.
EAE 46, note 8.
b. tablet 45 55
2ʹ
V3 o2' DIŠ 2 ⌈d⌉[ →]
3ʹ
V3 o3' DIŠ 2 dT[IR →]
4ʹ
V3 o4' DIŠ 2 d⌈TIR.AN.NA x x⌉ x[ →]
5ʹ
V3 o5' DIŠ 2 IM.SES-tu4 TA dUTU.UD.x[ →]
(cf. omens 13' and 22'; see K 7865, obv.* : 1)
6ʹ
V3 o6' DIŠ 2 2 TA IM.U18 ana IM.SI GI[B →]
(this line is missing in AAT; cf. omens 14' and 23'; see K 7865, obv.* : 2)
7ʹ
V3 o7' DIŠ 2 2 TA IM.KUR.RA ana IM.MAR.T [U → ]
(cf. omens 15' and 24'; see K 7865, obv.* : 3)
8ʹ
V3 o8' DIŠ 2 NIM.GÍR NU TE-šú [ → ]
9ʹ
DIŠ 2 NIM.GÍR SAG.KUL.LA NU TE-šú x[ → ]
V3 o9'
__________________________________________________________________
10ʹ
V3 o10' DIŠ TA dIŠKUR GÙ.DÉ.DÉ dTIR.AN.NA TA dU[TU? →]
11ʹ
V3 o11' DIŠ 2 2 dTIR.AN.NA TA IM.U18.LU ana IM.SI.SÁ G[IB? →]
12ʹ
V3 o12' DIŠ 2 2 TA IM.KUR ana IM.MAR GIB ina KUR NIM.MAKI A.A[N →]
13ʹ
V3 o13' DIŠ 2 IM.SES-tu4 TA GIŠ.NIM ana GIŠ.ŠÚ GIB A.AN u [ →]
V2 o1' ⌈DIŠ⌉[ →]
14ʹ
* DIŠ 2 2 TA IM.U18 ana IM.SI GIB ina KUR URIKI IM.DU[GUD? ]
* ⌈x x x⌉ [ ]
V3 o14' DIŠ 2 2 TA IM.U18 ana IM.SI GIB ina KUR URIKI IM.DU [GUD? ]
[ ]
V2 o2' DIŠ 2 2 ⌈TA⌉ I[M ]

⌈x x x⌉ [ ]
15ʹ
* DIŠ 2 2 TA IM.KUR.RA ana IM.MAR GIB ina KUR NIM.MAKI
* KIMIN ina KUR MAR.TUKI ⌈KIMIN⌉?
V3 o15' DIŠ 2 2 TA IM.KUR.RA ana IM.MAR GIB ina KUR NIM.MAKI

⌈KIMIN⌉[ ]
V2 o3' DIŠ 2 2 TA ⌈IM.KUR ana⌉ IM.MAR G[IB NI]M.MAKI

KIMIN ina KUR MAR.⌈TU⌉KI ⌈KIMIN⌉?
__________________________________________________________________
16ʹ
* DIŠ e-nu-ma dIŠKUR GÙ.DÉ.DÉ dTIR.AN.NA šá MÚŠ-šá ma-diš
* da-a’-mu TA dUTU.UD.DU ana dUTU.ŠÚ.A GIB DINGIRME šá
* KUR i-re-mu ina SU KUR BADME
V3 o16' DIŠ e-nu-ma dIŠKUR GÙ.DÉ.DÉ dTIR.AN.NA šá MÚŠ-šá ma-diš

o16'/17' da-a’-[ ] DINGIRME šá
o17' KUR i-re-mu ina SU KUR [ ]
V2 o4' DIŠ e-nu-ma dIŠKUR GÙ.DÉ.DÉ dTI[R ]⌈MÚŠ⌉-šá ma-diš

o4'/5' da-a’-mu TA dUTU.UD.DU ana dUTU.ŠÚ.A GIB DINGIRME šá
o5' KUR i-re-m[u] ina SU KUR BADME
b. tablet 45 57
17ʹ
* DIŠ 2 dTIR.AN.NA šá MÚŠ-šá ma-diš SA5 TA dUTU.UD.DU ana
* dUTU.ŠÚ.A GIB DINGIRME šá ina SU KUR BADME ana KUR
* ⌈GUR⌉ME-ni
V3 o18' DIŠ 2 dTIR.AN.NA šá MÚŠ-šá ma-diš SA5 TA dUTU.UD.DU ana

d[ ]
[ ]
V2 o6' DIŠ 2 dTIR.AN.NA šá MÚŠ-šá ma-diš S[A5] TA dUTU.UD.DU ana

o6'/7' d
UTU.ŠÚ.A ⌈GIB⌉ DINGIRME šá ina SU KUR BADME ana KUR
o7' ⌈GUR⌉ME-ni
18ʹ
* DIŠ 2 dTIR.AN.NA šá MÚŠ-šá ma-diš SIG7 TA IM.U18 ana IM.SI GIB
* dÈr-ra GAL ⌈x⌉ NA ina KUR GÁL
V3 o19' ⌈DIŠ 2⌉ dTIR.AN.NA šá MÚŠ-šá ma-diš SIG7 TA IM.U18 ana I[M ]

[ ]
V2 o8' DIŠ 2 dTIR.AN.NA šá MÚŠ-šá ma-diš SIG7 TA ⌈IM.U18 ana IM⌉.SI GIB
dÈr-ra GAL ⌈x⌉ NA ina KUR GÁL
19ʹ
* DIŠ 2 2 šá MÚŠ-šá ma-diš SA5 TA IM.U18 ana IM.SI G[IB S]I.SÁ
* BURU14 na-pa-áš dŠE.NAGA
V3 o20' [ ]⌈2⌉ šá MÚŠ-šá ma-diš SA5 TA IM.U18 ana I[M ]

[ ]
V2 o9' DIŠ 2 2 šá MÚŠ-šá ma-diš SA5 TA IM.U18 ana IM.⌈SI⌉ G[IB S]I.SÁ
⌈BURU14⌉ na-pa-áš dŠE.NAGA
20ʹ
* DIŠ 2 2 šá MÚŠ-šá ma-diš SIG7 TA IM.KUR ana IM.MAR GI[B]
* [ ]x ina KUR GU7
V3 o21' [ ] ⌈šá⌉ MÚŠ-šá ma-diš SIG7 TA IM.KUR ana I[M ]

[ ]
V2 o10' DIŠ 2 2 šá MÚŠ-šá ma-diš SIG7 TA IM.KUR ana IM.MAR GI[B]

[ ]x ina KUR GU7
21ʹ
* DIŠ 2 2 šá MÚŠ-šá ma-diš SA5 TA IM.KUR ana IM.MAR GIB
* [ ]⌈x x x⌉ DUMEŠ-ni
V3 o22' [ š]á MÚŠ-šá ma-diš SA5 TA IM.KUR ana I[M ]

[ ]
V2 o11' DIŠ 2 2 šá MÚŠ-šá ma-diš SA5 TA IM.KUR ana IM.MAR GIB

[ ]⌈x x x⌉ DUMEŠ-ni
_______________________________________________________________
22ʹ
V2 o12' DIŠ 2 IM.SES-tu4 TA dUTU.UD.DU ana dUTU.ŠÚ.A GIB LÚx[ ]
⌈x⌉ BADMEŠ
V3 o23' [ SE]S-tu4 TA dUTU.UD.DU ana dUTU.ŠÚ.[ ]

[ ]

23ʹ
V2 o13' DIŠ 2 2 TA IM.U18 ana IM.SI GIB A.ANMEŠ KUDMEŠ DUMEŠ-ma
⌈x x x x⌉[ ]MEŠ
V3 o24' [ I]M.⌈U18⌉ ana IM.⌈SI⌉ G[IB ]

[ ]
24ʹ
V2 o14' DIŠ 2 2 TA IM.KUR ana IM.MAR GIB ZI me-ḫe-e IM.U18.LU ZI-ma
ÉMEŠ ub-bat TIL-ma AN ŠUR x[ ]x
V3 o25' [ I]M.M[AR ]
[ ]
________________________________________________________________
b. tablet 45 59
25ʹ
V2 o15' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma a-da-an-ta-tu4 KAŠ4MEŠ ana ur-ri-šú
AN.MI GAR-ma BA-e MÁŠ.ANŠE ED[IN ]
o16' SAG.UŠ-ma i-ra-am-mu-um-ma NA4ESI ḫúp-pat BURU14 KUR RA-iṣ
KUR NÍG.GA-šá ⌈GU7⌉
26ʹ
V2 o17' DIŠ dIŠKUR GIM dUTU na-pa-ḫi GÙ-si LUGAL ana ARADMEŠ-šú
GÚR-uš : ARAD⌈MEŠ⌉-⌈šú⌉ [G]AZME-šú
27ʹ
V2 o18' DIŠ dIŠKUR is-si-ma IM.ŠITA DUMEŠ ina ti-bi-šú AN.MI 20 GAR-ma
[ ] bu-lì
(compare omen 34')
28ʹ
V2 o19' [DIŠ dIŠKUR G]Ù-šú GIM UR.MAḪ : GIM GÙ UR.GU.LA EŠ UD ERIM
AN15 x[ GABA.R]I? NU TUK-ú
o20' [ Z]I?-ut ERIM-man-da DUMU x[ ] LUGAL
ḪA (ZA).A
?
29ʹ
V2 o21' [ NI]M.G[ÍR S]AG.KUL.LA ib-ríq ina [INIM
dUTU]? GIGMEŠ
o22' [ M]EŠ-ma šá a-lì i-ma-at
(cf. omen EAE 44-II-4/3)
30ʹ
V2 o23' [ ]AMBARMEŠ u GIŠTIRMEŠ
RA-ṣa-ma KUR Ù.SUḪ5-(šá)MEŠ-šá TURMEŠ
31ʹ
* [ G]Ù-šú GIM a?-le-e KUR GAL ḫar-gal-lu-šá
* it-tab-ba-ku
15
‘EŠ ... AN’: meaning?
V2 r1 [ a-l]e-e KUR GAL ḫar-gal-lu-šá

it-tab-ba-ku
V3 r1' [ G]Ù-⌈šú GIM a?⌉-[le-e ]

[ ]
32ʹ
* [DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB]-ma ra-a-du ŠUR ŠE.GAR GAR-ma KUR u
* UNMEŠ ḪA.AMEŠ MU 7.KAM* BAD5.BAD5 ina KUR NU KUD-as
V2 r2 [ -d]u ŠUR ŠE.GAR GAR-ma KUR u

UNMEŠ ḪA.AMEŠ MU 7.KAM* BAD5.BAD5 ina KUR NU KUD-as
V3 r2' [ ]-ma ra-a-d[u ]

[ ]
33ʹ
* DIŠ [dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠU]B-ma ri-i-bu i-ru-ub MÈ ina KUR GAR
V2 r3 [ ]-bu i-ru-ub MÈ ina KUR GAR
V3 r3' DIŠ [ ŠU]B-ma ri-i-b[u ]
34ʹ
* DIŠ dI[ŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠU]B-ma IM.ŠITA DUMEŠ ina ti-bi-šú AN.MI 20

* GAR-ma BA-e MÁŠ.ANŠE [Ø]? NÍG.ZI.GÁL.EDIN.NA ina INIM
* dIŠKUR LAGAR-at bu-lì ŠUB-ut [ ]x-ta-at bu-lì dIŠKUR
* RA
V2 r4 [ IM.ŠI]TA DUME Š ina ti-bi-šú AN.MI 20

r4/5 GAR-ma BA-e MÁŠ.ANŠE [ NÍG.ZI.GÁL.E]DIN.NA ina INIM
r5/6 IŠKUR LAGAR-at bu-lì ŠUB-ut [
d
]x-ta-at bu-lì dIŠKUR
r6 RA
b. tablet 45 61
V3 r4' DIŠ dI[ŠKUR ŠU]B-ma IM.ŠITA DUME[Š ]

r4'/5' [ ] NÍG.⌈ZI⌉.G[ÁL.E DI]N.NA ina INIM
r5' d
IŠKUR LAGAR-at [ ]
[ ]
35ʹ
V2 r7 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma NIM.GÍR SAG.KUL.LA GIM IM.ŠITA ana
r7/8 dUTU.ŠÚ.A DU BA-e ši-kin ZI-tì
V3 r6' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma NIM.GÍR SAG.KUL.⌈LA⌉ G[IM ]

[ ]
36ʹ
V2 r9 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma 2 GIM IM.ŠITA ana dUTU.UD.DU DU
BA-e bu-lì maš-re-e
V3 r7' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma 2 ⌈GIM IM⌉.ŠITA ana ⌈d⌉[ ]

[ ]
37ʹ
V2 r10 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma NIM.⌈GÍR SAG⌉.KUL.LA GIM IM.ŠITA
r10/11 Á ana Á ‑an DU GU7-ti bu-⌈lì⌉ LAGAR-at bu-lì ḪA.A

V3 r8' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma 2 GIM ⌈IM⌉.ŠITA
⌈Á⌉ [ ]
38ʹ
V2 r12 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma NIM.GÍR uš-tak-ṣir GIGMEŠ GARMEŠ
V3 r9' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma NIM.GÍR uš-tak-ṣ[ir ]
39ʹ
V2 r13 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma NIM.GÍR uš-taq-rib ANŠE.KUR.RAMEŠ
d
IŠKUR RA-iṣ x[ ]x
V3 r10' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma NIM.GÍR uš-ta[q- ]

[ ]
40ʹ
V2 r14 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma NIM.GÍR ib-ríq x[ ]
V3 r11' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma NIM.GÍR i[b- ]
__________________________________________________________
41ʹ
V2 r15 DIŠ dIŠKUR ur-dam-ma IGI x[ ] LUGAL BA.ÚŠ
V3 r12' DIŠ dIŠKUR ur-dam-ma IGI [ ]
42ʹ
V2 r16 DIŠ dIŠKUR ina qé-reb AN-e is-si-ma qé-reb ⌈AN-e?⌉ [ ] ina
MU BI A.AN NU A.⌈AN⌉?
V3 r13' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina qé-reb AN-e is-si-m[a ]

[ ]
43ʹ
V2 r17 DIŠ dIŠKUR ina qé-reb AN-e : ina MÚRU AN-⌈e⌉ [ ]x
r17/18 i‑ram‑mu-um IŠKUR [
d
]x-ú KUR-ti GÁL
V3 r14' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina qé-reb AN-e : ina MÚRU x[ ]

[ ]
44ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina IM.⌈4*.BA⌉? ⌈x⌉ x[ M]AR.TUKI
* dIŠKUR RA-iṣ
V3 r15' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina IM.⌈4*.BA⌉? ⌈x⌉ x[ ]

[ ]
V2 r19 ⌈DIŠ dIŠKUR⌉ (traces) [ M]AR.TUKI

d
IŠKUR RA-iṣ
45ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina I[M ] dIŠKUR
* RA-iṣ
V3 r16' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina I[M ]

[ ]
b. tablet 45 63
V2 r20 [ ] dIŠKUR
RA-iṣ
46ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina I[M ] A.AN
* ŠUR
V3 r17' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina I[M ]

[ ]
V2 r21 [ ] A.AN
ŠUR
47ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR G[Ù-šú (?) ]
* [ ]x GAL ina KUR GAR : IŠKUR 1-niš RA ⌈ 30 u ⌉[UTU
d d d? ?
]
* dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB kal U4-mi GÁL LI X Ú GAR ⌈PI⌉?
V3 r18' DIŠ dIŠKUR G[Ù-šú (?) ]

r18'/19' [ ] ⌈d30 u d?⌉[UTU? ]
r19' [ ]
V2 r22 [ ]
r22/23 [ ]x GAL ina KUR GAR : IŠKUR 1-niš RA [
d
]
r23 d
IŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB kal U4-mi GÁL LI X Ú GAR ⌈PI⌉?
48ʹ
V2 r24 [ ] IDIGNA u ÍDUD.KIB.NUNKI
Í D
sa-ki-ki SA5ME
(cf. K 68 obv. 5')
49ʹ
V2 r25 [ ]x-ni-na U4 ip-pe-red-du-ma AN
NU ŠUR
V2 r26 [ n]i-na ⌈U4⌉ i[p-p]e-red-du
(line V2 r26 seems to belong to the previous line: commentary or variant)
50ʹ
V2 r27 [ ]⌈IM⌉?[ R]A?-iṣ
(remainder missing)
For omen 10' there is a similar omen from the Middle Babylonian period (UM 2/2,
no. 123, line 4ff.; see OLZ 15 [1912], column 447). Omens 16' to 21' are also attested
in CTN 4, no. 18 (obv. 13'ff.).
Translation (compare the remark before the transcription)
1ʹ) [ →]. 2ʹ) If // a r[ainbow (?) →]. 3ʹ) If // a rai[nbow →]. 4ʹ) If // a rainbow ...[ →].
5ʹ) If // a rainbow [arches (?)]) from ea[st →]/ sun[rise →]. 6ʹ) If // ditto ar[ches]
from south to north [ →]. 7ʹ) If // ditto [arches (?)] from east to wes[t →]. 8ʹ) If
// lightning does not affect it [ →]. 9ʹ) If // sankullu lightning does not affect it ...[
→]. 10ʹ) If, since Adad roars repeatedly, a rainbow [arches (?)] from ea[st]/we[st]/
sun[rise/set]/ the s[un (?) to →]. 11ʹ) If // ditto, a rainbow ar[ches (?)] from south
to north [ →]. 12ʹ) If // ditto arches from east to west, there will be rai[n] in Elam
[ →]. 13ʹ) If // a rainbow arches from east to west, there will be rain and [ →].
14ʹ) If // ditto arches from south to north, there will be fo[g (?)] in Akkad [ ... ], ...
[ →]. 15ʹ) If // ditto arches from east to west, in Elam ditto, in Amurru ditto (?).
16ʹ) If, while Adad roars continually, a rainbow which is very dark in its appearance
arches from east to west, the gods who had mercy on the land will withdraw from
the interior of the land. 17ʹ) If // a rainbow which is very red in its appearance
arches from east to west, the gods who had withdrawn from the interior of the
land will come back to the land. 18ʹ) If // a rainbow which is very green in its
appearance arches from south to north, Erra ... will be in the land. 19ʹ) If // ditto
which is very red in its appearance ar[ches] from south to north, (there will be)
a prosperous harvest, abundance of grain. 20ʹ) If // ditto which is very green in its
appearance arches from east to west, [ ... ]... will devour (the wealth) in the land.
21ʹ) If // ditto which is very red in its appearance arches from east to west, [ ... ]
... will come . 22ʹ) If // a rainbow arches from east to west the ...-man [ ... ] ... will
withdraw (?)16. 23ʹ) If // ditto arches from south to north, the rain which had been
held back will fall again and ... . 24ʹ) If // ditto arches from east to west, (there will
be) rising of a gale, the south wind will spring up and destroy houses, (but) will
stop17 again, rain will fall ... . 25ʹ) If, while Adad thunders, ‘reddish brown mice’
chase around (or [CAD s. v. adantu; emendation justified?!]: dust storms race about) an
eclipse will take place during that day (?), (there will be) a reduction in the size
of the herds in the open coun[try ]; if (Adad) roars constantly and (if even)
diorite is smashed to pieces (?), (Adad) will devastate the harvest of the land, the
land (itself) will devour its own possessions. 26ʹ) If Adad shouts just at sunrise,
16
The exact meaning of ‘BAD’—translated as ‘withdraw’—cannot be specified with-
out a context.
17
The sign ‘BAD’ (TIL) could have another meaning.
b. tablet 45 65
the king will submit to his servants, variant: his servants will kill him (cf. part III,
text ‘RGb’, omen III-25). 27ʹ) If Adad shouts and a dust storm blows time and again,
the sun will become obscured18 in its rising, [there will be a decrease (?)] of cattle.
28ʹ) [If Adad] (utters) his roar like a lion, variant: like the bellow of a lion, ...[ ...
which (?)] have no [riva]l (?), [ ... there will be upri]sing (?) of the Ummān-
manda, the son ...[ ... ] the king will flee (?). 29ʹ) [If ... ] sankullu lightning flashes,
at [the behest of Šamaš] (?) sick people [ ... ]..., (the inhabitants of) the town will
die. 30ʹ) [If ... ] the marshes and forests will be flattened, the firs of the land will
become fewer. 31ʹ) [If Adad shouts (?) and] his roar (sounds) like an alû (?) drum,
the ‘locks’ of the Great Mountain will be flung down.19 32ʹ) [If Adad thunders]
and a cloudburst rains down, ...20 will be placed and the land and the people
will perish, (for) seven years defeats will not be kept away from the land. 33ʹ)
[If Adad thun]ders and an earthquake occurs, a war will break out in the land.
34ʹ) If A[dad thun]ders and a dust storm blows time and again, the sun will
become obscured in its rising (see omen 27'), there will be a reduction in the size
of the herds and of / or of (?) the number of animals of the open country, at
the behest of Adad the ...21 of the cattle will perish, Adad will devastate [ ... ]... of
the cattle. 35ʹ) If Adad thunders and sankullu lightning moves like a dust storm
towards the west (sunset), there will be a decrease in the number of living beings.
36ʹ) If Adad thunders and ditto moves like a dust storm towards the east (sunrise),
there will be a reduction in the size of the herds, diminution of wealth. 37ʹ) If Adad
thunders and sankullu lightning moves like a dust storm in both directions (i.e.
east and west), (there will be) an epidemic among (lit.‘eating’ of) the cattle, the
... of the cattle will perish.22 38ʹ) If Adad thunders and brings sheets of lightning,
there will be (lit.: ‘be placed’) sick people (or caused diseases). 39ʹ) If Adad thunders
and lightning follows immediately, Adad will destroy the horses, ...[ ... ]... . 40ʹ) If
Adad thunders and lightning flashes, ...[ ... ]. 41ʹ) If Adad comes down (sc. from
heaven) and ...[ ... ] the king will die. 42ʹ) If Adad shouts in the middle of the sky
and the middle of the sky (?) [ ... ], in that year (there will be) rain, (variant): no
rain (?).23 43ʹ) If Adad roars24 in the middle (‘interior part’) of the sky, variant: in the
middle of the sky [ ... ]..., Adad [ ... ]... there will be booty (or conquest). 44ʹ) If Adad
[thunders (?)] in all four directions (?) ...[ ... ], Adad will devastate [A]murru.
45ʹ) If Adad [thunders (?)] in the [ ... ] direc[tion (?) ... ] Adad will devastate
[Ø (?)]. 46ʹ) If Adad [thunders (?)] in the [ ... ] direc[tion (?) ... ] rain will fall.
18
Here, ‘AN.MI’ does not denote an (astronomical) eclipse, see, e.g., Hunger 1992 [SAA
8] no. 4, rev. 11.
19
Meaning? ‘Mountain’: CAD s. v. ḫargullu; because of the feminine suffix ‘Land’
would fit better.
20
The meaning of ‘ŠE.GAR’ is unknown.
21
‘LAGAR-at’ remains obscure.
22
Cf. note 21; ‘Á-an’: either dual or a plural like mātitān.
23
Or: ‘rain will not fall’, ‘... will not let it rain’; ‘A.AN’ could be ‘dew’ as well.
24
There might have been another verb before ‘roars’ in the break.
47ʹ) If Adad th[unders (?) ...]... will be placed in the land, variant: Adad will wreak
destruction at the same time, Sîn and [Šamaš (?) ... ] Adad thunders, all day long,
... .25 48ʹ) [ ... ] the Tigris and the Euphrates will fill with silt. 49ʹ) [ ... ]... the day will
become bright and rain will not fall, [ ... ]... the day will become bright. 50ʹ) [ ... ]...
[ ... will deva]state (?).
Texts V4 (K 3884) and V5 (K 7941)
The first few lines that run parallel are provided in the form of a score transcrip-
tion, the remaining parts will be presented separately (only one side of text V5 is
preserved; V4 continues immediately after omen 13' of the score transcription
with line 1 of the reverse; the text is different from that of V5). Some parts of the
text might belong to tablet EAE 44, q. v.
Obv. (numbering by omens)

1ʹ
V5 1' [DIŠ dIŠKU]R? ⌈i-ra-am⌉?-mu-um NA4⌈ESI⌉? x[ ]26
V5 2' [ M]AN? GAR SU.GU7 x[ ]
2ʹ
V5 3' [DIŠ dIŠK]UR it-ta-na-ak-ṣa-aṣ x[ ]
3ʹ
V5 4' [DIŠ] ⌈d⌉IŠKUR iš-ta-na-as-si K[I? ]
4ʹ
V5 5' [DIŠ] ⌈d⌉IŠKUR 1-šú GÙ KUR šá ⌈x⌉ x[ ]27
5ʹ
V5 6' [DIŠ] ⌈d⌉IŠKUR 2-šú GÙ KUR šá MÍ.KÚR KIN [ ]
6ʹ
V5 7' [DIŠ] dIŠKUR 3-šú GÙ-ma NIM.GÍR šá GIM SAG.KUL.LA ú-x[ →]
8' LUGAL ÚŠ-ma LUGAL er-re-bu [ ]
25
Possibly this omen (or: omen with commentary) has to be split up into two omens,
the second one beginning with ‘Sîn’ (it is unclear whether ‘DIŠ’ is broken off or whether
‘Sîn’ was indented in K 3590 [= V3]); ‘x GAL’ could be ‘AN GAL’; the end of the omen
remains obscure.
26
Cf. omen V2/3 : 25'.
27
Possibly ‘KUR šá SILIM.MA KIN ...’ or the like, cf. the next omen.
b. tablet 45 67
V4 1' [ N]IM.GÍ[R] ⌈šá⌉[ →]

2' [ Ú]Š-[ ] LUGAL er-r[e- ]
7ʹ
V5 9' [DIŠ] dIŠKUR 3-šú GÙ-ma NIM.GÍR šá GIM SAG.KUL.LA
ú-šá-aṣ-ri-iḫ-m[a →]
V4 3' [ d
]IŠKUR 3-šú ⌈GÙ⌉-ma NIM.GÍR šá GIM NI[M.GÍR SAG.KUL.LA]
4' ú-šá- aṣ-ri-⌈iḫ⌉-ma [ →]
8ʹ
V5 10' [DIŠ] dIŠKUR 4-šú GÙ GIŠ.GI GIŠ
[TIR? ]
V4 5' DIŠ d
IŠKUR 4-šú is-si [ ]
9ʹ
V5 11' [DIŠ] dIŠKUR 5-šú GÙ GIGMEŠ ina KUR [ ]
V4 6' DIŠ IŠKUR 5-šú GÙ
d
⌈GIGMEŠ⌉[ ]
10ʹ
V5 12' [DIŠ] dIŠKUR 6-šú GÙ me-e la mit-gur-ti ⌈ina⌉?[ ]
V4 7' DIŠ dIŠKUR 7-šú GÙ me-e la mit-gur-ti ⌈ina⌉?[ ]
11ʹ
V5 13' [DI]Š dIŠKUR 8-šú GÙ Ú.ḪI.A ina GIŠ.G[I? ]
V4 8' DIŠ d
IŠKUR 9-šú GÙ Ú.ḪI.A ina GIŠ.G[I? ]
12ʹ
V5 14' [DI]Š dIŠKUR 15-šú GÙ A.KAL mit-gur-ti [ ]
V4 9' [DIŠ] dIŠKUR 15-šú GÙ A.KAL mit-g[ur- ]
13ʹ
V5 15' DIŠ dIŠKUR 4-šú 5-šú 6-šú u 7-šú GÙ-šú GIM UR.A ŠUB
GI[G →]
V4 10' [DIŠ] ⌈dIŠKUR⌉ 4-šú 5-šú 8 (9?) -šú u 7?-šú GÙ-šú GIM U[R.A ]
[ →]
Notes:
Text K 7941 (V5): According to J. A. Craig the sign ‘DINGIR’ was fully preserved in lines 3'
to 6' in his day; furthermore, there were additional traces at the end of lines 9' and 10'
which have been included in the transcription (Craig 1899, AAT 61).
Omen 5': A similar omen (‘GÙ-šú ŠUB-di’ in place of ‘GÙ’) is attested in SAA 8
(Hunger 1992), no. 43 (rev. 3ff.).
Translation
1ʹ) [If Ada]d (?) roars (?), diorite (?) ...[ ... ] the sun (?) will place (?) [ ... ], a famine
…[ →]. 2ʹ) [If Ad]ad rages over and over again, …[ →]. 3ʹ) If Adad shouts time
and again, …[ →]. 4ʹ) If Adad shouts once, a land which ...[ →]. 5ʹ) If Adad shouts
twice, a land which has sent hostile messages [ →]. 6ʹ) If Adad shouts thrice and
‘p[roduces]’ lightning which is like sankullu (lightning [see next omen]) [ ... ], the
king will die and a king (who is) an intruder (will) [ →]. 7ʹ) If Adad shouts thrice,
makes lightning which is like sankullu lightning flare up, and [ →]. 8ʹ) If Adad
shouts four times, reed marsh (and) wo[od (?) →]. 9ʹ) If Adad shouts five times,
[there will be] sick people in the land [ Ø? ]. 10ʹ) If Adad shouts six (variant: seven)
times, orders (?; or waters: compare omen 12') of discord [will ... ] in (?) [ →]. 11ʹ) If
Adad shouts eight (variant: nine) times, the vegetation in the re[ed marsh (?) →].
12ʹ) If Adad shouts fifteen times, a ‘flood of concord’ [ →] (figuratively; probably not
mitḫurtu instead of mitgurtu [CAD M II 131b], see omen 10'). 13ʹ) If Adad thunders four,
five, six (variant: 8 or 9) or (or: and) seven times (sounding) like a lion, [there will
be] sic[k people →] / di[seases →].28
K 7941 (V5), continued
14ʹ
V5 16' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina la a-dan-ni-šú GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma AN NU ŠUR KUR
SU.GU7 IGI : KUR SU.BI[R4KI ]
15ʹ
V5 17' DIŠ dIŠKUR TA U4 1.KAM* EN U4 30.KAM* GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma U4 ŠÚ-ma
AN NU ŠUR na-zaq x[ ]
16ʹ
V5 18' [DI]Š [ina]? ⌈U4 NU er-pi⌉? dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB da-um-ma-tu4 ina
[KUR? GAR? →]29
17ʹ
V5 19' [ ] ⌈d⌉[I]ŠKUR i-šag-gúm AN ina [ ]
Text V4 seems to suggest the reading ‘17-šú’ (seventeen times) instead of ‘u 7-šú’.
28
Restoration on a trial basis, following K 68 obv. 17': ‘DIŠ ina U4 NU ŠÚ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú
29
ŠUB da-um-ma-tu4 ina KUR GAR ...’.

b. tablet 45 69
18ʹ
V5 20' [ G]Ù-si KI.DURU5 SI.S[Á ]
19ʹ
V5 21' [ K]A A.AN [ ]
20ʹ
V5 22' [ G]Ù-si KUR NIM.M[AKI →]
21ʹ
V5 23' [ ] KUR x[ →]
(remainder missing)
Notes:
Omen 16': Similar omens are attested several times in reports (SAA 8 [Hunger 1992],
no. 1, 4f.; 32, 5f.; 43, 4f.; 80, 4f.; 101, rev. 7f.).
Translation
14ʹ) If Adad thunders at an unusual time and it does not rain, the land will
experience a famine, variant: Subar[tu →]. 15ʹ) If Adad thunders from the first day
to the thirtieth day, and the day is cloudy, (but) it does not rain, worry ...[ →]. 16ʹ)
If Adad thunders [on] a day without clouds / [on] an unclouded day (?), [there
will be caused] (?) gloom in [the land] (?). 17ʹ) [ ... ] Adad roars, rain (or: the sky) in
(?) [ →]. 18ʹ) [ ... Adad (?) sh]outs, the flooded ground will pros[per →]. 19ʹ) [ ... ]...,
rain [ →]. 20ʹ) [ ... sh]outs, Ela[m →]. 21ʹ) [ ... ], the land (?) ...[ →].
K 3884 (V4), reverse (numbering by lines)
1 A.KAL ina KUR ⌈x x x x⌉ x[

2 ŠUB-tì ÁB.GU4.ḪI.A u U8.U[DU.ḪI.A
_________________________________________
3 DIŠ dIŠKUR ina ⌈x x x⌉ 30 GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma [
4 ⌈AN GAM⌉?-iš na-an-dur [
_________________________________________
5 [ ]⌈Ú⌉?.GÍR šá GIM [
6 [ U]L.ḪÉ GAM-i[š
_________________________________________
7 [ K]A x[
(remainder missing)
Notes:
Line 3: Is it possible to read ‘DIŠ dIŠKUR ina ⌈AMAŠ⌉ 30 GÙ-šú ...’ (see EAE 46, note
5)?
Lines 4–6: meaning obscure; either GAM-iš ‘will be pierced’ (*plš) or GÚR-iš ‘will
bend / be bent downwards’ (*knš); line 5: presumably not Ú.GÍR (ašāgu, pros
opis farcta, a thorny shrub: CAD A II 410f.).
Translation
1, 2) A flood (will) ... in the land, ...[ ... ], there will be an epidemic among the cattle
and the she[ep and goats →]. 3, 4) If Adad thunders in ... and [ ... ], the sky will be
bent downward (?; see the ‘notes’), (there will be) a raging [of lion (?) →]. 5, 6) [ ...
]... which is like [ ..., the ho]rizon (‘base of heaven’) will be bent down[ward] (see
line 4) [ →]. 7) ... .
Text V6 (K 10734)
Rev.*
1ʹ ⌈ina⌉ x[
2ʹ ma-la (-) ⌈x⌉ x[
3ʹ pa-ša-ḫa IGIME [
4ʹ TUR GAL? ḫi?-iṣ?-na x[
5ʹ ŠUB-ti EN [
_____________________________
6ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR ik-t[a-na-ṣa-aṣ (?)

7ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR it-t[a-
8ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR ut-[
9ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR x[
10ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR [
11ʹ DIŠ dIŠKU[R
_____________________________
b. tablet 45 71
12' DIŠ x[
(remainder missing)
Notes:
Line 4': possibly ‘-ma ina’ instead of ‘GAL’; ‘ḫi-iṣ’ (AAT 65, ACh A 26) seems to be
rather ‘di-’.
Translation
1ʹ) ... 2ʹ) as many as (?) ... 3ʹ) they will face tranquillity ... 4ʹ) young and old (will
...) the protection (?) (cf. the ‘notes’) ... 5ʹ) fall of ... [ →]. 6ʹ) to 11ʹ): If Adad ...[ →]
(compare commentary ‘a’, line 17ff.). 12ʹ) ... .
Text V7 (K 8007 + K 8327)
Obv.*
1 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú G[IM ]⌈d⌉IŠKUR GIŠ.GI u GIŠTIR R[A]
2 DIŠ IŠKUR GÙ-šú GI[M
d
] BURU14 KUR SI.SÁ
3 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú G[IM ] dIŠKUR BIL.ZA.ZA ina ÍD RA-iṣ
4 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú G[IM ] AB.SÍN GÚ+UN-sà ú-šab-šá
5 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú GI[M ] dIŠKUR GIŠGIŠIMMAR ina A.AB.BA RA
6 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú GIM [ ] BURU14 KUR SI.SÁ
7 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú GIM [ ] MÍ.KALA.GA ina KUR GAR-an
8 DIŠ IŠKUR GÙ-šú GIM x[
d
] IŠKUR u U+GUR ina KUR GU7MEŠ
d d
9 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú GIM Á[B? ] ZÚ.LUM.MA u ŠE.GIŠ.Ì GÁLMEŠ

10 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú GIM Š[AḪ?] 15 MUMEŠ A.KAL ḫe-pí
11 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú GIM UDU?.N[ÍT]A? ri-tu ina KUR GÁL-ši
12 DIŠ IŠKUR GÙ-šú GIM a-⌈si⌉
d ?
7 U4-mi AN ŠUR
13 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú GIM NU UZ-⌈LI⌉? UZ-LU dIŠKUR 3 U4-mi RA30
14 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú GIM ANŠE [Ø] BURU14 KUR SI.SÁ
The text remains obscure between ‘GIM’ and ‘Adad’; ‘UZLU’ does not exist, of course.
30
The scheme was possibly: ‘Adad: his roar is like a ‘non-UZLU’ (i.e. not like an UZLU), (vari-
ant:) like an UZLU’.
_______________________________________________________________________
15 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma U4 ŠÚ AN ŠUR dTIR.AN.NA GIB NIM.GÍR GIM
IZI TA IM.U18.LU
16 ana IM.SI.SÁ ib-ríq dIŠKUR NA4 GÙN.A ŠUR
17 tap-pu-ú i-bé-eš-šú ŠEŠ⌈ MEŠ
⌉ BAR MEŠ
DAM u DAM TAK4 MEŠ
18 [DI]Š dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma KIMIN TA IM.KUR ana IM.MAR ib-ríq

dIŠKUR NA4 GÙN.A ŠUR
19 [ Ø ] GIŠNU.NAGA u GIŠGIŠIMMARMEŠ SAG.KALMEŠ šá ÉMEŠ DINGIRMEŠ

ú-na-as-saḫ : ú-nap-pa-ṣu
_______________________________________________________________________
20 [DI]Š dIŠKUR ina IM.U18 GÙ-šú ŠUB d[IŠKU]R? NU ŠUR

21 [DI]Š ⌈d⌉IŠKUR ina IM.SI GÙ-šú ŠUB d[IŠKU]R?
<ŠUR>-nun
22 [DIŠ] ⌈ ⌉IŠKUR ina IM.KUR GÙ-šú ŠUB IŠKU[R
d d
]x [G]ÌR2 KÚR-r[i]
23 [DIŠ] ⌈d⌉IŠKUR ina IM.MAR GÙ-šú ŠUB ina x[ ] ⌈dIŠKUR⌉?
R[A]?
_______________________________________________________________________
24 [DIŠ] ⌈dIŠKUR x x x x KU x x x⌉[ ]
(remainder missing)
Notes:
Lines 11 to 14 indicate that probably all of the first fourteen omens are construed without
a main verb.
Line 19: The name of the first plant (?) is unknown (scribal mistake?).
Line 21: The end of the horizontal wedge after the break might belong to ‘AN’: ‘⌈AN⌉
<ŠUR>-nun’—‘rain will fall/ it will rain’.
Translation
1) (Concerning) Adad: his roar is (sounds) l[ike ... ]: Adad will deva[state] reed
marsh and wood. 2) Adad: his roar is li[ke ... ]: the harvest of the land will prosper.
3) Adad: his roar is l[ike ... ]: Adad will kill the frogs in the river. 4) Adad: his roar is
l[ike ... ]: the furrow will produce its yield. 5) Adad: his roar is li[ke ... ]: Adad will
destroy the date palm by the sea. 6) Adad: his roar is like [ ... ]: the harvest of the
land will prosper. 7) Adad: his roar is like [ ... ]: hard times will be established in
b. tablet 45 73
the land. 8) Adad: his roar is like ...[ ... ]: Adad and Nergal will devour (the wealth)
in the land. 9) Adad: his roar is like a co[w (?) ... ]: there will be dates and sesame.
10) Adad: his roar is like a p[ig (?) ... ]: fifteen years a flood broken. 11) Adad: his roar
is like a she[e]p (?): there will be (sufficient) pasture in the land. 12) Adad: his roar
is like a bear (?): it will rain for seven days. 13) Adad: his roar is like ...: Adad will
wreak destruction for three days. 14) Adad: his roar is like a donkey: the harvest
of the land will prosper. 15–17) If Adad thunders, and if the day clouds over and
it rains, (and if) a rainbow arches and lightning flashes like fire from the south
towards the north, Adad will make multicoloured stones (not necessarily hail) pour
down, companions will part company, brothers will leave each other, wife and
husband will be divorced. 18–19) If Adad thunders, ditto, (variant): flashes from
the east towards the west, Adad will make multicoloured stones pour down, he
will tear out, variant: crush the noble ...-plants and date palms of he temples (i.e.
of the temple gardens). 20) If Adad thunders in the south, [Ada]d (?) will not (let
it) rain. 21) If Adad thunders in the north, [Ada]d (?) will (let it) rain. 22) If Adad
thunders in the east, Ada[d will ... ]... the step (feet) of the enemy. 23) If Adad
thunders in the west, in ...[ ... ] Adad (?) will wreak de[struction] (?). 24) If Adad
... [ ... ].
Texts V8 (K 8923) and V9 (K 11262)
As far as one can judge V8 and V931 are duplicates; line 8' (V8; V9: 6') might be
different.
Obv.*
1ʹ
V8 1' ]⌈2⌉ U4 x[
2ʹ
V8 2' ]x 2 SA9 U4 [
3ʹ
V8 3' ]x ⌈x⌉ 2 SA9 U4 x[
V9 1' ] ⌈x⌉[
_______________________________________________
4ʹ
V8 4' G]IM ⌈KÙ.GI⌉ SA9 ⌈U4⌉[ /G[I6
Could the fragment K 15243 be part of V9? Dimensions: 2.4 × 4 × 0.9, only one side
31
(no edge) preserved, eleven lines.

V9 2' G]IM KÙ.GI [ ] [
5ʹ
V8 5' ]⌈šá⌉ GIM KÙ.BABBAR U4 2.KAM* BAD [
V9 3' G]IM KÙ.BABBAR [
6ʹ
V8 6' ]x šá GIM UD.KA.BAR S[A9 / i[na
V9 4' GI]M UD.KA.BAR [
7ʹ
V8 7' ]x IGI šá ⌈GIM⌉ URUDU mu-ši-t[u4
V9 5' UR]UDU mu-ši-tu4 [
8ʹ
V9 6' ]x u IM.MAR.TU IGI [
V8 8' ] ina ⌈IM⌉? ⌈ x x x ⌉ u IM x IGI [
9ʹ
V9 7' T]A [I]M.U18.LU ana IM.SI DU x[
V8 9' ]⌈ x x x x x x x x x x x⌉[
10ʹ
V9 8' ] ku-uṣ-ṣú-rat A.A[N?
V8 10' ]x ⌈x⌉ ku-uṣ-⌈ṣú-rat⌉[
11ʹ
V9 9' r]it-ku-sa-át ina SA9 U4 A.A[N?
V8 11' ]x ⌈x⌉ ⌈rit-ku-sa-át⌉[
12ʹ
V9 10' ]x ina AN-e ŠA TI A ⌈x⌉ IM SI.SÁ[
V8 12' ]⌈x x x x x x x x x⌉[
13ʹ
V9 11' ]x ina dUTU.ŠÚ.A DU-ak [
V8 13' ]⌈x x x x⌉[
b. tablet 45 75
14ʹ
V9 12' ]x ina IM.KUR.RA DU-ak x[
V8 14' ]⌈x x⌉[
15ʹ
V9 13' ]x ina IM.KU[R.R]A DU-ak x[
16ʹ
V9 14' ]x x[ ]x ḪA.⌈A⌉?[
(remainder missing)
Notes:
Instead of ‘SA9’ could have been written ‘1/2’.
Line 7': ‘]x-ši’ might be nalši, našši (dew).
Line 12': the sense remains obscure. ‘ŠA’ could be ‘NA 5’ = pitnu (box; a cloud
formation) because the syllable ‘ša’ is written ‘šá’ (at least on tablet V8; V9 does
not contain this section); ‘⌈x⌉’ could be ‘⌈at⌉’ (‘ša-ti-a-at’ (?)); ‘IM.SI.SÁ’ (north)
is more probable than ‘IM SI.SÁ’ (... will prosper). The unclear expressions are
not indexed.
Translation
1ʹ) [ ... ] two days ...[ →]. 2ʹ) [ ... ]..., two and a half days [ →]. 3ʹ) [ ... ]..., two and
a half days ...[ →]. 4ʹ) [ ... l]ike gold, half a da[y / half of the nigh[t (?) →]. 5ʹ [ ... ]
which is like silver, two days ... [ →]. 6ʹ) [ ... ]... which is like bronze, ...[ →]. 7ʹ) [ ...
]... which is like copper, (in) the nigh[t →]. 8ʹ) (V9): [ ... ] is seen (?) [ ... ]... and in
the west, ...[ →]. 9ʹ) [ ... ] ‘goes’ (wind, water, ...) from the south towards the north,
...[ →]. 10ʹ) [ ... ]... is tightened, rai[n (?) →]. 11ʹ) [ ... ]... is tied, in the middle of the
day rai[n (?) →]. 12ʹ) [ ... ]... in the sky ... will prosper (?) [ →]. 13ʹ) [ ... ]... ‘goes’ at
sunset [ →]. 14ʹ) [ ... ]... ‘goes’ in the east ...[ →]. 15ʹ) [ ... ]... ‘goes’ in the east ...[ →].
16ʹ) ... will perish (?) [ →].
Just as many popular old sayings dealing with the weather have an economic
background, so perhaps may these as well, which deal with the rain (or at least
the blessing) of metals32 (see also von Weiher 1983, no. 41, rev. 26').
A downpour of tin is mentioned in EAE 46, omen 30'.

32
C. Tablet 46
(Thunder)
1 . Introductory Remarks
Literature: Weidner 1968–1969, 73 (‘Tafel 46’)
Number of omens: almost 100
State of preservation: Incipit and catchline are not preserved but can be
deduced; because of the overlap of the main sources the tablet can be
restored almost completely, some uncertainties remain only at the begin-
ning and at the end of the text.
Structure: Most of the omens are of the type “If Adad thunders in the mid-
dle (i.e. proximity, region) of such and such a celestial body / constella-
tion, then ...”. Order: Pleiades, a planet, Jupiter, a planet (second part),
sun, Hyades, Orion, the Wagon, Lyra, Boötes, moon, sun (second part),
Venus (/Pleiades(?); this section is destroyed). Some omens of halo
appearances and similar phenomena are inserted.
Excerpts:—(but see section 4, text V1 [K 10946])

Rikis gerri texts: a) Rm 2, 122 (text ‘RGa’, → part III)
b) K 2271+ and K 6243+ (text ‘RGb’, → part III)
Forerunners:—
Commentaries: one mukallimtu
Sîn ina tāmartīšu:
a) K 68 [ACh A 17, AAT 56; most likely a SIT tablet; quoted only in
extracts]1
See Frahm 2011, 79 and 147f. (K 68 and K 872).

1
C. tablet 46 77
b) DT 194 [Bab. 3, 286; probably commentary or SIT; quoted only in

extracts]

V1) K 10946 (compilation of Venus and Pleiades omens, see below,
section 4)
V2) K 11089 (ad hoc compilation of commented cloud omens (obv.)
and Venus and Pleiades omens (rev.), see below, section 4)
ʹReportsʹ and letters: two omens are attested in reports (noted in the
transcription); the letters have not been systematically searched for
occurences
Sources:
Text
A K 6245 + 79-7-8, Nineveh NA ACh A 12 (79-7-8, 179); 2'–22' and 27'–38'

179 AAT 64 (ditto); K 11047:
(+)? K 11047 see under text E
(plate 19)
B K 2178 + K 2555 + Nineveh NA Bab. 6, 255 (K 12462); 7'–13'; from no. 17'
+ K 8040 + K 8853 + Bab. 6, 257 (K 12747) on all preserved
+ K 12462 + K 12747 (plate 20) omens
(+) K 2332
C K 5692 + Rm 531 Nineveh NA ACh A 13; AAT 67 9'–23'

(plate 21)
D Rm 2, 310 Nineveh NA (plate 22) 18'–39' and 43'–70'

E K 11047 (cf. text A) Nineveh NA ACh A 13; AAT 65 11'–16'
(plate 19)
F K 21913 Nineveh NA (plate 23)
The two following texts will be presented separately after the score transcription:
F K 21913 Nineveh NA (plate 23) see the tran-

scription
G K 12683 Nineveh NA Bab. 6, 254 "

(plate 23)

Commentary
a K 7665 Nineveh NA ACh A 15; AAT 65 "

(plate 24)
Other Sources
V1 K 10946 Nineveh NA ACh 1S 60 "

(plate 24)
V2 K 11089 Nineveh NA ACh A 14 and 29; AAT 66 "

(plate 25)
[Introductory remark: Apart from the very last entries, all omens in the main
texts A–F are separated by lines.
A: Description of the tablet (compilation text): → EAE 47, text B; the
omens in column iii definitely do not belong to EAE 46; the first omens in
column i (AAT 64, column d) do not seem to fit well to the structure of
tablet EAE 46, but there is at the moment no compelling reason to exclude
them (from omen 7' on there is an overlap with the second source of EAE
46, text B [K 2178+]). An estimate of the size of the tablet suggests that
omen obv. 2' could, in theory, be identical to omen obv. 1 (K 2178+ is nearly
completely preserved in a longitudinal direction); there was probably no
other omen between these two (visible expression of this idea is the
somewhat unconventional numbering “Obv. 1, 2', 3' ...”).
B: 10.4 × 15.3 × 2.6; K 2332: 4.3 × 5.6 × 2.6. The tablet is nearly com-
pletely preserved in a longitudinal direction (only the first six omens and
a small section at the [indirect] join position are missing); the left, lower,
and right edge are preserved (the left edge only partly); in the left half of
the tablet large pieces are missing. K 2178+ contained the complete text
of tablet EAE 46 (without any further additions). The lines of K 2332 are
numbered with letters (the traces before line d' are illegible).
C 4.5 × 7.5 × 1.2; only one side preserved; the original size of the tablet
is difficult to estimate. The left edge still exists.
C. tablet 46 79
D: 10 × 14.2 × 3.6; the tablet contained the complete text of EAE 46;

parts of the left, the lower, and (in very few sections) of the right edge are
preserved; the beginning of the text is broken.
E: 2.2 × 4 × 1.9; only one side preserved; the left edge still exists. Cf.
text A.
F: 2.2 × 1.9 × 0.6; small fragment, only one side (including the left edge)
preserved.
G: 1.8 × 5.2 × 2.2; the former size of the tablet cannot be determined;
the left edge is preserved.
a: 2.5 × 3.8 × 1.7; the left edge is preserved, the reverse (?) is missing.
The curvature of the tablet does not allow conclusions to be drawn about
the original size.
V1: 6.1 × 4.1 × 1; only one side is preserved (no edges). The piece belongs
to the right half of the tablet (merely a very slight curvature is visible).
V2: 6.6 × 6.1 × 2.6; the left edge is preserved; in longitudinal direction
approximately the upper half and the lower quarter are missing, width-
ways about one half.]
For a Venus / (Pleiades) section see section 4 (‘Other Sources’); a further

Venus omen is Rm 2, 122 : obv. 9' (→ part III, text ‘RGa’).
The meaning of “ina MÚRU X”, which is part of the protasis of most of
the omens of tablet EAE 46, is explained in report SAA 8 (Hunger 1992)
no. 99 as “at the rising of X, before the rising of X”. A comparison of omens
such as no. 63'ff., however, makes it immediately clear that this must not
be generalized. Another explanation given in report SAA 8 (Hunger 1992)
no. 119 is trivial (compare here omen 66').
The numbering of the omens which is used in this edition has already
been explained above (see description of text A). Although the incipit is
not preserved on tablet EAE 46 itself, it may be regained easily: the begin-
ning of the first omen is known from the catchline to EAE 46 (→ EAE 45,
text C [Rm 104]), most of the ‘missing’ parts are to be found in secondary
sources (see section 2, ‘Text’). Because all of these texts overlap suffi-
ciently there is hardly any doubt that the preserved part of the catchline
to EAE 46 may be completed in this way.
2. Text
Obv.
1
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU dIMIN.BI GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma MULMEŠ-šú-nu
* se-bet-ti-šú-nu ana KI-tì it-tab-ku-ni dIŠKUR šá KUR : šá A.AB.BA
* ḫar-gal-li-šá ḪE.ḪE
* GIŠŠINIG [ ] ⌈É⌉MEŠ DINGIRMEŠ a-šá-re-du-tu4 ú-nap-pa-aṣ
* URU KI URU É KI É ŠEŠ KI ŠEŠ-šú LÚ KI LÚ nam-ga-ru KI ÍD
* a-tap-pu KI nam-ga-ri-šú PA5 KI a-tap-pi-šá KÚRMEŠ-ma
* 55 MUMEŠ LÚ UZU LÚ GU7 LÚ KUŠ LÚ MU4.MU4-aš

Rm 104 (→ EAE 45)
catchline DIŠ IŠKUR ina MÚRU dIMIN.BI ⌈GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma MULMEŠ
d
7-šú-nu ana KI⌉ [i]t-tab-ku-ni

(the apodosis is not given in the catchline)
V1 (K 10946; → section 4)
o*1' [ ] ⌈ŠUB-ma MUL⌉MEŠ-šú-nu
7-šú-nu ana ⌈KI it⌉-ta[b-ku-ni ]
[ ]
o*2' [ ] ⌈É⌉MEŠ DINGIRMEŠ a-šá-re-du-ti ú-nap-pa-aṣ
o*2', 3' [ nam-g] a-ru KI ÍD!
o*3' a-tap-pi KI nam-ga-ri-šú P[A5 ]
o*4' [55 MUMEŠ] LÚ UZU LÚ GU7 LÚ K[UŠ ]
K 68
r14 [ ] ŠUB-ma [[ ]]? MULMEŠ-šú-nu
se-bet-ti-šú-nu ana KI it-tab-ku-ni dIŠKUR šá KUR : šá A.⌈AB⌉.BA
ḫar-gal-li-šá ḪE.ḪE
r15 [ ] ⌈É⌉MEŠ DINGIRMEŠ ⌈a-šá-re⌉-du-tu4 ú-nap-pa-aṣ
URU KI URU É ⌈KI⌉ É ŠEŠ KI ŠEŠ-šú nam-ga-ru KI ÍD
r16 [ P]A5 ⌈KI⌉ [a-tap-pi-š]á KÚRMEŠ-ma
55 MUMEŠ LÚ UZU LÚ GU7 LÚ KUŠ LÚ MU4.MU4-aš
(a comment on this omen follows)
DT 194 (it cannot be proved that this fragment belongs here)

o3' [ ]
[ ] ana KI it-tab-ku-ú-ni
(the rest of the omen is not given); commentary in the next line:
C. tablet 46 81
o4' [ ]
[ ]x dIMIN.BI GUL-ma
RGa (Rm 2, 122; → part III)

o10' [ ] ⌈d⌉IŠKUR ina ⌈MÚRU⌉ dIMIN.BI GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma ⌈MUL⌉MEŠ
o10', 11' 7-šú-nu ana KI-tì [ ] ⌈d⌉IŠKUR šá A.AB.BA
o11' ḫar-gul-li-šú ḪE.ḪE
o11', 12' GIŠ
ŠINIG [ DINGIR]MEŠ(?) a-šá-⌈re⌉-du-ti ú-nap-pa-aṣ
o13' [ ] É ŠEŠ KI ŠEŠ-šú LÚ KI LÚ nam-ga(TA)-ri(NAM) []
o14' [ K]I nam-ga(TA)-ru-šá PA5 KI a-tap-pi-šá [ ]
o15' [ ].KAM* LÚ UZU LÚ GU7 LÚ KUŠ LÚ MU4.MU4 !
(line o15': KAM* ‘instead of’ MEŠ)
If Adad thunders in the middle of Sebettu (‘the Seven Gods’, i.e. the deities
who are symbolically represented by the Pleiades [‘Seven Sisters’]) and if
(thereby) their seven stars are showered on the earth, Adad will ‘mix
up’ (meaning obscure) the locks of the land, variant: the sea, he will
crush the noble tamarisks [and the ... ] of the temples of the gods (cf.
EAE 45, V7 : 19), one town will show hostility to another town, one
household to another household, (every) brother to his brother, man
to man, the irrigation canal will show hostility towards the river, the
small branch of the irrigation canal towards its irrigation canal, the
irrigation ditch towards its small branch of the irrigation canal, for
fifty-five years men will eat human flesh, men will dress in human skin.
2ʹ
A i1' [ ]MEŠ
(omen 2': probably two lines instead of only one)
[ ... ]... .
3ʹ
A i2' [DIŠ ]x ⌈x⌉ x[ ]
[ ]-⌈na⌉?-ma
A i3' [ ]x SI.SÁ DINGIRMEŠ ša x[ ]
[ ]MEŠ SÙMEŠ
A i4' [ EDI]N?.NA MAŠ.DÀ NE x[ ]x ÍD RA
... will prosper, the gods who ...[ ... ]... the distant2 [ ... of the st]eppe
(?), the gazelles ...[ ... ]... the river will wreak destruction.
4'
A i5' [DIŠ ] GU.LA i’-a-dír-⌈ma⌉ dIŠKUR
M UL
GÙ-ma
A i6' [ Z]I?-⌈ma U4⌉ 3.KÁM DU-⌈ak⌉ EN.M[E.L]I LÚḪAL
A i7' [ ] NÍG? KU4-ma TIMEŠ Ú[ŠM]EŠ [ÚŠM]EŠ TIMEŠ
[If ... X (?)] is darkened [in] (?) Aquarius3, Adad shouts and [ ..., wind
(?) will ri]se (?) and blow for three days, the diviner and the haruspex
[ ... ] ... will enter, the living will die, [the dead] will come back to life.
5ʹ
A i8' [DIŠ G]Ù-šú ŠUB-ma MULME[Š ] TA AN ŠUR
A i9' [ ina] INIM UTU ÚŠ
d MEŠ
T[UR ] ina INIM
M EŠ
⌈d⌉DUMU.MÍ-dA-nù
A i10' [ d
]⌈Miš⌉-lam-ta-⌈è⌉ pi-r[i]k KUR it-ti-qu
[If ... Adad th]unders and the star[s ... ] ..., rain will fall, [ ... at] the
behest of Šamaš the number of deaths will de[creas]e,4 at the behest
of Marat-Anu [ ..., the plagues of Nergal (?) and] Meslamtaea will pass
through the land (or: will cross the border of the land).
6'
A i11' [DIŠ MU]LUDU.IDIM TA dUTU.È
A i12' [ M]EŠ KUR SU.BIR4KI KUR NIM.MA⌈KI⌉
A i13' [ E]RIMMEŠ i[na G]IŠTUKUL ŠUB⌈MEŠ⌉
[If ... ] a planet [ ... ] from the east, [ ... ]... Subartu (and) Elam [ ... ], the
army will be destroyed by weapons.
The translation of ‘SÙ’ is not unambiguous without a context.

2
Aquarius is probably not the subject; possibly present tense instead of past tense: i’-
3
a-dar-ma.
4
Or: [X] will die [at] the behest of Šamaš, ch[ildre]n will [ ... ] at the behest of Marat-
Anu.
C. tablet 46 83
7ʹ
* [DIŠ dŠ]UL.PA.È šá MÚŠ-šú ma-diš SA5
* MUL
UDU.IDIM GIM GÚR NIGIN
* [ T]UM [ ]x ARḪUŠ TUKMEŠ [ -r]i-dam-ma
* UR.MAḪMEŠ u UR.BAR.RAMEŠ in-nam-da-ru
B o-d' [ MÚ]Š-šú ⌈ma⌉-diš SA5

MULUDU.IDIM GIM GÚR ⌈NIGIN⌉
B o-e' [ -r]i-dam-ma
UR.MAḪMEŠ u UR.BAR.RAME in-na-da-ru
A i14' [ dŠ]UL.PA.⌈È⌉ šá MÚŠ-šú ma-diš SA5

A i15' [ ]
A i15'/16' [ T]UM [ ]x ⌈ARḪUŠ⌉ TUKMEŠ [ ]
A i16' [ ]x[ U]R.⌈BAR⌉.RAMEŠ in-nam-da-ru
[If ... (a corona5 of)] Šulpae (i.e. Jupiter),6 which (i.e. the corona) is first
and foremost red in its appearance, surrounds a planet like a circle,
[ ... ]... [ ... ]... will show mercy, [ ... ]...,7 lions and wolves will go on the
rampage.
5
Basic explanation of atmospheric light phenomena: Kugler 1914, 95–112 (‘Meteorolo-
gische Beobachtungen’); Häckel 1993, 162–169 (‘Optische Erscheinungen in der Atmo-
sphäre’). A halo (German: Halo, großer Hof) is a coloured ring around the sun or the moon;
the radius of the ‘small ring’ (TÙR = tarbaṣu) is 22⁰, the radius of the ‘large ring’ (AMAŠ =
supūru, tarbaṣu rabû) 46⁰, the radius of the ‘largest ring’ (a very rare phenomeneon) 90⁰.
An aureole (German: Aureole) is a ‘disc’ around the sun, the moon, bright planets or stars.
The disc itself is often surrounded by coloured rings (corona, German: Kranz); the distinc-
tion between the inner part (aureole) and the outer part (corona) is not always made; both
together are generally referred to as corona (Hof, kleiner Hof or Kranz; AGA = agû or GIŠ.
ḪUR = uṣurtu [Kugler 1914, 124–126]; agû and uṣurtu are two different kinds of appearance
of the corona; both words are not exlusively used in this technical sense). Sometimes only
one ring is visible: the corona looks like a small halo. If the whole ring is visible, the halo or
corona surrounds the heavenly body ‘like a circle’ (kīma kippati [GÚR]), if only part of the
ring is visible ‘like a boomerang’ (kīma gamli); see note 25. The rings of both a halo and a
corona can be interrupted by ‘gates’ (KÁ = bābu). It is not clear whether the word ‘corona’
was actually written in the text: Šulpae and his corona may have been thought to be a unit
(like the sun and its rays). It is extremely unlikely that the word ‘planet’ denotes Šulpae
himself.
6
See Hunger 1992 [SAA 8] no. 147.
7
Verb: probably warādu.
8'
* [DIŠ ] dŠUL.PA.È šá MÚŠ-šú ma-diš SIG7
* UDU.IDIM GIM gam-lì la-mi
d
* [ I]M.[K]UR? ZI-ma
* U4 3.KAM* U4.SA9.A.AN DU
* [ ]x DU ŠUB-tì UR.GI7MEŠ [ -n]im-ma
* BURU14 KUR SI.SÁ
B o-f' [ M]ÚŠ-šú ma-diš SIG7

d
UDU.IDIM GIM gam-lì la-mi
B o-g' [ I]M.[K]UR? ZI-ma
U4 3.KAM* U4.SA9.A.AN DU
B o-h' [ -n]im-ma
BURU14 KUR SI.SÁ
A i17' [ dŠUL.PA].⌈È⌉ šá MÚŠ-šú ma-diš [S]IG7

A i18' [ ]
[ ]
[ ] 3.KAM* U4.SA9.A.AN DU
A i19'/20' [ ]x DU ŠUB-tì UR.[G]I7MEŠ [ ]
A i20' [BUR]U14 KUR SI.⌈SÁ⌉
[If ... (a corona of)] Šulpae, which is first and foremost green in its
appearance, surrounds a planet like a boomerang, [ ... the ea]st wind
(?) will rise and blow for three days at noon, [ ...]... epidemic among
the dogs, [ ... ]..., the harvest of the land will prosper.8
9ʹ
* ⌈DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU x x⌉ x[ MUL]UDU.IDIM S/ŠUR-ma [ ]x
* 5 MUMEŠ SI.SÁ BURU14 na-pa-áš dMES
B o-i' [ ]x
5 MU MEŠ
SI.SÁ BURU14 na-pa-áš MES
d
A i21'/22' [ MUL]UDU.IDIM S/ŠUR-ma [ ]

⌈5⌉ MUM[EŠ ] ⌈BURU14 na-pa-áš⌉ dMES
C 1' ⌈DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU x x⌉ x[ ]
Compare the preceding omen. Reading ‘UR.GI7’ according to ACh A 12 : 41.

8
C. tablet 46 85
If Adad [thunders (?)] in the middle of ...[ ... ], (and if) a planet sparkles
/ flashes and [ ... ]..., (there will be) a prosperous harvest for five years
(as well as) an abundance (of vegetation (?) caused by) Marduk.9
10'
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU dUDU.IDIM ut-tam-mir
* AB.SÍN GÚ+UN-sà ú-šab-šá
B v-j' [ ]
[ G]Ù+UN-sà ú-šab-šá
A i23' [ -ta]m-mir
AB.SÍN GÚ+UN-⌈sà⌉ [ ]
C 2' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU dUDU.IDIM ut-[ ]

[ ]
If Adad ‘is brightened’ in the middle of (the orbis of) a planet,10 the
furrow will produce its yield.11
11'
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU dUDU.IDIM ik-ta-ṣa-aṣ 23 MUMEŠ L[Ú? ]
* ina ḪI.GAR ina MÚR[U? ]x ana ŠEŠMEŠ-šú MÍ.KÚRME ina KUR
* KUDMEŠ
B o-k' [ ]
[ ] ⌈ana ŠEŠ⌉MEŠ-šú MÍ.KÚRMEŠ ina KUR
KUDMEŠ
A i24' [ i]k-ta-ṣa-aṣ 23 MUMEŠ L[Ú? ]

A i25' [ ]x ana ŠEŠMEŠ-šú MÍ!.KÚRME ina KUR
KUD⌈ME⌉
E 1' DIŠ d⌈IŠKUR⌉ ina MÚ[RU ]

E 2' ina ḪI.GAR ina MÚR[U? ]
[ ]
9
The translation of the Marduk passage is just a guess; *npš in this sense is only
attested with Nisaba (see, e.g., EAE 45, text V1 : r16').
10
‘To brighten’ probably refers primarily to Adad’s mien (possibly symbolized by the
clouds); CAD N 217, 7 translates “if Adad (i.e., the storm cloud) lightens”. Orbis (astrologi-
cal meaning in later times): region of influence (typically a distance of a few degrees ‘to the
left’ and to ‘the right’ of the planet on the ecliptic, or a circle imagined through these two
points with the planet being the centre of the circle).
11
→ RGa (part III) : 16'.
C 3' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU dUDU.IDIM ig-d[a- ]12

If Adad rages in the middle of (the orbis of) a planet, for twenty-three
years ...[ ... ], in a rebellion in the midd[le (?) ... ]... to his brothers,
hostilities will be kept away from the land.
12ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU d/MULUDU.IDIM ŠÚR-iš is-si-ma MULUDU.IDIM
* ana KI im-qú-ut 27 U4MEŠ IM.x u IM.MAR DUME
* 1 me 7 MUMEŠ KUR EN NU TUK-ši DINGIRMEŠ an-du-ra-ár
* ARADMEŠ u GÉMEMEŠ ina KUR GARMEŠ GIŠBÁN NU GI.NA GAZ
* IZ ZI NU [ -i]t? NU GI.NA ina KUR ḪA.A
* meš-re-e ina KUR ḪA.AMEŠ-ma zi-ir-tu4 : ze-ni-tu4 BAD-at
B o-l' [ ]
[ I]M.MAR DUME
B o-m' [ ]
[ GIŠBÁ]N NU GI.NA GAZ
B o-n' [ ]
[ ]-tu4 BAD-at
A i26' [ Š]ÚR-iš is-si-ma MULUDU.IDIM

A i26'/27' ana KI im-qú-ut [ D]UMEŠ(!)
A i27'/28' 1 me 7 MUMEŠ KUR EN NU TUK [ -á]r
A i28' ARADMEŠ u GÉMEMEŠ ina KUR GARMEŠ GIŠBÁN NU GI.NA GAZ
A i29' [ -i]t? NU GI.NA ina KUR ḪA.A
A i30' [ KU]R ḪA.AMEŠ-ma zi-ir-tu4 : ze-ni-tu4 BAD-at
E 3' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU M[UL ]

E 3'/4' [ ] 27 U4MEŠ I[M ]
E 4'/5' [ ] DINGIRME an-du-[ ]
E 5' [ ]
E 6' IZ ZI NU [ ]
E 7' meš-re-e [ ]
C 4' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU dUDU.IDIM ŠÚR-iš [ ]

[ ]
C 4'/5' [ ] NU TUK-ši DINGIRMEŠ an-du-ra-ár
C 5' AR[AD ]
C 5'/6' [ ] ḪA.A
C 6' meš-re-e MU ina KUR Ḫ[A ]
12
Text C: variant *gṣṣ instead of *kṣṣ; translation: see note 10.
C. tablet 46 87
If Adad shouts furiously in (the orbis of) a planet (meteorite?) and a /

the meteorite falls towards the earth, the ...-wind and the west wind
will blow for twenty-seven days, for one hundred and seven years the
land will have no sovereign, the gods will establish freedom for slaves
and slave girls in the land, the incorrectly calibrated sūtu measure will
be smashed, ... , the illegitimate [ ... ] will perish in the land, wealth will
be eroded in the land and the hated woman, variant: the angry woman,
will ... .13
13ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU ḫe-[ Ø p]í GÙ-šú ŠUB re-mu ina
* KUR GÁL
B o-o' [ ]
⌈KUR GÁL⌉
A i31' [ p]í GÙ-šú ŠUB re-mu ina

KUR GÁL
E 8' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚ[RU ]

[ ]
C 7' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU ḫe-[ ]

[ ]
Note: The comparison with the following three omens suggests that ‘ḪI’ and ‘BI’ must
be regarded as parts of ‘ḫe-pí’ (‘broken’; the spatial layout of text A [beginning
of the line] has been adopted). Accordingly both texts, A and C, must have
been copied from a damaged template. There would be sufficient space for
‘dIMIN.BI’, but the Pleiades omens seem to have been placed in another sec-
tion of the tablet.—Omen 13' is probably the omen attested in Hunger 1992
[SAA 8] no. 99 (lines 5/6: “DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU dUTU GÙ-šú ...”); ‘Šamaš’ can
in all probability be inserted into the lacunae in the two following omens, too.
If Adad thunders in the middle of broken, there will be mercy in the
land.
14ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU [ ḫe-p]í AN ⌈ŠUR⌉? ŠUR BURU14
* KUR SI.SÁ
A i32' [ p]í AN ⌈ŠUR? ŠUR BURU14
13
Line 5: ‘IZ ZI NU’ is not unambiguous without a context. Line 6: text C has ‘meš-re-e
(cf. text E, beginning of the line) MU ...’; possibly the scribe started to write ‘mešrê’ and
then ‘switched’ by mistake to ‘rēmu’ (mercy). Which verb is meant by ‘BAD’?
KUR SI.SÁ14
E 9' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina M[ÚRU ]

[ ]
C 8' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚR[U ]

[ ]
If Adad [thunders (?)] in the middle of [brok]en, it will rain, the harvest
of the land will prosper.
15'
* DIŠ dIŠKUR [ ]x[ ḫe-p]í ḫe-pí
A i33' [ p]í ⌈ḫe⌉-pí
E 10' DIŠ dIŠKUR [ ]
C 9' DIŠ dIŠKUR [ ]x[ ]
If Adad [ ]...[ brok]en broken

(protasis) (apodosis)
16ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU dUTU NA4 GI6 ŠUR-in KUR me-ḫu-ú
* i-rim-ma ḫe-pí
A i34' [ N]A4 GI6 ŠUR-in KUR me-ḫu-⌈ú⌉

i-rim-ma ḫe-pí
E 11' [DIŠ] dIŠK[UR ]

[ ]
C 10' [ ] dUTU NA4 GI6 ŠUR-i[n ]

[ ]
If Adad makes black stones pour down out of the middle of the sun, a
violent storm will cover the land and broken.15
‘⌈ŠUR⌉’: written twice by mistake?

14
Cf. EAE 45, V7 : 16, 18; see Kugler 1914, 114f. Compare omens 17' (brown stones) and 18'
15
(salt). The ‘stones’ (not ‘dust’, epru) do not necessarily have to be hail (AHw s. v. *znn) or
meteorites (Kugler, l. c.); could an earthquake or a volcanic eruption or simply a violent
storm be the reason? The latter option could explain the rain of salt (omen 18'; Kugler,
l. c.), cress (omen 32'), wheat (omen 33') and so on (A. Ungnad has a dissenting opinion
[Ungnad 1919, 165f. (‘Weizenregen’)]). ‘Out of the middle of the sun’ probably means ‘in
broad daylight’. The reading of the beginning of this omen is certain, see omens 17' and 18'.
C. tablet 46 89
17'
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU MIN NA4 SA5 ŠUR-in AN ŠURMEŠ A.KAL
* KUDMEŠ ḫe-pí
B o1' [ ]
[ ] ḫe-pí
A i35' [ ] SA5 ŠUR-in AN ŠURMEŠ A.KAL
KUDMEŠ ḫe-pí
C 11' [ M]ÚRU MIN NA4 SA5 ŠUR-in AN [ ]

[ ]
If Adad makes brown stones pour down out of the middle of ditto
(i.e. the sun), (heavy) rains will fall, (but) floods will not come (lit.:
‘will be cut off’) broken.16
18ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU MIN MUN ŠUR-in 60*+7 MUMEŠ AMEŠ ina
* ZU+AB-šú-nu GURMEŠ17
* [ ]x ⌈x x⌉ dŠE.NAGA ana AN-e DU6.DU-ma
* KUR : ma-an-da-a-tu4
18
* ina GIŠ x[ A]N BAD ÁB DINGIRMEŠ19

* KUR ina iz-zi-ir-tu4 (?)
MEŠ 20
* dIŠKUR ḪA.AMEŠ-ma ina URU MÚRU-at

* LÚ i-ri-aḫ-ma21
* MU NÍG AN N[A? ] ⌈GÁL⌉? mam-ma22
* SIPA (?)23 mam-ma KUR TI-qé
B o2' [ ]
[ ]
B o2'/3' [ ]x ⌈x x⌉ dŠE.NAGA ana AN-e [ ]
More likely “floods which had been held back (lit. ‘cut off’) [will come]”.
16
Removal of the encrustations on the surface of text D would expose a few more
17
traces in line one and a few more signs in line two (not necessary because the text is
known from the other sources). The final parts of the omen might be explanations
(because of ‘-ma’).
18
Text A: ‘KUR :’; text C: ‘KUDMEŠ’ (meaning?). Possibly KUR denotes kišittu instead of
mātu (mātu : mandītu is not a ‘convincing’ pair of variants). KUD/KUR is not indexed.
19
Is the reading ‘GIŠT[UKUL]’ possible? The meaning of ‘BAD ÁB’ remains obscure.
20
Text A clearly has ‘ni’ instead of ‘ir’; the translation of this sentence is a guess (izzirtu:
not indexed).
21
Text A would require ‘-i ana’ instead of ‘AD’ (obviously a mistake). Does ‘inner part’
mean the ‘town centre’ or the ‘trunks’ of the people?
22
This line remains obscure (not indexed).
23
‘PA.KU’ and ‘GIŠ.LU’ could be erroneous writings for GIŠTUKUL or SIPA.
[ ]
[ ]
⌈ x x x ⌉ ⌈iz⌉-zi-ir-tu4
B o3'/4' d
IŠKUR ḪA.AMEŠ-ma [ ]
[ ]
[ ] ⌈GÁL⌉? mam-ma
GIŠ.LU mam-ma KUR TI-qé
A i36' [ Š]UR-in 60*+7 MUMEŠ AMEŠ ina

ZU+AB-šú-nu GUR MEŠ
A i37' [ ]dŠE.NAGA ana AN-e DU6.DU-ma

(DU6 is written as DUL)
KUR : ma-an-da-a-tu4
A i38' [ A]N BAD ÁB DINGIRMEŠ
KUR MEŠ
ina iz-zi-ni-ti
A i39' [ ] ina URU MÚRU-at!
LÚ i-⌈ri⌉-aḫ-m[a]
A i40' [ ] mam-ma
PA.KU mam-ma KUR T[I ]
C 12' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU MIN MUN ŠUR-in 60*+7 MUMEŠ ⌈A⌉[ ]
[ ]
C 12'/13' [ ] ana AN-e DU6.DU-ma
KUDMEŠ ma-an-da-a-tu4
ina GIŠ x[ ]
[ ]
C 13'/14' [ ] ina URU MÚRU-at
LÚ i-ri-aḫ-ma
MU NÍG AN N[A? ]
[ ]
D o1' [DIŠ dIŠK]U[R ]

[ ]
D o1'/2' [ ] ⌈dŠE⌉.NAGA ana AN-e [ encrusted ]
[ encrusted ]
[ ]
[ ]
D o3' ⌈d⌉IŠKUR ḪA.AMEŠ-ma ina URU MÚRU-at
LÚ i-ri-a[ḫ- ]
[ ]
[ ]
C. tablet 46 91
If Adad makes salt pour down out of the middle of ditto (i.e. the sun),
the waters will return to their sources for sixty-seven years, [ ... ]...
Nisaba will ascend to heaven and ... surprise attacks ...[ ... ]..., the gods
will destroy the lands with a curse (?; see note 20) of Adad, (only) the
man’s ‘inner part’ will be spared in the city (see note 21), ..., some shep-
herd (?) will carry away (the wealth of) the land (?).
19ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU MULis le-e GÙ-šú ŠUB-di LUGAL KUR NU
* UR5-tú ŠU-su KUR-ád
B o5' [ ]-di LUGAL KUR NU

UR5-tú ŠU-su KUR-ád
D o4' [ ]dIŠKUR ina MÚRU MULis le-e GÙ-šú ŠUB-di L[UGAL? ]

[ ]
(the omen is not given in texts A and C; it is quoted in report no. 163
[Hunger 1992] and in letter LAS no. 333 [Parpola 1970])
If Adad thunders in the middle of the Hyades,24 the king will conquer
a land which is not (yet) his own.
20ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU MULSIPA.ZI.AN.NA GÙ-šú ŠUB DINGIRMEŠ
* ana KUR ARḪUŠ TUKMEŠ
B o6' [ ] ŠUB DINGIRMEŠ

ana KUR ARḪUŠ TUKMEŠ
A i41' [ MULS]IPA.ZI.AN.NA GÙ-šú ŠUB DINGIRMEŠ

ana ⌈KUR ARḪUŠ⌉[ ]
C 15' DIŠ d⌈IŠKUR⌉ ina MÚRU MULSIPA.ZI.AN.NA [ ]

[ ]
D o5' [ ]⌈d⌉IŠKUR ina MÚRU MULSIPA.ZI.AN.NA GÙ-šú ŠUB [ ]

[ ]
(the omen is also quoted in text ‘RGa’, line 17' [→ part III])
More precisely: the Hyades and Aldebaran.

24
If Adad thunders in the middle of Orion, the gods will have mercy on
the land.
21ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU MULSIPA.ZI.AN.NA GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma
* d
TIR.AN.NA GIB-ma NIM.GÍRMEŠ SA5MEŠ ana 15-šú UD.DUMEŠ- ni
* KI Ì.GIŠ i-ḫal-ma ŠUB-tì LUGAL URU u UNME-šú Ì.GAL
B o7' [ ]
[ N]A GIB-ma NIM.GÍRMEŠ SA5MEŠ ana 15-šú UD.DUMEŠ-ni
B o8' [ ] ŠUB-tì LUGAL URU u UNMEŠ-šú Ì.GÁL
A i42' [ ŠU]B-ma
A i 42'/43' dTIR.AN!(MAŠ). NA G[IB ]⌈ina⌉ ZAG-šú UD.DUMEŠ-[ ]
A i44' [ UR]U u UNME-šú [ ]
C 16' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU MULSIPA.ZI.AN.NA GÙ-šú Š[UB ]

[ ] ⌈UD.DU⌉MEŠ-ni
C 17' KI Ì.GIŠ i-ḫal-ma ŠUB-t[ì ]
D o6' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU KIMIN GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma

D o6'/7' dTIR.AN.NA ⌈GIB-ma NIM.GÍRMEŠ SA5MEŠ ana 15-šú⌉[ ]
D o7' [KI Ì.GIŠ i-ḫal-ma ŠUB-tì LUGAL URU u UN⌈MEŠ-šú⌉ [ ]
If Adad thunders in the middle of Orion, (if) a rainbow25 arches and red
lightning emerges from it on its right-hand side, the earth will make
oil gush out; (furthermore), the downfall of the king and the ruin of the
town and its inhabitants will occur.
A rainbow is mentioned in connection with three celestial ‘bodies’, namely Orion

25
(omens 21'–24'), the moon (omens 53'–56'), and the sun (omens 70'–71' (?), 72'–73'). Omens
21' and 22': because the Babylonians were informed about the position of Orion during the
day, these two omens could theoretically refer to events during the day; however, this is
rather unlikely. At night a (pale) rainbow may occur, caused by the light of the moon
(Wege 1992, 25) which is more likely to be meant. A rainbow cannot surround a celestial
body like a circle (Häckel 1993, 164), therefore either a corona or a halo is meant by ‘rain-
bow’ in omens 55'–56' (moon) and 70'–73' (sun); (see note 5, cf. also Kugler 1914, 96). The
‘boomerang’ phenomena refer to a corona or a halo, too. In the case of Orion (omens 23'–
24') only Beteigeuze (α Ori) and Rigel (β Ori) might be surrounded by a faint corona while
the northern parts of the constellation could be surrounded by a halo of the moon. Note
‘ina ZAG-šú’ in text A for ‘ana 15-šú’ in texts B and D.
C. tablet 46 93
22'
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU KIMIN GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma dTIR.AN.NA [ ]x 15-šú
* im-ḫur-šú-ma BIR ME ŠA MEŠ SAḪAR SIG7MEŠ MULMEŠ
* AN-e ana ŠÀ a-ḫa-míš KU4MEŠ BAD5.BAD5 KU6.ḪI.A dÉ-a GAR-an
* ŠUB-tì ÁB.GU4.ḪI.A u U8.UDU.ḪI.A ina KUR GÁL-ši
B o9' [ ]x 15-šú
B o9'/10' im-ḫur-šú-ma BIR ME ŠA MEŠ SAḪAR SIG7MEŠ [ ]
B o10' [ K]U4⌈MEŠ⌉ BAD5.BAD5 KU6.⌈ḪI.A⌉ dÉ-a GAR-an
ŠUB-tì ÁB.GU4.ḪI.A u U8.UDU.ḪI.A ina KUR GÁL-ši
A i45'f. (traces)
C 18' [ KIM]IN GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma dT[IR ]

[ ]
C 19' [ B]AD5.BAD5 KU6.ḪI.A dÉ-a [ ]
[ ]
D o8' [ ]⌈d⌉IŠKUR ina MÚRU KIMIN GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma dTIR.AN.NA [ ]⌈15-šú⌉?

D o8'/9' ⌈im⌉-ḫur-šú-ma BIR ME ŠA MEŠ ⌈SAḪAR⌉ SIG7[MEŠ] MULMEŠ
D o9' ⌈AN⌉-e ana ŠÀ a-ḫa-míš ⌈KU4MEŠ⌉ BAD5.BAD5 ⌈KU6.ḪI.A d⌉É-a GAR-an
ŠUB-tì ÁB.⌈GU4.ḪI⌉.A u ⌈U8.UDU.ḪI.A ina KUR⌉ G[ÁL-ši]
(the end of this line is strongly encrusted)
If Adad thunders in the middle of ditto (i.e. Orion), and (if) a rainbow26
faces it [fro]m (?) its right-hand side and ...27, (and if) the constellations
of heaven penetrate each other, Ea will wreak carnage among the fish;
(furthermore), there will be an epidemic among the cattle, sheep and
goats in the land.
23ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU KIMIN GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma dTIR.AN.NA GIM
* gam-lì NÍGIN-šú DINGIRMEŠ šá ana KUR ARḪUŠ TUKMEŠ ina SU
* KUR BADMEŠ
B o11' [ -m]a dTIR.AN.NA GIM

gam-lì NÍGIN-šú DINGIR šá ana KUR ARḪUŠ TUKMEŠ ina SU
MEŠ
KUR BADMEŠ
C 20' [ ŠU]B-ma dTIR[ ]

[ ]
[ ]
Ibid.
26
This passage remains obscure; at the end probably ‘yellow dust’ (not indexed).
27
D o10' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU KIMIN GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma dTIR.AN.⌈NA⌉ GIM
gam-lì NÍGIN-šú DINGIRMEŠ šá ana KUR ARḪUŠ TUKMEŠ ⌈ina SU
KUR BAD⌉[ ]
If Adad thunders in the middle of ditto (i.e. Orion) and a corona/halo28

surrounds it like a boomerang, the gods who had mercy on the land
will withdraw from the interior of the land (see EAE 45, V2/3 : 16').
24ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU KIMIN GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma dTIR.AN.NA GIM GÚR
* NÍGIN-šú DINGIRMEŠ GALMEŠ GALGAMEŠ-ma EŠ.BAR KUR KUDMEŠ-ma
* ⌈UN⌉MEŠ ana KI-ši-na GURMEŠ-ma ŠUB-tì MÁŠ.ANŠE EDIN.NA u
* MAŠ.DÀ ina EDIN GÁL-ma KUR GAL ana KUR TUR DIŠ BU PI LU
* DI DU29
B o12' [ m]a dTIR.AN.NA GIM GÚR

NÍGIN-š[ú DING]IRMEŠ GALMEŠ GALGAMEŠ-ma EŠ.BAR KUR KUDMEŠ-ma
B o13' [ ŠU]B-⌈tì⌉ MÁŠ.ANŠE EDIN.NA u
MAŠ.DÀ ina EDIN GÁL-ma KUR GAL ana KUR TUR DIŠ BU PI LU
DI DU
D o11' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU KIMIN GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma dTIR.AN.⌈NA⌉ GIM GÚR
NÍGIN-šú DINGIRMEŠ GALMEŠ GALGAMEŠ-ma EŠ.BAR KUR KUDME[Š ]
D o12' ⌈UN⌉MEŠ ana KI-ši-na GURMEŠ-ma ⌈ŠUB-tì⌉ MÁŠ.⌈ANŠE⌉ EDIN.NA u
MAŠ.DÀ ina EDIN GÁL-ma KUR GAL ana KUR TUR DIŠ BU PI LU
D[I ]
If Adad thunders in the middle of ditto (i.e. Orion) and a corona/halo30

surrounds it like a circle, the great gods will deliberate and come to a
decision about the land, people will return to their homes, in the open
country there will be an epidemic among the animals of the plains and
among the gazelles, a large land will ... to a small land.
25ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU KIMIN GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma NIM.GÍRME SIG7ME
* ina SAG.DU-šú UD.DUMEŠ-ni KAL-an e-ri-ia-a-ti ina KUR GÁL-ma
* ri-tu4 ig-gir-ma31 ŠUB-tì ÁB. GU4.ḪI.A u U8.UDU.ḪI.A
* ina KUR GÁL-ma UNMEŠ a-la-pa-a šá ÍD il-tab-bi-šá
B o14' [ -m]a NIM.GÍRME SIG7ME
28
See note 25.
29
No reading can be offered.
30
See note 25.
31
Translation doubtful.
C. tablet 46 95
ina SAG.DU-šú UD.DUMEŠ-ni KAL-an e-ri-ia-a-ti ina KUR GÁL-ma

B o15' [ G]U4.ḪI.A u U8.UDU.ḪI.A
ina KUR GÁL-ma UNMEŠ a-la-pa-a šá ÍD il-tab-⌈bi⌉-šá
D o13' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU KIMIN GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma NIM.GÍRME ⌈SIG7ME⌉
ina SAG.DU-šú UD.DUMEŠ-ni KAL-an e-ri-ia-a-ti ina KUR GÁL-[ ]
D o14' ri-tu4 ig-gir-ma ŠUB-tì ÁB.GU4.ḪI.A u ⌈U8⌉.UDU.ḪI.A
ina KUR GÁL-ma UNMEŠ a-la-pa-a šá ÍD il-tab-bi-[ ]
If Adad thunders in the middle of ditto (i.e. Orion) and yellow lightning
comes out of its (Orion’s) head (roughly the triangle formed by the stars α,
λ, and γ Ori), extremeness of cold will predominate in the land, it will
cover the pasture, (as a consequence) there will be an epidemic among
the cattle, sheep, and goats in the land, people will clothe themselves
with plants from the canals.
26'
DIŠ dIŠKUR ina ⌈MÚRU MUL⌉MAR.GÍD.DA GÙ-šú ŠUB ⌈GURUN⌉
D o15'
qum-ma-nu DAB-bat ZÍZ.AN.NA u GÚ.GAL dIŠKUR RA-i[ṣ]
B o16' [ D]A GÙ-šú ŠUB GURUN

qum-ma-nu DAB ZÍZ.AN.NA u GÚ.GAL dIŠKUR RA-iṣ
If Adad thunders in the middle of the Wagon, the qummānu-mildew

will affect the fruit, Adad will devastate the emmer and peas.
27ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU MULMAR.GÍD.DA GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma MUL
* ina ŠÀ MULMAR.GÍD.DA ina AN-e NU GÁL-ši BIR-aḫ KUR ŠEŠ
* ŠEŠ-šú ru-u8-a ru-u8-a-šú ul i-gam-mil KUR ša SILIM.MA KIN-ku
* nu-kúr-tú KIN-ku LUGAL LUGAL GAZ-ma UNMEŠ šá SU.GU7 IGIMEŠ
* pa-ša-ḫa IGIMEŠ
B o17' [ D]A GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma MUL

ina ŠÀ MULMAR.GÍD.DA ina AN-e NU GÁL BIR-aḫ KUR ŠEŠ
B o17'/18' ŠEŠ-šú [ -m]il KUR ša SILIM.MA KIN-ku
B o18' MÍ.KÚR KIN-ku LUGAL LUGAL GAZ-ma UNMEŠ šá SU.GU7 IGIMEŠ
pa-šá-ḫa IGIMEŠ
A ii1 [ MÚR]U M[ULMAR.G]ÍD.DA GÙ-[ MU]L

A ii1/2 ina ⌈ŠÀ⌉ M[UL N]U GÁL-ši [B]IR-aḫ KUR ŠEŠ
A ii2/3 ⌈ŠEŠ⌉-šú ru-u8-a ru-⌈u8⌉-[ ] ul ⌈i⌉-gam-mil KUR ša SILIM.MA KIN-ku
A ii3/4 nu-kúr-tú ⌈KIN⌉-ku LUGAL LUGAL GAZ-ma UNMEŠ šá SU.GU7 IGIMEŠ

A ii4 pa-ša-ḫa IGIMEŠ
D o16' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina ⌈MÚRU⌉ MULMAR.GÍD.DA GÙ-šú ŠUB-⌈ma⌉ MUL

D o16'/17' ina ŠÀ MULMAR.GÍD.D[A ] ⌈BIR-aḫ⌉ [ ] ŠEŠ
D o17' ŠEŠ-šú ru-u8-a ru-u8-a-šú ul i-gam-mil KUR ša S[ILIM ]
D o17'/18' [ LUGAL LUGAL GAZ-ma UNMEŠ šá SU.GU7 IGIMEŠ
D o18' p[a- ]
If Adad thunders in the middle of the Wagon, (but) no star is (visible)

in (the present position of) the Wagon in the sky, the disintegration of
the land (will occur), the brother will not spare his brother (any more),
the friend not his friend; a land which sent you messages of peace will
(now) send you hostile messages, one king will kill (another) king,
(but) the people who had been experiencing a famine will (now) face
tranquillity.
28ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU MULMAR.GÍD.DA GÙ-šu ŠUB-ma AN NU
* ŠUR A.KALMEŠ KUDMEŠ DUMEŠ-ni
B o19' [ D]A GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma AN NU

ŠUR A.KALMEŠ KUDMEŠ DUMEŠ-ni
A ii5 DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU MULMAR.GÍD.DA GÙ-šu ŠUB-ma AN NU

ŠUR A.KALMEŠ KUDMEŠ DUM[EŠ ]
D o19' [ ]⌈d⌉IŠKUR ina MÚRU MULMAR.GÍD.DA ⌈GÙ⌉-šu ŠUB-⌈ma⌉ AN NU

ŠUR A.KAL⌈MEŠ ⌉[ ]
If Adad thunders in the middle of the Wagon and no rain falls, the flood
waters which had been held back will come.
29ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU MULMAR.GÍD.DA GÙ-šu ŠUB-ma AN ŠUR
* EN.TE.NA dan-nu ina KUR GÁL-ma ŠUB-tì MÁŠ.ANŠE
B o20' [ D]A GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma AN ŠUR

EN.TE.NA dan-nu ina KUR GÁL-ma ŠUB-tì MÁŠ.ANŠE
A ii6 [ ]⌈d⌉IŠKUR [ MÚ]RU MULMAR.GÍD.DA GÙ-šu ŠUB-ma AN ŠUR

A ii7 EN.TE.[ d]an-nu ina KUR GÁL-ma ŠUB-tì MÁŠ.ANŠ[E]
C. tablet 46 97
D o20' [ ]⌈d⌉IŠKUR ina MÚRU MULMAR.GÍD.DA G[Ù- ] ŠUB-⌈ma⌉ AN ŠUR

EN.TE.NA dan-n[u ]
If Adad thunders in the middle of the Wagon and rain falls, there will
be bitter cold in the land, (furthermore) an epidemic among the herds.
30'
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU KIMIN-ma AN AN.NA ŠUR TIL BALA
* na-zaq KUR
B o21' [ N]A ŠUR ⌈TIL BALA

na-zaq⌉ KUR
A ii8 DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU [KIMI]N-ma AN AN.NA ŠUR TIL BALA
na-zaq KUR
D o21' [ ]⌈IŠKUR⌉ ina MÚRU KIMIN-ma AN AN.NA ŠUR [ ]

[ ]
If Adad in the middle of ditto (i.e. thunders in the middle of the Wagon)
and a rain of tin drums down (cf. omen 16'), (that means): end of the
dynasty, worry for the land.
31'
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU KIMIN-ma ZÍZ.AN.NA ŠUR-nun TUR
* ma-am-ma-na-ma
* šá KUR la i-du-u ⌈KUR⌉ x[ ]x[ G]U?.ZA? TI-qé-ma EN-tú
* DÙ-uš KUR GIŠ u NA4 GU7 A.MA.RU NÍG.ḪA.LAM.MA ŠUB-tì
* UR.MAḪ UR.BAR.RA UR.GI7 ŠAḪ u PÉŠ.A.ŠÀ.GA ina KUR GÁL-ši
B o22' [ ]
[ ]
[ G]U?.ZA? TI-qé-ma EN-tú
B o22'/23' DÙ-uš32 [ ]
B o23' [ ] u ⌈PÉŠ⌉.A.ŠÀ.GA ina KUR GÁL-ši
A ii9 DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU K[IMIN ].NA ŠUR-nun TUR

ma-am-ma-na-ma
A ii9/10 šá KUR la i-du-u ⌈KUR⌉ x[ ]x[ G]U?.⌈ZA⌉? T[I-m]a /-q]é EN-tú
A ii10/11 DÙ-uš KUR GIŠ u NA4 GU7 A.MA.RU NÍG.[ M]A ŠUB-tì
A ii11 UR.MAḪ U[R.BAR].R[A U]R.GI7 ŠAḪ u PÉŠ.A.ŠÀ.GA ina KUR G[ÁL ]
In the broken part a few traces are left in the middle of the line.
32
D o22' [ ]⌈IŠKUR⌉ ina MÚRU KIMIN-ma ZÍZ.AN.NA ŠUR-nun TUR

ma-am-ma-na-ma
šá KUR la i-du-⌈ú⌉ [ ]
D o22'/23' [ GI]Š u NA4 GU7 A.MA.RU NÍG.ḪA.LAM.MA ŠUB-tì
D o23' UR.MAḪ UR.BAR.RA UR.G[I7 ]
and emmer rains down (see note 15), a child, which does not know the
land, will c[onque]r (?) the land, seize the [th]rone (?) and exercise
sovereignty, (the inhabitants of) the land will eat wood and stones, a
flood of destruction (will come), there will be an epidemic among the
lions, wolves, dogs, pigs and mice (voles?) in the land.
32ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU KIMIN-ma ZÀ.ḪI.LISAR ŠUR-nun
* NITAMEŠ KUR.GAR.RAMEŠ ina É DÚRMEŠ-ma
* KUR.GAR.RAMEŠ ana NITAMEŠ Ù.TUMEŠ ŠUB-tu4 GÁ L
* DINGIR KI LÚ NU GI.NA i-ta-mi
B o24' [ ]
[ ME]Š ina É DÚRMEŠ-ma
B o25' [ ]
[ L]Ú NU GI.NA i-ta-mi
A ii12 DIŠ ⌈d⌉IŠKUR ina [M]ÚRU KIMIN-ma ZÀ.ḪI.[L]ISAR Š[UR]-nun

A ii12/13 NITAMEŠ KUR.GAR.RAM[EŠ] ina É DÚRMEŠ-ma
A ii13/14 KUR.GAR.RAMEŠ ana NITAMEŠ Ù.TU[ ] ŠUB-tì GÁL
A ii14 DINGIR KI LÚ NU GI.NA i-t[a- ]
D o24' [ ]⌈IŠKUR⌉ ina MÚRU KIMIN-ma ZÀ.ḪI.LISAR ŠUR

NITAMES KUR[ ]
D o25' [ ]GAR.RAMEŠ ana NITAMEŠ ⌈Ù.TU⌉MEŠ ŠUB-tu4 GÁL
DINGIR KI LÚ [ ]
and cress rains down (see note 15), men will allow kurgarrû-actors to
live in their houses, (those) actors will beget (children) for the men (?);
there will be a decline, the god will not speak the truth to the citizen.
C. tablet 46 99
33'
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU KIMIN-ma ŠEGIG ŠUR-nun A.MA.RU ina
* KUR GAR
B o26' [ ]⌈A⌉.MA.RU ina

KUR [[ ]] GAR
A ii15 DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU KIMIN-ma ŠEGIG ŠUR-nun A.MA.R[U ]

[ ]
D o26' [ ]⌈IŠKUR⌉ ina MÚRU KIMIN-ma ŠE

GIG ŠUR-nun A.MA.RU [ ]
[ ]
and wheat rains down (see note 15), there will be a devastating flood in
the land.
34ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU MULMAR.GÍD.DA GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma GÚ.GAL
* u GÚ.TUR ŠUR-nun 20 MUMEŠ MÍ.KALA.GA ina KUR GAR
B o27' [ ]
[ ] 20 MUMEŠ MÍ.KALA.GA ina KUR GAR
A ii16 DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU MULMAR.GÍD.DA G[Ù ]

A ii17 u GÚ.TUR ŠUR-nun 20 MUMEŠ [ ]
D o27' [ ]⌈IŠKUR ina MÚRU⌉ KIMIN-ma GÚ.GAL

u GÚ.TUR ŠUR-nun 20 MUMEŠ M[Í ]
If Adad thunders in the middle of the Wagon and peas and kakkû-peas
rain down (see note 15), hard times will prevail in the land for twenty
years.
35ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU KIMIN-ma ZÚ.LUM.MA ŠUR-nun ÍD ib-bal
* : ib-bat-taq
B o28' [ ] ÍD ib-bal
: ib-bat-taq
A ii18 DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU KIMIN-ma ZÚ.L[UM ]

[ ]
D o28' [ ] ⌈MÚRU KIMIN⌉-ma ZÚ.LUM.MA ŠUR-nun ÍD ib-[ ]

[ ]
and dates rain down (see note 15), the rivers will dry up, variant: run dry
(lit.: be cut off).
36ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU KIMIN-ma ŠE.GIŠ.Ì ŠUR-nun KA? ḫe-pí
B o29' [ K]A? ḫe-pí
A ii19 DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU KIMIN-ma [ ]
D o29' [ MÚ]RU ⌈KIMIN-ma⌉ ŠE.GIŠ.Ì ŠUR-nun K[A? ]

(presumably the same ‘KA’ in texts B and D)
and sesame rains down (see note 15), ... broken.
37ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU KIMIN-ma ŠE.SA.A ŠUR-nun x[ ] KA LÚ
* NU DUG4.GA
B o30' [ ] KA LÚ
NU DUG4.GA
A ii20 DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU K[IMIN ]

[ ]
D o30' [ MÚR]U KIMIN-ma ŠE.SA.A ŠUR-nun x[ ]

[ ]
and roasted barley33 rains down (see note 15), ...[ ... ] ‘KA LÚ’ not stated.
33
= laptu/lābtu or ‘parched grain’ = qalītu (logographically both ŠE.SA.A; details: →
CAD L s. v. laptu B).
C. tablet 46 101
38'
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU KIMIN-ma el-pe-tú ŠUR-nun KUR ⌈x⌉
* x[ ]⌈x x x x x x ma?⌉-ma-an-na-an (?) 1 ITI U4 16
* U4 ul in-na-mar
ME
B o31' [ ]
[ ]⌈x x x x x x ma?⌉[ -a]n-na-an 1 ITI U4 16
U4ME ul in-na-mar
A ii21 DIŠ dIŠKUR ina M[ÚRU ]

A ii22 i-x[ ]
(the beginning of the line does not have to match that of text D)
[ ]
D o31' [ ] ⌈KIMIN⌉-ma el-pe-tú ŠUR-nun KUR ⌈x⌉

D o31'/32' x[ ]-ma-an-na-an 1 ITI U4 16
D o32' U4ME [ ]
and ḥalfā’-grass rains down (see note 15), ... none (?) (of ...) will be seen
for one month and sixteen days.34
39ʹ
B o32' [DIŠ ]xMEŠ a-ḫu-tu4 ina KUR
GÁL MEŠ
-ma ⌈SIPA⌉ mam-ma KUR EN-el
D o33' (traces)
[If ... ]..., brotherliness will be disseminated in the land and some shep-

herd will rule the land.
40ʹ
[DIŠ
B o33' ] 1 me 13 MUMEŠ DU11.DU11 NU
⌈GI⌉.NA ina KUR i-ma-at
[If ... ], for one hundred and thirteen years speaking the untruth will
die out in the land.
34
It could refer to Venus (superior conjunction), but a non-astronomical apodosis is
more likely.
41'
B o34' ⌈DIŠ dIŠKUR⌉ [ G]Ù-šú ŠUB ŠUB GIŠMÁMEŠ ina
⌈ÍD⌉ GÁL
If Adad [th]unders [ ... ], there will be a loss of ships on the rivers.
42ʹ
B o35' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina M[ÚRU ]x A GÙ-šú ŠUB LUGAL
NIM.MAKI ina GIŠTUKUL ŠUB-ma UNMEŠ KUR [p]a-šá-ḫa IGIMEŠ
(this omen is also attested in text ‘RGa’, lines 18'f. [→ part III])
If Adad thunders in the mid[dle of ... ]..., the king of Elam will fall by a
weapon, the inhabitants of the land will face tranquillity.
43ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU MULTI8 MUŠEN GÙ-šú ŠUB dIŠKUR u dU+GUR
* [ina K]UR GU7MEŠ
B o36' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU ⌈MUL⌉TI8MUŠEN GÙ-šú ŠUB dIŠKUR u dU+GUR
[ina K]UR GU7MEŠ
D r1' [ ] Š[UB ]
[ ]
( cf. text ‘RGa’, line rev. 1 [→ part III])
If Adad thunders in the middle of Aquila, Adad and Nergal will devour
[in the l]and.
44'
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU KÁ.DINGIR.RAKI GÙ-šú ŠUB UNMEŠ KUR
* x[ IG]I?MEŠ
B o37' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU KÁ.DINGIR.RAKI GÙ-šú ŠUB UNMEŠ KUR
x[ IG]I?MEŠ
D r2' [ ] ⌈GÙ-šú⌉ ŠUB ⌈UNMEŠ⌉ [ ]

[ ]
If Adad thunders in Babylon, the inhabitants of the land will [fac]e

(?) ...[ ... ].35
Possibly p[a-ša-ḫa IG]IMEŠ, too (see omen 42').

35
C. tablet 46 103
45ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU GIŠMÁ.U5.TUŠ.A GÙ-šú ŠUB A.AN A.AN
* A? x[ ]x DI
B o38' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU GIŠMÁ.U5.TUŠ.A GÙ-šú ŠUB A.AN A.AN
A? x[ ]x DI
D r3' [ ]⌈A GÙ-šú ŠUB⌉ A.AN A.AN

[ ]
If Adad thunders ‘in’ (above) the Mautuša-boat36, it will rain, ...

[ ... ]... .37
46ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU DA GA DI GÙ-šú ŠUB MÍPEŠ4MEŠ
* [ ]
ME Š?
B o39' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina ⌈MÚRU⌉ DA GA DI GÙ-šú ŠUB MÍPEŠ4MEŠ

[ ME]Š?
D r4' [ G]A? DI GÙ-šú ŠUB MÍPEŠ4MEŠ

[ ]
If Adad thunders in the middle of ... (meaning unknown), pregnant

women [ ... ]... .
47ʹ
* GABA.RI [Ø]? KUR TI-qé ḫe-pí [ →]
B o40' GABA.RI [Ø]? KUR TI-qé [ →]
D r5' [ ]⌈RI⌉ [Ø]? KUR TI-qé ⌈ḫe⌉?-pí [ →]
A rival will carry away (the booty from) the land broken.38
(end of the obverse of K 2178+)
36
Marduk’s ceremonial barge; see, e.g., Salonen 1939, 61.
The second ‘ŠÈG’ could stand for ‘nalšu’ (dew) instead of *znn; at the end of the line
37
possibly ‘[SI].SÁ’.
38
The line is indented (see photo of text B); it is the end of omen 46' (I was informed
about the join of the corner piece K 12747 to K 2178+ shortly before the final revision of the
manuscript; it was possible to update the transcription, but it was impossible to change
the numbering of omens [indexes]). It is noticeable that ‘omen’ 47' is separated by hori-
zontal lines on both tablets (B and D). The small gap presumably did not contain ‘ina’ (cf.
omen 18' vs Hunger 1992 [SAA 8], no. 266 : 3).
(Rev.)
48ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU MULÙZ GÙ-šú ŠUB ŠUB ÙZ ina KUR GÁL-ši
B r1 [ MÚR]U MU[L
ŠU]B ŠUB ÙZ ina KUR GÁL-ši
D r6' [ ] ⌈ ⌉IŠKUR ina MÚRU
d MUL
ÙZ GÙ-šú ŠUB ŠUB ÙZ [ ]
If Adad thunders in the middle of Lyra (Babylonian: the ‘She-Goat’),

there will be an epidemic among the goats in the land.
49ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU MULŠUDUN : MULXX39 GÙ-šú ŠUB
* UNMEŠ e-muq DINGIRMEŠ IGI-ma ḫe - pí
B r2 [ M]ULŠUD[UN ]X GÙ-šú ŠUB

UN e-muq DINGIR IGI-ma ḫe - pí
MEŠ MEŠ
D r7' [ ] ⌈d⌉IŠKUR ina MÚRU MULŠUDUN : MULXX GÙ-šú ŠUB

UNMEŠ e-muq [ ]
If Adad thunders in the middle of Boötes, variant: the XX-star/constel-

lation, people will experience (lit.: see) the power of the gods and
broken.
50ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU 30 GÙ-šú ŠUB TIL BALA na-zaq KUR
B r3 [ ] GÙ-šú Š[UB] TIL BALA na-zaq KUR
D r8' [ ] IŠKUR ina MÚRU 30 GÙ-šú ŠUB TIL BALA [
d
]
(this omen or one of the directly following omens is also attested in text ‘RGb’, part
IV, line 9' [→ part III])
If Adad thunders out of the middle of the moon, (it means) the end of
the dynasty, worry for the land.
The tablet has to be freed of encrustations; possibly MULGIŠ.GIŠ (another spelling for
39
‘nīru’).
C. tablet 46 105
51ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU 30 GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma 4 NIM.GÍRME SA5ME
* UD.DUME-nim-ma AN ŠUR-in 20 MUMEŠ BURU14 KUR SI.SÁ
B r4 [ G]Ù-šú ŠUB-ma 4 N[IM. G]ÍRME SA5MEŠ

UD.DUMEŠ-nim-ma AN ŠUR-in 20 MUMEŠ BURU14 KUR SI.SÁ
D r9' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU 30 GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma 4 NIM.GÍRME SA5ME

UD.DUME-nim-ma AN ŠUR[ ]
If Adad thunders out of the middle of the moon, (if) four red flashes of
lightning emerge from it and (if) the sky makes rain fall down, the
harvest of the land will prosper for twenty years.
52ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU 30 GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma 4 NIM.GÍRME
* it-ta-ṣu-nim-ma AN NU ŠUR la eš-re-e-ti uš-te-eš-še-ra
* la za-ka-a-tu4 i-zak-ka-a dal-ḫa-a-tu4 i-taq-qu-na
* A.KALMEŠ KUDMEŠ DUMEŠ-ni
B r5 [ ] ⌈ŠUB⌉-ma 4 NIM.GÍ[R ]
it-ta-ṣu-nim-ma AN NU ŠUR la eš-re-e-ti uš-te-eš-še-ra
B r6 [ ]-⌈a⌉ dal-ḫa-a-⌈tu4⌉ i-taq-qu-na
A.KALMEŠ KUDMEŠ DUMEŠ-ni
D r10' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU 30 GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma 4 NIM.GÍRME

⌈it-ta-ṣu⌉-nim-ma AN NU ŠUR l[a ]
D r11' la za-ka-a-tu4 i-zak-ka-a dal-ḫa-a-tu4 [i-taq-q]u-na
A.KAL[ ]
If Adad thunders out of the middle of the moon, (if) four flashes of
lightning emerge from it, and (if) it does not rain, matters that are not
in order will be put in order, matters that are unclear will be clarified,
matters that are unresolved will be resolved; the flood waters which
had been held back will come.
53ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU 30 GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma dTIR.AN.NA šá MÚŠ-šá
* ma-diš SA5 30 GIM gam-lì NIGIN
* ŠUB-tì GIŠMÁMEŠ : NITAME UNME NINDA nap-šá GU7MEŠ
B r7 [ ] ⌈d⌉TIR.AN.NA šá ⌈MÚŠ⌉-šá
ma-diš SA5 30 GIM gam-lì NIGIN
B r8 [ NIT]AME UNME NINDA nap-šá GU7MEŠ
D r12' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU 30 GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma dTIR.AN.NA šá MÚŠ-šá

ma-diš SA5 3[0 ]
D r13' ŠUB-tì GIŠMÁMEŠ : NITAMEŠ UNMEŠ NINDA n[ap- ]
If Adad thunders out of the middle of the moon and a halo/corona (see
note 25) which is first and foremost red in its appearance surrounds the
moon like a boomerang, (it means): (there will be a) loss of ships, var-
iant: the ruin of the men; people will have to eat plenty of bread.
54ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU 30 GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma dTIR.AN.NA šá MÚŠ-šá
* ma-diš SIG7 30 GIM gam-lì NIGIN DUMU LUGAL ÚŠ-ma GAR-un
* LUGAL ana DUMUMEŠ-šú
B r9 [ N]A šá MÚŠ-šá
ma-diš S[IG7 3]0 G[IM] g[am]-lì NIGIN DUMU LUGAL ÚŠ-ma GAR-un
LUGAL ana DUMUMEŠ-šú
D r14' DIŠ ⌈d⌉IŠKUR ina MÚRU 30 GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma dTIR.AN.NA šá MÚŠ-šá

ma-diš SIG7 30 GIM gam-lì NIGIN ⌈DUMU LUGAL⌉ ÚŠ-⌈ma GAR⌉[ ]
[ ]
note 25) which is first and foremost green in its appearance surrounds
the moon like a boomerang, the crown prince will die, the king will
assume the duties of his sons (cf. Gehlken 2008, EAE 43, omen c5).
C. tablet 46 107
55ʹ
D r15' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU 30 GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma dTIR.AN.NA šá ⌈MÚŠ⌉-šá
ma-diš SA5 30 GIM GÚR NIGIN ⌈3 MUMEŠ⌉ UNMEŠ Ḫ[ULMEŠ]
B r10 [ ]
[ S]A5 30 [ N]IGIN 3 MU MEŠ

UN MEŠ
ḪULMEŠ
note 25) which is first and foremost red in its appearance surrounds the
moon like a circle, people will become miserable for three years.
56ʹ
D r16' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU 30 GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma dTIR.AN.NA ⌈šá MÚŠ⌉-šá
ma-diš SIG7 30 GIM GÚR [N]IGIN DINGIRMEŠ ana KUR ARḪUŠ

TUKM[EŠ]
B r11 [ ]
[ DINGI]RMEŠ ana KUR ARḪUŠ
TUKMEŠ
note 25) which is first and foremost green in its appearance surrounds
the moon like a circle, the gods will have mercy on the land.
57ʹ
D r17' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina 15 30 ut-tam-mir ŠUB-e URUMEŠ GÁ[L]?
B r12 [ ] URUMEŠ G[ÁL]?
If Adad (i.e., the storm cloud) lights up to the right of the moon, an
abandoning of towns will occur.
58ʹ
D r18' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina 15 30 ik-ta-ṣa-aṣ-ma AN ŠUR-in URU? KI URU KÚR-ir
B r13 [ U]RU KÚR-ir
If Adad rages to the right of the moon and the sky makes rain fall down,
one town (?; the sign is encrusted) will become hostile to (another) town.
59ʹ
D r19' DIŠ ⌈d⌉IŠKUR ina 15 30 ŠÚR-iš is-si BURU5.ḪI.A ZI-⌈ma⌉ UNMEŠ
i-ber-ra-⌈a⌉
B r14 [ U]NMEŠ
i-ber-ra-a
If Adad rumbles angrily to the right of the moon, (swarms of) locusts
will attack, people will starve.
60ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina 2,30 30 ut-tam-mir ŠUB NIM.MAKI GÁL
B r15 [ ] GÁL
D r20' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina ⌈2,30⌉ 30 ut-tam-mir ŠUB NIM.⌈MAKI⌉ [ ]
If Adad (i.e., the storm cloud) lights up to the left of the moon, the fall
of Elam will occur.
61ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina 2,30 30 ik-ta-ṣa-aṣ-ma AN NU ŠUR UNMEŠ šá-pí-ra
* NU TUKMEŠ
B r16 [ ]
NU TUKMEŠ
D r21' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina 2,30 30 ik-ta-ṣa-aṣ-ma AN NU ŠUR UNMEŠ ⌈šá⌉-pí-ra

N[U ]
If Adad rages to the left of the moon and it does not rain, people will
have no more provincial governors.
C. tablet 46 109
62ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina 2,30 30 ŠÚR-iš is-si AB.SÍN GÚ+UN-sà ÍL
* A.KAL gap-šú GÁL-ma BURU14 KUR SI.SÁ
B r17 [ ]
[ B]URU14 KUR SI.SÁ
D r22' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina 2,30 30 ⌈ŠÚR⌉-iš is-si AB.SÍN GÚ+UN-sà ÍL

A.KAL gap-šú GÁL-ma B[URU14 ]
If Adad rumbles angrily to the left of the moon, the furrow will yield
its crop, there will be a huge flood and the harvest of the land will
prosper.
63ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU AMAŠ GÙ-šú ŠUB UN?MEŠ Á TUK [ ]xMEŠ
B r18 [ ]xMEŠ
D r23' [ ] ⌈d⌉IŠKUR ina MÚRU AMAŠ GÙ-šú ŠUB UN?MEŠ Á TUK [ ]
If Adad thunders out of the middle of a halo (with a radius of 46o, see note
5), people (?; encrusted) will gain strength, [ ... ]... .
64ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU TÙR GÙ-šú ŠUB A.KAL SA5 DU-ma [ ]
* [S]I.SÁ
B r19 [ ]
[S]I.SÁ
D r24' [ ] ⌈d⌉IŠKUR ina MÚRU TÙR GÙ-šú ŠUB A.KAL SA5 DU-ma [ ]
[ ]
If Adad thunders out of the middle of a halo (with a radius of 22o, see note
5), a brown flood will come, [ ... ] will prosper.
65ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina GIŠ.ḪUR 30 GÙ-šú ŠUB x GIŠ x x[ ]x
* BAR
B r20 [ ]x
BAR
D r25' [ ] ⌈d⌉IŠKUR ina GIŠ.ḪUR 30 GÙ-šú ŠUB x GIŠ x x[ ]

[ ]40
If Adad thunders out of the corona of the moon (see note 5), ... .
66ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina KÁ.GAL ⌈x⌉ GÙ-šú ŠUB LUGAL NIM.MAKI
* ina GIŠTUKUL ŠUB [ ] LAL
B r21 [ ]x[ ]
[ ] LAL
D r26' [ ] ⌈d⌉IŠKUR ina KÁ.GAL ⌈x⌉ GÙ-šú ŠUB ⌈LUGAL⌉ NIM.MAKI

ina GIŠTUKUL ŠUB [ ]41
If Adad thunders at the ‘city gate’ of the moon/the sun, the king of Elam
will fall by a weapon, [ ... ] ... .
67ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina ḫe-pí dUTU GÙ-šú ŠUB i-x[ ]
* [ ]x
B r22 [ ] i-x[ ]
[ ]x
40
The encrusted signs at the beginning of the apodosis look like ‘ŠUB GIŠŠINIG’ (not
indexed).
41
‘⌈x⌉’ is either ‘20’ or ‘30’; this omen is most likely the last moon omen because the sun
is introduced as ‘dUTU’ in the next omen; the ‘gates’ are openings in the rings of a halo or a
corona (see note 5). ‘LAL’—not unambiguous without a context—is most likely ‘maṭû’.
The omen is possibly also attested in the Rikis gerri text RGb [→ part III] (omen IV-7'); a
similar omen (with an additional explanation of the phenomenon) is quoted in Hunger
1992 [SAA 8], report no. 119.
C. tablet 46 111
D r27' [ IŠ]KUR ina ḫe-pí dUTU ⌈GÙ⌉-šú ŠUB ⌈i⌉-[ ]

[ ]
If Adad thunders in broken (of) the sun, ... .
68ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU dUTU ḫe?-pí? [ →]
B r23 [ ] [ →]
D r28' [ IŠKU]R ina MÚRU dUTU ḫe?-pí?42 [ →]
If Adad broken (?) in the middle of the sun, [ →].
69ʹ
* DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU dUTU GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma NIM.GÍRME GI6ME
* ina ŠÀ dUTU UD.DUMEŠ-ni
* [ ]x ZAG-šú ⌈x⌉
* LUGAL ḫa-am-ma-a’- i BAD-el
B r24 [ GÍ]RME GI6ME

ina ŠÀ dUTU UD.DUMEŠ-ni
B r25 [ ]
LUGAL ḫa-am-ma-a’-i BAD-el43
D r29' [ IŠKU]R ina MÚRU dUTU ⌈GÙ⌉-šú ŠUB-ma NIM.GÍR [ ]

[ ]
D r30' [ ]x ⌈ZAG⌉-šú ⌈x⌉44
LUGA[L ]
42
‘ḫe-pí’ is the most probable reading (‘ḫe’ is hidden under an encrustation of clay);
the two copyists of tablets B and D seem to have used the same damaged original (see also
note 38).
43
The spacing would possibly better suit the reading ‘ḫa-am-ma-’i i-be-el’ (no change
of the translation).
44
The signs are not destroyed, only encrusted. The translation of ‘ZAG’ is not unam-
biguous without a context (not indexed).
If Adad thunders in the middle of the sun and black flashes of light-
ning45 come out of the sun, ..., a usurper king shall reign.
70ʹ
* [DIŠ d
TIR.A]N.NA šá MÚŠ-šá SA5
* ⌈GIM⌉ GÚR NIGIN-šú LÚ KI LÚ GI.NA i-ta-mi
B r26 [ dTIR.A]N.NA šá MÚŠ-šá SA5

⌈GIM⌉ GÚR NIGIN-šú LÚ KI LÚ GI.NA i-ta-mi
D r31' (traces)
[If ... (and) a ha]lo / coro]na (see note 25) which is red in its appearance
surrounds it like a circle, citizen will speak the truth to citizen.
71ʹ
B r27 [DIŠ d
TIR.AN.N]A šá MÚŠ-šá ma-diš
SA5 GIM ⌈GÚR⌉ NIGIN-šú LUGAL KÚRMEŠ KI a-ḫa-míš SILIMMEŠ
ME
[If ... (and) a ha]lo / coron]a (see note 25) which is first and foremost
red in its appearance surrounds it like a circle, hostile kings will treat
each other peaceably.
72ʹ
B r28 [DIŠ d
TI]R.AN.NA šá MÚŠ-šá
⌈ma⌉-diš SIG7 dUTU GIM GÚR NIGIN
B r29 [ M]E? KÚRME ⌈KUR⌉?.KUR
DABMEŠ
[If ... (and) a ha]lo / co]rona (see note 25) which is first and foremost
green in its appearance surrounds the sun like a circle, [ ... ] hostile
[king]s (?) will conquer (all) the lands (?).
A flash of lightning may look ‘dark’ (bluish); this impression may be intensified by
45
the glare of the sun. Other coloured flash phenomena are the so-called elves and sprites.
C. tablet 46 113
73ʹ
B r30 [DIŠ IM.SE]S-tu4 dUTU GIM GÚR
NIGIN ⌈IM.U18⌉.LU ZI-ma
B r31 [ ] A.KAL ina IDIM GÁLMEŠ
[If ... (and) a ha]lo / cor]ona (see note 25) surrounds the sun like a circle,
the south wind will rise, [ ... ] there will be an abundance of ground
water (lit.: ‘floods in the ground water’).
74ʹ
[DIŠ
B r32 S]I.SÁ BURU14
na-pa-áš dŠE.NAGA
[If ... ], (there will be) a prosperous harvest, abundance of grain.
75ʹ
B r33 [DIŠ ]x x x46 IM.GÚ u
A.ZI.GA ZI-ma ŠE.GÙN.NU ⌈TUR⌉?
[If ... ]..., mud and floods will surge up, (the harvest of) the ‘mottled
barley’ will be poor (?).
76ʹ
B r34 [DIŠ ]x NÍG LUGAL
LIBIR.RA
[If ..., ]... (of) the king will last long (or ‘the king will make ... last long’).
77ʹ
B r35 [DIŠ ] BALA LUGAL
in-niš-ši
[If ... ], the king’s dynasty will become weak.
46
For the signs at the beginning of the line no reading can be offered.
78ʹ
B r36 [DIŠ ]MEŠ INIM47 NU
GI.NA ina KUR GÁL-ši
[If ... ]..., untrue speech will be disseminated in the land.
79ʹ
B r37 [DIŠ ] A.KALMEŠ SIGMEŠ
[If ... ], the floods will come late.
80ʹ
B r38 [DIŠ ] A.KAL A.MAḪ ina
KUR GÁL-ši
[If ... ], floods (will come), dike-breaks48 will occur in the land.
81ʹ
B r39 [DIŠ N]U ŠUR
[If ..., rain (?)] will not fall (?).
(from here on there are no more dividing lines between the omens, which
means that two [or more] lines might belong to one omen)
82ʹ
B r40 [DIŠ ]x GIŠ
[If ... ]... .
83ʹ
B r41 [DIŠ ]x
[If ... ]... .
Or ‘KA’ (pû); the meaning is (more or less) the same.

47
‘A.MAḪ’ means not only ‘dike-break’, but also ‘flood’; literally: there will be floods
48
and dike-breaks / floods in the land.

C. tablet 46 115
(gap of approximately three lines)
B r-a' [DIŠ ] KUDMEŠ
[If ..., floods (?)] will be cut off (?).
B r-b' [DIŠ ] ŠUR
[If ..., rain (?)] will fall (?).
B r-c' [DIŠ ]x ⌈x⌉ ig-gir49
[If ... ] will cover (?) ... .
B r-d' [DIŠ ]x NU KUD-as
[If ... ] will not separate ... .
B r-e' [DIŠ M]EŠ BURU14 KUR SI.SÁ
[If ... ]..., the harvest of the land will prosper.
B r-f' [DIŠ ] URIKI x x x x x50
[If ... ], Akkad ... .
B r-g' [DIŠ ] (traces) ⌈GÁL-ši⌉
[If ...], there will be ... .
(the remainder is missing [not many lines, compare the obverse of K 2332];
probably the space for a colophon has to be allowed for as well).
Text F (K 21913)
Obv.*
1ʹ [DIŠ] ⌈dIŠKUR ina MÚRU⌉ ⌈d⌉[/M[UL
___________________________________
49
The proposed translation is uncertain (cf. omen 25'); the (encrusted) sign ‘⌈x⌉’ looks
like ‘IM’.
50
For the partly damaged signs no reading can be suggested.
2ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU ⌈d⌉[/M[UL

___________________________________
3ʹ ⌈DIŠ⌉ dIŠKUR ina MÚR[U
4ʹ d
Èr-r[a
___________________________________
5ʹ [DIŠ] ⌈dIŠKUR⌉ ina M[ÚRU
6ʹ [ ]x[
Translation
“If Adad [thunders] in the middle of ...[ ... ]”; line 4': “Err[a ... ]”.
Erra is not mentioned in the preserved part of the main text; the fragment looks
like K 2178+ (ductus and clay), but a join cannot be verified.
Text G (K 12683)
Obv.*
1ʹ [
__________________________
2ʹ DIŠ ⌈d⌉[
__________________________
3ʹ DIŠ d[
__________________________
4ʹ DIŠ dI[ŠKUR
__________________________
5ʹ DIŠ dIŠ[KUR
__________________________
6ʹ DIŠ dIŠK[UR
__________________________
7ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR [
__________________________
8ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR ina M[ÚRU
C. tablet 46 117
__________________________
9ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR [
__________________________
10ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR in[a
__________________________
11ʹ [DIŠ] ⌈d⌉IŠ[KUR
(the remainder is missing; rev.*: only a few DIŠ-signs are preserved;

translation: see preceding text; the fragment could belong to text B
[K 2178+])
3. Commentaries
a) K 7665 (mukallimtu)
Obv.*
1ʹ [ ]x x[
2ʹ DIŠ ⌈dIŠKUR⌉ ina MÚR[U
3ʹ TA MUL.M[UL?
4ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚR[U
5ʹ ina TE MU[L
6ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU [
7ʹ MÚRU : qab-l[u
8ʹ IGI RU [
9ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-š[ú
10ʹ LÚ
A.⌈ZU⌉? x[
11ʹ TA MULx[
12ʹ [DIŠ] ⌈dIŠKUR⌉ G[Ù-šú
(the remainder is missing)

Translation
2ʹ–3ʹ) If Adad [thunders (?)] in the midd[le of ... ], out of (?) the Pleia[des (?) ... ]
(possibly an explanation like “‘in the middle of’ means ‘out of’”). 4ʹ–5ʹ) If Adad [thunders
(?)] in the midd[le of ... ], while approaching the [ ... ] star [ ... ]. 6ʹ–8ʹ) If Adad
[thunders (?)] in the middle of [ ... ], ‘MÚRU’ means ‘midd[le’ ... ], ‘IGI RU’ (without
a context no definite reading possible) [ ... ]. 9ʹ–11ʹ) If Adad thun[ders ... ], the physi-
cian (?) ...[ ... ], out of the ...-star [ ... ]. 12ʹ) [If] Adad thun[ders ...].
Lines 2'f. seem to belong to the Pleiades section, which is missing in the main text
(see below, section 4, K 11089, rev.* 5'f.). For the time being the other comments
cannot be assigned to particular omens, it is not even sure whether the last two
omens belong to EAE 46 at all.
[ b) DT 194 → omen 1]
4. Other Sources
Text V1 (K 10946)
Obv.*
1ʹ [ ] ⌈ŠUB-ma MUL⌉MEŠ-šú-nu
7-šú-nu ana ⌈KI it⌉-ta[b-ku-ni
2ʹ [ ] ⌈É⌉MEŠ DINGIRMEŠ a-šá-re-du-ti
ú-nap-pa-aṣ [
3ʹ [ nam-g]a-ru KI ÍD! a-tap-pi KI nam-ga-ri-šú
P[A5
4ʹ [ ] LÚ UZU LÚ GU7
LÚ K[UŠ
__________________________________________________________________
5ʹ [DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU dIMI]N.BI GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma MULMEŠ-šú-nu
7-šú-nu ina la a-ḫa-[míš?
6ʹ [ ] ÚŠMEŠ ina KUR GARME
BURU14 K[UR
__________________________________________________________________
7ʹ [DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU dDil-ba]d ⌈GÙ⌉-šú ŠUB-ma dDil-bad ina
IGI-šú iḫ-mu-uṭ-ma[
8ʹ [ ] i-bé-eš-šú ŠEŠME BARME
DAM u D[AM
__________________________________________________________________
C. tablet 46 119
9ʹ [ GÙ-š]ú ŠUB-ma dDil-bad

i’-a-dir-ma NA4 GI6 ŠUR [
10ʹ [ ] ana KUR ⌈ARḪUŠ⌉
TUKMEŠ dIŠKUR MÁŠ.ANŠE EDIN.NA MAŠ.D[À?
__________________________________________________________________
11ʹ [ ]
⌈ x x⌉ ⌈i’-a-dir-ma⌉ dIŠKUR GÙ-m[a
12ʹ [ ]
[ T] I?MEŠ ÚŠM[EŠ?
__________________________________________________________________
Notes:
Compare EAE 45, text V1 (similar omens).
Lines 1'–4': Incipit of tablet EAE 46 (→ omen 1).
Lines 5'–6': Another omen of this type is attested in the next text (V2 [K 11089], rev.* 8').
Lines 7'–8': Cf. text V2 (K11089), rev.* 14'f. Venus has risen before the expected time. The
apodosis is already known from EAE 45, text V7 (K 8007 + K 8327), 17.
Lines 11'–12': Cf. omen 4' of the main text; the traces at the beginning of line 11' might be
part of ‘Gula’.
Translation
1ʹ–4ʹ) [= EAE 46, omen 1, q. v.]. 5ʹ–6ʹ) [If Adad] thunders [in the middle of
Sebet]tu (see omen 1) and if (thereby) their seven stars, when not [doing ... ]
togeth[er (?), do this and that ... ], there will be an epidemic in the land, the
harvest of the l[and ... ]. 7ʹ–8ʹ) [If Adad] thunders [in the middle of (the orbis of)
Venu]s, (while) Venus has come too soon into his presence, and [ ..., companions]
will part company, brothers will leave each other, wife and hus[band will get
divorced ... ]. 9ʹ–10ʹ) [If Adad thun]ders [in the middle of (the orbis of) Venus]
(?) and Venus becomes obscured and black stones pour down (see note 15), [ ...
the gods ] will have mercy on the land, Adad (will) [ ... ] the animals of the open
country (and) the gazel[les (?) ... ]. 11ʹ–12ʹ) [If ... ]... becomes obscured and Adad
shouts [ ..., the li]ving (?) will di[e (?) ...].
This text is a compilation of Venus and Pleiades omens for an unknown purpose.
Text V2 (K 11089)
Rev.*
1ʹ [ ]x[
2ʹ [ IŠKU]R ⌈ina MÚRU⌉ dIMIN.B[I
d
3ʹ [DI]Š dIŠKUR ina MÚRU dIMIN.BI G[Ù

4ʹ [DIŠ] dIŠKUR BÁRA dI[MIN
5ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU dIM[IN ]x [
6ʹ TA MUL.MU[L ?
]x IŠ x[
7ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU dIMIN.B[I ]x ÚŠMEŠ
ina KUR GÁLMEŠ [
8ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU dIMIN.BI ⌈GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma⌉
MULMEŠ-šú-nu 7-šú-nu ⌈x⌉ x[
9ʹ [DIŠ] dIŠKUR ina U4-mi šit-qul-ti MUL.MUL u 30 GÙ-šú Š[UB
10ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU dIMIN.BI GÙ-šú ŠUB ⌈KIMIN⌉ NI GAG
⌈x x⌉ x[
11ʹ nag-bu ki-i(-) ⌈ x x x x x x x x⌉[
12ʹ DIŠ IŠKUR it-ti 30 u MUL.MUL ⌈šit⌉ -qul A .AN
d ? ? ?
[
?ME Š?
13ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR ina TÙR 30 GUB-iz A.AN ŠUR-nun NIM.G[ÍR?

14ʹ DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU dDil-bad GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma dDil-bad ina IGI [
15ʹ [ŠE]ŠMEŠ BARMEŠ DAM u ⌈DAM⌉ TAK4MEŠ ⌈x x⌉ [
16ʹ [ ] ⌈MÚRU dDil-bad GÙ-šú⌉? ⌈ŠUB-ma⌉ dDil-bad x[
17ʹ (traces)
Notes:
As already mentioned by Craig (AAT 66), the tablet is badly burnt. The use of ‘⌈ ⌉’ is arbi-
trary to some extent.
Line 4': Cf. K 68, rev. 18.
Lines 5'–6': Cf. K 7665, obv. 2'f. (→ above, section 3 [‘Commentaries’]).
Line 8': Compare the preceding text (K 10946), line 5'.
Lines 10'–11': The unclear readings are not indexed; a careful study of the original might
provide some further results; instead of ‘nagbu’ presumably not ‘naqbu’ =
‘išpikū’.
C. tablet 46 121
Line 12': Cf. text ‘RGa’ (= Rm 2, 122, → part III), rev. 5; the meaning of the protasis is
not clear, but in all probability a thunderstorm which seems to come from
the direction of the moon when it is in the vicinity of the Pleiades is meant.
Lines 14'–15': Compare the preceding text, K 10946, obv.* 7'f. If it should be one and the
same omen, the translation of the protasis of K 10946 has to be adopted.
Translation
1ʹ) ... 2ʹ) [If Ada]d [thunders (?)] in the middle of Sebet[tu ... ]. 3ʹ) If Adad thun[ders]
in the middle of Sebettu [ ... ]. 4ʹ) If Adad [ ... ] the sanctuary of S[ebettu, ... ]. 5ʹ–6ʹ)
If Adad [thunders (?)] in the middle of Sebe[ttu ... ]... [ ... ] out of the Pleia[des
(?) ... ]...[ ... ]. 7ʹ) If Adad [thunders (?)] in the middle of Sebett[u ... ]..., there will
be an epidemic in the land, [ ... ]. 8ʹ) If Adad thunders in the middle of Sebettu
and their seven stars ...[ ... ]. 9ʹ) If Adad th[unders] on the day of the conjunction
[or opposition] of the Pleiades and the moon [ ... ]. 10ʹ–11ʹ) If Adad thunders in the
middle of Sebettu, ditto, ... the underground water ... (not clear). 12ʹ) If Adad is in
‘conjunction’ (?) with the moon and the Pleiades, rain (?) [ ... ]. 13ʹ) If Adad (i.e. a
storm cloud) stands in a halo of the moon (see note 5), (if) rain falls and lightn[ing
(?) ... ]. 14ʹ–15ʹ) If Adad thunders in the middle of (the orbis of) Venus and Venus
(is) in front of [ ..., broth]ers will leave each other, wife and husband will get
divorced, ... [ ... ]. 16ʹ) [If Adad] thunders [in] the middle of (the orbis of) Venus
(?) and Venus ...[ ... ]. 17ʹ) ... .
On the obverse the tablet contains commentaries on cloud omens, and on the
reverse, which is exclusively transcribed here, omens most of which could belong
to a section of EAE 46 that is not preserved (see, in this context, also the previous
tablet V1 [K 10946]). For this reason the text probably does not belong to the
series Sîn ina tāmartīšu, but is rather an ad hoc compilation.
D. Tablet 47
(Lightning, Rainbows and Earthquakes)
Literature: Weidner 1968–1969, 71f.1
Number of omens: at least 120, probably approximately 140
State of preservation: Incipit, last omen and the catchline to tablet 48 are
preserved. The first 45 omens and at least the last 70 omens of EAE 47 can
be restored in whole or in part, so that more than three quarters of the
tablet are probably known.
Structure: The preserved part of the obverse deals with various lightning
phenomena; the preserved part of the reverse starts with rainbow omens,
the end of the text records earthquake2 portents and a few omens on
related phenomena.
Excerpts:—(but see below, text V1)

Forerunners: SMN 3180 (Nuzi, ‘text V’); KUB 37, nos. 163 and 164 (MB)
Commentaries: two ṣâtu commentaries
Under ‘Tafel 43’.

1
Data on earthquakes in the Ancient Middle East are provided by Fadhil 1993; see also
2
Amiran et. al. 1994. Compare Reiner 1995, 82 with note 332, and 92 with note 389.
d. tablet 47 123

V1) Rm 501 (possibly a main text)
V2) K 2129 (compare the remarks at the end of this introduction)
V3) K 4458 (unpublished NA fragment, only one side preserved; the
last four (of nine) lines quote the last three omens of EAE 47)
V4) K 3640 + K 6985 (collection of rainbow omens)
i. i.: § 100–101 (see below; § 101: the main sources given by Labat [Labat
1965, q. v.] have been checked [K 2049, VAT 9772 (parts of the surface
are encrusted and therefore illegible), and Sm 149]; readings given by
Labat that could not be verified for certain from those three sources
are put in brackets)
‘Reports’ and letters: several texts (quoted in the score transcription)
Sources:
Text
A BM 46238 (?) NB (plate 26) 1–20, rev. 62'–70'

(= 81-7-6, 701)
B K 6245 + 79-7-8, Nineveh NA ACh A 20 (79-7-8, 179); 1–12; 40ff. (see

179 (+)? K 11047; AAT 63 (ditto); K 11047: note 16)
iii 19'ff. ACh A 13; AAT 65
(plate 19)
C
K 2326 + BM 99185 Nineveh NB ACh A 20 (K 2326); 5–31, rev. 26'–70'
AAT 49 (ditto)
(plate 27)
D K 3535 + K 6265 + Nineveh NA ACh 2S 97 (K 3535), 25–45, rev. 1'–32'

+ K 17366 + K 17481 + ACh 2S 98 (K 6265)
+ K 19476 (plate 28)
E Sm 1686 Nineveh NA ACh A 20 rev. 38'–46'

(plate 29)
Forerunner
V SMN 3180 Nuzi MA Lacheman 1937, 1–8; rev. 39'–60'

Weidner 1939–1941, 231f.
Commentaries
a Sm 9 rev.? ii 9–12 Nineveh NA Langdon 1917, 20 (copy); see the

Meek 1920, 175 (copy) transcription
(plate 29)

b 82-5-22, 572 obv. 1' Nineveh NB Meek 1920, 190f. "
–12' (as ‘tablet 49’)
(plate 30)
Other Sources
V1 Rm 501 Nineveh NA ACh 1S 61 rev. 8'–23'; see

(plate 31) the comment at
the beginning of
the transcrip-
tion of the
reverse
V2 K 2129 Nineveh NA ACh 2S 100 (see below)

(plate 32)
V3 K 4458 Nineveh NA (plate 32) rev. 68'–70'
V4 K 3640 + K 6985 Nineveh NA (plate 33) see the tran-

scription; possi-
bly some more
broken omens
might have
parallels in EAE
47
[A: 7 × 7.1 × 3; piece from the right half of the tablet; the lower half of
the tablet is missing; the first and the last line are preserved. The tablet is
ruled (thin auxiliary lines); additionally, there are thick lines separating
different sections. This single column tablet must have contained (exclu-
sively) the whole text of EAE 47. The layout of the tablet is extremely clear
(for example, nearly all apodoses begin one beneath the other).
B: 16.5 × 19.6 × 3; in AAT (Craig 1899) obverse and reverse have to be
exchanged. K 6245, line obv. 1' is continued on 79-7-8, 179, line i 22' (the
only common line of those two joined pieces; due to this join the tablet is
d. tablet 47 125
nearly fully preserved longitudinally); with K 6245 only column i is pre-

served (no edges), with 79-7-8, 179 parts of all four columns (the upper
edge and parts of the right edge of column ii are preserved [= lower edge
and right edge of iii]). Columns i and ii belong to tablet EAE 46; EAE 47
starts with column iii, line 19'; the traces in column iv could belong to the
omens obv. 40ff. (see the transcription; the signs copied by Craig in 1899
[AAT 63] are partly broken off now). The fragment K 11047 belongs to
column i (it is not clear whether it duplicates the text or whether it is an
indirect join, see tablet EAE 46, text A).
C: 8.5 × 14 × 3.2; longitudinally roughly the upper three quarters are
preserved. The right edge is partly preserved, up to the top edge and to
the left edge a few centimetres are missing in each case.
D: 10.3 × 14.3 × 2.6; nearly the lower three quarters are preserved lon-
gitudinally; the right edge is partly preserved, up to the left edge and to
the bottom edge only a few signs and lines, respectively, are missing. As
can be seen on the photographs, large parts of the text are missing on both
sides.
E: 2.2 × 3 × 1; fragment, only one side preserved; the left edge still
exists.
V: (see the aforementioned publications; the tablet is completely pre-
served)
a: 11 × 9.5 × 1.8; flat slab, only part of one side (reverse?) including the
upper edge is preserved; at least three columns; see also Gehlken 2008,
EAE 42, commentary ‘c’.
b: 6.2 × 6.9 × 2.6; lower half of the tablet, all edges preserved.
Comments on tablets EAE 47, 48 & 49.
V1: 6.6 × 6.8 × 2.4; lower half of the tablet; the left edge and the lower
edge are preserved; up to the right edge nearly half of the tablet is missing.
V2: 4.6 × 5.1 × 2; only one side (the obverse?) including the left edge is
preserved; since there is no curvature visible lengthwise it is difficult to
estimate the original size of the tablet. The upper half (or even more)
seems to be missing, in the bottom part presumably slightly less than one
half. In the direction of writing possibly one half is missing.
V3: 7.6 × 5.1 × 1.7; fragment from the middle part of the tablet (with
regard to the width); only one side preserved (including part of the lower
edge). Longitudinally no curvature is visible.
V4: 6.2 × 14.8 × 2.2; right half of the tablet.]
Most of the omens of the obverse can be restored completely because of

the overlaps of the different texts: a few uncertainties due to breaks
remain only at the end. The beginning is given by BM 46238 [text A] and
K 6245+ [text B] (additionally, the incipit is listed in the ṣâtu commentary
Sm 9 [text a]), the main part by K 2326 [text C], the final part by K 3535+
[text D]. The reverse might have begun with text V1 (see the remarks at
the beginning of the transcription), otherwise the first (damaged) omens
are attested in text D, which runs parallel to the second section of text V1
from omen 8' on. Between omen 27' and omen 39' the text cannot be
entirely restored; thereafter the text is nearly completely preserved (texts
C and A; text A has the catchline plus a colophon).
The earthquake omens have come down to us in the form of two
twelve-month sections which have been widely modified by variants.
Separated by a few insertions, the two original sections are to be found on
the forerunner tablet SMN 3180 (see above). The editor of that text, E. R.
Lacheman, noted that the first section had found its way into the Adad
part (EAE 47) and the second into the Sîn part (see Rochberg-Halton 1988,
EAE 22). Meanwhile it is almost certain (as already suggested by
Lacheman, too) that additionally the second section was also part of the
Adad tablets (reverse of EAE 47, omens 27'ff.; the second section begins
in the middle of the reverse of the Nuzi tablet, but it precedes the first
corresponding section in EAE). The pattern for the protases of the first
section is “DIŠ erṣetu ina ITIMN irūb” (main variant: inūš [see, e.g., omen
rev. 43']), that for the second section “DIŠ rību ina ITIMN irūb”; both sec-
tions are present in Iqqur īpuš, the first as § 101, the second as § 100; the
pattern requires the name of the month (‘MN’) to follow immediately after
‘DIŠ’ in both cases. Usually ‘reports’ (see Hunger 1992) and letters quote
EAE, not i. i. (see, for example, Hunger 1992 [SAA 8] no. 490, obv. 1f. [=
omen EAE 47 rev. 46']). A counterexample is to be found in report no. 366:
here the quotation in lines obv. 1f. is clearly taken from Iqqur īpuš [= omen
rev. 39']. The question of whether certain scribes always used EAE or i. i.
has not been investigated.
The earthquake omens from text CTN 4, no. 18 (Kalḫu) do not belong
to this tablet.3 The fragmentary text K 2129 (text V2) has one destroyed
twelve month section (“DIŠ ri-i-bu ina ITIMN [ ... ] ”); two apodoses
are partly preserved, that of the month Šabāṭ (it fits neither in EAE nor in
i. i.) and that of the intercalary Addar (this one is comparable to the
3
See Hunger–Pingree 1999 [HdO, vol. 44] 18.
d. tablet 47 127
c orresponding one of EAE). Two further omens are preserved; the first
one may be compared with lines 17f. of the Nuzi forerunner text, the sec-
ond one has no parallel.
The ‘reports’ (Hunger 1992) have all been included in the score tran-
scription (SAA 8, no. 554, obv. 3f. [fragmentary] fits more than one omen);
only a selection of letters has been used.
When discussing SMN 3180 E. Weidner pointed out that “Bezold und
Boll ... in ihrer Schrift Reflexe astrologischer Keilinschriften bei griechischen
Schriftstellern [= SHAW, Phil.-hist. Klasse, Jahrgg. 1911, 7. Abh.], S. 45ff. den
Nachweis erbracht (haben), dass der von Boll, Catalogus codicum astrolo-
gorum graecorum VII, S. 167ff. publizierte Text ʿΕρμου̃ του̃ Τρισμεγίστου
Пερὶ σεισμω̃ ν [Boll 1908] im wesentlichen eine Übertragung von Virolleaud,
ACh, Adad XX, 35–48 [omens rev. 39'–52' (earthquakes)] und 2. Suppl.
XCIX, 13–24 ist” (Weidner 1939–1941, 232). The Vicellii seismologium, which
is arranged according to the signs of the zodiac, was published by
C. Wachsmuth in Ioannis Laurentii Lydi Liber de ostentis et calendaria
graeca omnia, Leipzig 18631 and 18972 (pp. 110ff. [in Greek]).
2. Text
NB Order of the omens (transcription and index):

47-n (= EAE 47, obv., omen no. ‘n’), V1-n', rn (rn: V1, rev., omen no. ‘n’), rn'
(= EAE 47, rev., omen no. ‘n'’), C-rn'' (text C, between omens rev. 32' and
38'), rn' (continued), A-rn' (text A, colophon), C-rn' (text C, colophon), a-iin
(commentary ‘a’, column ii, line ‘n’), b-n' (commentary ‘b’)
Obv.
1
* DIŠ ina IM.U19 NIM.GÍR ib-ríq A.KAL DU-kám
a ii12 DIŠ ina IM.1 NIM.GÍR ib-ríq
A o1 [ ] A.KAL [ ]
B iii19' [ I]M.U19 NIM.GÍR ib-ríq A.KAL DU-kám
If lightning flashes in the south, the flood will come.

2
* DIŠ ina IM.MIR MIN A.AN ŠUR
A o2 [ ] A.AN [ ]
B iii20' [ ] IM.MIR MIN A.AN ŠUR
If ditto in the north, rain will fall.
3
* DIŠ ina IM.KUR MIN U4 ŠÚ-am
A o3 [ ] U4 Š[Ú ]
B iii21' [ I]M.KUR MIN U4 ŠÚ-am
If ditto in the east, the day will be overcast.
4
* DIŠ ina IM.MAR MIN IM ZI-am
A o4 [ ] IM Z[I ]
B iii22' [ ] IM.MAR MIN IM ZI-am
If ditto in the west, wind will rise.
5
* DIŠ NIM.GÍR ana IM.4*.BA ib-ríq A.ANMEŠ u A.KAL(ME) im-daḫ-ḫa-ru
A o5 [ ] A.ANME u A.KALME im-da[ḫ- ]
B iii23' [ ]NIM.GÍR ana IM.[4*].BA ib-ríq A.ANMEŠ u A.KAL im-daḫ-ḫa-ru
C o1' [ ]x[ ]
If lightning flashes towards all four points of the compass, there will be
equal amounts of rainfall and flood waters.
6
* DIŠ NIM.GÍR SAG.KUL.LA ana IM.4*. BA ib-ríq AN.MI 20 GAR
A o6 [ ].BA ib-ríq AN.MI dUTU [ ]
B iii24' [ N]IM.GÍR ⌈SAG.KUL⌉.LI ana IM.4*.BA ib-ríq AN.MI 20 GAR
C o2' [ SAG.KU]L.⌈LA ana IM⌉.4*.BA i[b- ]
If sankullu lightning4 flashes towards all four points of the compass, the
sun will make an eclipse.
4
See EAE 44, note 18.
d. tablet 47 129
7/7a (text A is different from B)

* DIŠ NIM.GÍR ana IM.4*.BA ḪI.ḪI dNAM.TAR GIM dIŠKUR RA
A o7 [ Ḫ]I AN ŠUR-ma GIM dIŠK[UR? ]
B iii26' [ NI]M.⌈GÍR⌉ ana IM.4*.BA ḪI.ḪI N[AM].TAR GIM IŠKUR RA
d d
C o3' [ ] ⌈IM⌉.4*.BA ḪI.ḪI [ ]
If lightning flashes towards all four points of the compass, Namtar

(‘Destiny, Harbinger of Death’) will wreak destruction like Adad (A: ...
directions, rain will fall and [ ... ] like Ad[ad (?)]).
8/8a (text A is different from B)

* DIŠ NIM. GÍR SAG.KUL.LA ana IM.4*.BA ib-ríq dIŠKUR RA
A o8 [ ] 4*.BA ḪI.ḪI dIŠKUR GIŠ.GI u
GIŠ
TI[R]
B iii26' [ G]ÍR SAG.KUL.LI ana IM.4*.BA ib-ríq dIŠKUR RA
C o4' [ S]AG.KUL.LA ana IM.4*.BA ḪI.ḪI [ ]
If sankullu lightning flashes towards all four points of the compass,

Adad will wreak destruction (A: ... directions, Adad (will) [ ... ] reed marsh
and woo[d]).
9
* DIŠ NIM.GÍR šá GIM IZI ana IM.4*.BA ib-tar-qu GIG GÁL
A o9 [ I]M.4*.BA ib-⌈tar⌉-qu GIG Ì.[GÁL]
B iii27' [ ] GIM IZI ana IM.4*.BA ib-tar-qu GIG GÁL
C o5' [ š]á GIM IZI ana IM.4*.BA ḪI.ḪI [ ]
If lightning which is like fire flashes towards all four points of the com-
pass, there will be illness.
10
* DIŠ NIM. GÍR GI6 ina IM.U19 ib-ríq dIŠKUR RA
A o10 [ ]⌈ina⌉ IM.U18.LU ib-ríq dIŠKUR [ ]
B iii28' [ GÍ]R GI6 ina IM.U19 ib-ríq IŠKUR RA
d
C o6' [ G]I6 ina IM.U18.LU ib-ríq ⌈d⌉[ ]
If lightning flashes at night5 in the south, Adad will wreak destruction.
5
‘GI6’ might also be translated as ‘black’ in omens 10–13 (see EAE 46, note 45): “If a
black flash of lightning flashes in the south (etc.), ...”.
11
* DIŠ NIM. GÍR GI6 ina IM.SI.SÁ ib-ríq dIŠKUR KUR Gu-ti-i RA
A o11 [ ] ina IM.SI.SÁ ib-ríq dIŠKUR KUR Gu-ti-i [ ]
B iii29' [ GÍ]R GI6 ina IM.MIR KIMIN IŠKUR KUR Gu-ti-i RA
d
C o7' [ G]I6 ina IM.SI.SÁ ib-ríq dI[ŠKUR ]
If lightning flashes at night6 in the north, Adad will devastate the land
of the Gutians.
12
* DIŠ NIM. GÍR GI6 ina IM.KUR ib-ríq dIŠKUR KUR NIM.MA RA
A o12 [ ] ina IM.KUR.RA ib-ríq dIŠKUR KUR NIM.⌈MA⌉KI [ ]
B iii30' [ ] GI6 ina IM.KUR KIMIN dIŠKUR KUR NIM.MA ⌈RA⌉
C o8' [ G]I6 ina IM.KUR.RA ib-ríq d⌈IŠKUR⌉ K[UR ]
If lightning flashes at night in the east, Adad will devastate Elam.

7
13
* DIŠ NIM.GÍR GI6 ina IM.MAR.TU ib-ríq dIŠKUR KUR MAR.TUKI [RA?]
A o13 [ ] IM.MAR.TU ib-ríq dIŠKUR KUR MAR.TUKI [ ]
C o9' [ G]I6 ina IM.MAR.TU ib-ríq dIŠKUR KUR M[AR ]
If lightning flashes at night8 in the west, Adad [will devastate (?)]

Amurru.
14
* [DIŠ NIM.GÍR] ib-ríq-ma GÙ-šú i-šag-gúm dIŠKUR ŠE S[IG →]
A o14 [ G]Ù-šú i-šag-gúm dIŠKUR ŠE SIG [ →]
C o10' [ ] ib-ríq-ma GÙ-šú i-šag-gúm dIŠKUR ŠE S[IG →]
[If lightning] flashes and makes its hiss9 heard, Adad [will ... ] the late
barley.
15
* [DIŠ NIM.GÍR] ib-ríq-ma dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB ŠE SIG dIŠKUR [ → ]
A o15 [ ] ⌈d⌉IŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB-di ŠE SIG dIŠKUR [ →]
C o11' [ ] ib-ríq-ma dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ŠUB ŠE SIG dIŠKUR [ →]
Ibid. 6
Ibid. 7
8
Ibid.
9
Adad is not mentioned, therefore the sound of lightning must be meant (vs CAD s. v.
*šgm, p. 64a, ACh A 20 : 14); cf. the following omens.
d. tablet 47 131
[If lightning] flashes and Adad thunders, Adad [will ... ] the late barley.
16
* [DIŠ NIM.GÍR] ib-ríq-ma dIŠKUR i-šag-gúm ŠE NIM u ŠE SIG dIŠKUR
* [ →]
A o16 [ ] ⌈d⌉IŠKUR i-šag-gúm ŠE NIM u ŠE SIG dIŠKUR

[ →]
C o12' [ ] ib-ríq-ma dIŠKUR i-šag-gúm ŠE NIM u ŠE SIG dIŠK[UR]

[→]
[If lightning] flashes and Adad roars, Adad [will ... ] the early and the
late barley.
17
* [DIŠ NIM.GÍR] ib-ríq-ma SIG7 ŠE NIM dIŠKUR [ →]
A: omen omitted
C o13' [ ] ib-ríq-ma SIG7 ŠE NIM dIŠKU[R →]
[If lightning] flashes and turns greenish, Adad [will ... ] the early barley.
18
* [DIŠ NIM.GÍR] ib-ríq-ma na-gíl dIŠKUR ŠÚR-iš [ →]
A o17 [ -gí]l dIŠKUR ŠÚR!-iš [ →]
Co14' [ i]b-ríq-ma na-gíl dIŠKUR ŠÚR-iš [ →]
[If lightning] flashes and (it) is ...10, Adad (will) furiously [ →].
19
* [DIŠ NIM.GÍR] ib-ríq-ma nab-li ú-kal-lam ŠE NIM u ŠE SIG dIŠKUR
* [ ]
A o18 [ ] ŠE NIM dIŠKUR

[ ]
C o15' [ i]b-ríq-ma nab-li ú-kal-lam ŠE NIM u ŠE SIG dIŠKUR

[ ]
[If lightning] flashes and shows jets of flames, Adad will [ ... ] the early
barley and the late barley.
10
Meaning of the verb unknown; often attested with colours (examples: CAD s. v.
*ngl); possibly omens no. 17 and 18 originally belonged together (scribal mistake?).
19a (only in text A)

A o19 [DIŠ NIM.GÍR (?) ]x ⌈x⌉ SU.GU7 GAR dIŠKUR ŠE
NI[M ]
[If lightning (?) ...] upon ... a famine will be visited, Adad will [ ... ] the
early barley.
20
* [DIŠ NIM.GÍR] ib-ríq-ma AN-ú UD TA A GÍD dIŠKUR [ ]
A o20 [ ] ⌈d?IŠKUR⌉ [ ]
C o16' [ i]b-ríq-ma AN-ú UD TA A GÍD IŠKUR [
d
]
[If lightning] flashes and rain (?) ... lasts long (?), Adad [ ... ].11
21
* DIŠ NIM.GÍR SAG.KUL.LA ib-ríq AN.MI [ ]
C o17' [ SA]G.KUL.LA ib-ríq AN.MI [ ]
If sankullu lightning flashes, an eclipse [ ... ].
22
C o18' [DIŠ NIM.GÍR (šá) GI]M IZI DU-kam* la i-kal-la dIŠKUR UD TA
ŠÚR-iš [ ]
[If lightning] comes like fire (and) does not cease (burning), Adad will
furiously ... [ ... ].12
23
C o19' [DIŠ ]x-ma 7-šú ib-ríq dIŠKUR GÙ A.AN A? x[ ]
[If ... ]... and flashes seven times, Adad will shout, rain ...[ ... ].
24
* [DIŠ NIM.GÍR TA? I]M.U18.LU ana IM.KUR.RA ib-ríq A.AN u A.KAL
* DUME-ni
C o20' [ I]M.U18.LU ana IM.KUR.RA ib-ríq A.AN u A.KAL

DU -ni
ME
[If lightning] flashes [from (?) the s]outh to the east, rain and floods
will come.
11
‘AN-ú (rain (?)) ... arik (?)’: proposal of W. G. Lambert, Birmingham. ‘UD TA’ remains
obscure, ‘A’ probably belongs to *’rk (cf. omen 22!).
12
Cf. omen 20. Alternative translation: “[If lightning which is] like fire comes ...”.
d. tablet 47 133
25
* [DIŠ NIM.GÍR TA? I]M.SI.SÁ ana IM.KUR.RA ib-ríq A.KAL DU-kam*
C o21' [ I]M.SI.SÁ ana IM.KUR.RA ib-ríq A.KAL DU-kam*
D o1' [ an]a ⌈IM.KUR⌉ ib-r[íq ]
________________________________________________________________________
(line in C and D)

[If lightning] flashes [from (?) the n]orth to the east, (the/a) flood(s)
will come.
26
* [DIŠ ]x ⌈x⌉ IM.KUR u IM.MAR NIM.GÍR EN 7-šú ib-ríq
* d
IŠKUR GÙ.GÙ 1-šú 2-šú 3-šú 4-šú 5-šú 6-šú u 7-šú
* GIM GAR a-ra-du ur-dam-ma KI ka-liš i-nu-uš a-bu-bu GAR
C o22' [ ]x IM.KUR u IM.MAR NIM.GÍR EN 7-šú ib-ríq

dIŠKUR GÙ.GÙ 1-šú 2-šú 3-šú 4-šú 5-šú 6-šú u 7-šú
C o23' [ ] ur-dam-ma KI ka-liš i-nu-uš a-bu-bu GAR
D o2' [ ]x ⌈x⌉ IM.KUR IM.MAR NIM.GÍR EN ⌈7⌉-[ ]

D o2'/3' [ ] ⌈4⌉-šú 5-šú 6-šú u 7-šú
GIM GAR a-ra-du u[r- ]
[If ... ]... (in) the east and in the west lightning flashes up to13 seven
times, Adad roars again and again, comes down either once, twice,
three, four, five, six or seven times as if he was a servant14 and if the
earth quakes everywhere, a deluge will come.
27
* [DIŠ ]x.BAR-ma NIM.GÍR EN 7-šú ib-ríq IM.A.AN GÁN15
C o24' [ -m]a NIM.GÍR EN 7-šú ib-ríq IM.A.AN GÁN
D o4' [ ]x.BAR-ma NIM.GÍR EN 7-šú ib-ríq [ ]
[If ...]... and lightning flashes up to seven times, rain ... .
‘EN’ = ‘adi’ could be left untranslated (GAG § 71a).

13
14
Literally ‘as in the form of a servant’ (or ‘wild ass’ [AHw: ‘aradu II’ (p. 1544) = ‘ḫarādu
II’; CAD: ‘araddu, ḫarādu A’]); the reading ‘GAR’ = ‘šiknu’ was kindly proposed by W. G.
Lambert, Birmingham.
15
The first verb could be ‘IGI.BAR’ = *pls N/IV; the reading of the last verb is certain,
the meaning is obscure. Cf. note 13.
28
* [DIŠ ] IM. MAR.TU ina IM.DIR BABBAR u SIG7 NIM.GÍR EN
* 7-šú ib-ríq U4 2.KAM* IM.A.AN GÁN
C o25' [ MA]R.TU ina IM.DIR BABBAR u SIG7 NIM.GÍR EN

7-šú ib-ríq U4 2.KAM* IM.A.AN GÁN
D o5' [ IM.M]AR ina IM.DIR BABBAR u SIG7 NIM.GÍR EN
7-šú i[b- ]

[If ... ] (in) the west lightning flashes up to seven times in white and
greenish clouds, for two days rain ... (see the preceding omen).
29
* [DIŠ -k]un-ma NIM.GÍR ib-ríq GIG Ì.GÁL
C o26' [ ] NIM.GÍR ib-ríq ⌈GIG⌉ Ì.GÁL
D o6' [ -k]un-ma NIM.GÍR ib-ríq [ ]
[If ... ]... and lightning flashes, there will be illness.
30
* [DIŠ ]x-ma NIM.GÍR ḪI.ḪI AN A.AN GÁN
D o7' [ ]x-ma NIM.GÍR ḪI.ḪI AN A.A[N ]
C o27' [ GÍ]R ⌈ḪI.ḪI⌉ [A]N ⌈A.AN⌉ GÁN
[If ... ]... and lightning flashes, the sky (?) (will) rain ... (see omen 27).
NB The next four omens appear to differ from each other (provisional numbering of
the omens with text D [four lines; text C: five lines; see note 16])
31
C o28' [ ] ⌈x x x⌉ NE-mu-um
IM.A.AN GÁ[N]
C o29' [ ] ⌈x x x x x x⌉ [ ] ⌈IM⌉? [ ]
[ ]
... rain ... .16
D o8' [ ]x NIM.GÍR ib-ríq [ ]

[ ]x
See omen 27; the rest of the line remains obscure; line 29' presumably contained an
16
omen which was not recorded in text D).

d. tablet 47 135
... lightning flashes ... .
32
D o9' [DIŠ NIM.G]ÍR ana IM.4*.BA ib-ri-qu dIŠKUR ina MÚRU AN-⌈e⌉ [ ]
[ ]x A.AN ŠUR
[If light]ning flashes towards all four points of the compass, Adad will
[ ... ] in the middle of the sky, [ ... ]... rain will fall.17
C o30' [ ]x GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma dIŠKUR [ →]

[If ... Adad]... thunders and Adad [ →].
33
D o10' [ ] ib-ríq-ma GÙ-šú i-piq [ Ø ] ⌈d⌉IŠKUR RA
[If lightning (?)] flashes and its hiss is ‘massive’, Adad will wreak
destruction (cf. omen 14).
C o31' [ ]x-ir KU6.ḪI.A MUŠEN.ḪI.A

NÍG.Z[I.G]ÁL.EDIN.NA x[ →]
[ ... ]..., the fish, the birds, (and) the wild animals of the steppe ...[ →].
34
D o11' [ i]b-ríq-ma GÙ-šú ŠUB [ ]x? ⌈d⌉IŠKUR RA
[If lightning (?)] flashes and makes its hiss audible, [Ø] (?) Adad will
wreak destruction (cf. omens 33 and 14).
C o32' [ NIM].GÍR ib-ríq d

IŠKUR [ →]
[If light]ning flashes, Adad (will) [ →].
35
[
D o12' G]IM nab-li GU4.UD.GU4.UD LUGAL ana KUR
KÚR-šú i-kaṣ-ṣa-aṣ
C o33' [ -l]i GU4.UD.GU4.UD LUGAL ana [KU]R
KÚR-šú i-ka[ṣ- ]

Presumably ‘[DIŠ TA NIM.G]ÍR ...’ (*brq subjunctive mood); the Adad passage would
17
then be part of the protasis.

[If a flash of lightning (?)] keeps on licking like a flame, the king will
rage against the land of his enemy.
36
D o13' [ ]x la-mi ba-ma-niš ŠUB GÌR KÚRMEŠ : GÌR2
KASKAL ana KUR.KUR ⌈x⌉
MEŠ
C o34' [ ]x ⌈x⌉ ŠUB GÌR KÚRMEŠ [ : ] GÌR

KASKAL [
MEŠ
]
[If ... ] is surrounded [ by ... ]... (and if ) it is ‘thrown’ in halves, the step
(foot) of the enemies, variant: the steps (feet) of (soldiers on) military
campaigns will ... into all the lands.18
37
D o14' [ ]x ⌈šit⌉?-qú-lu BURU14 KUR SI.SÁ KUR BI ri-tu4
NINDA nap-šá GU7
C o35' [ BUR]U14 KUR SI.SÁ KUR BI ri-tu4
NINDA nap-[ ]
[If ... ]... are in balance (?), the harvest of the land will prosper, that land
will have green pasture (and) plenty of bread to eat (lit.: ‘that land will
eat (enough) pasture (and) enough bread’).

38
D o15' [ ]x ú-kil-ma ḫe-pí
C o36' [ ] [ ]
[ ... ]... will hold (it) and broken.
39
D o16' [ ]x ⌈x⌉ ú-ta-ar-ri-qu-ma mi-na-am-ma
uš-ta- ḫe-pí
no coincidence:
C o37' [ ] ⌈ú-ta⌉-ar-<ri>-iq u la-mi SI [ →]
_________________________________________________________________________
[ ... ]... are dyed green and whatever ... broken (D; C: not indexed).

18
Text C: ‘⌈x⌉’ does not look like ‘-niš’; text D: the second ‘KUR’ probably does not stand
for *kšd; the verb might be ‘DU = alāku’: “the feet of soldiers, who are on military cam-
paigns, will ‘march’ into all lands”.
d. tablet 47 137
40
D o17' [ ]-⌈ma⌉? mur-te-šu-ú LÚSA.GAZ in-na-da-ru
C o38' [ ] LÚSA.⌈GAZ⌉ [ ]
B iv 1' [ n]am-da-ru19
[ ... ] and (?) people, generally acting in contempt of others, (as well as)
robbers, will go on the rampage.
41
D o18' [ ]x ⌈x x⌉-ma is-ḫur UR.MAḪME in-na-da-ru
C o39' [ ] ⌈UR⌉[ ]
B iv 2' [ n]am-da-ru20
... and turned around, lions will go on the rampage.
42
D o19' [ ]x [ ]x ib-ríq UR.MAḪME in-na-da-ru-ma
A.RÁ KUDMEŠ
B iv 3' [ ]-ma (ÁŠ)21

iv 4' [ ]
... flashes, lions will go on the rampage and block the traffic.
43
D o20' [ ]x [ ]x [ ] ib-ríq ŠU.BI.AŠ.A.AN
__________________________________________________________________________
... flashes, ditto.
44
D o21' [ ] A.⌈KAL⌉ DU-k[am*]

[ ... ], the flood will come.
__________________________________________________________________________
45
D o22' (traces)
19
Cf. Craig 1899 [AAT] 63, Col. a. Omen 42: ‘áš’ was presumably miscopied by the
ancient scribe for ‘ma’ (in fact, it cannot be proved that the omens are identical; note that
text B needs two lines, text D only one). No attempt has been made to assign the remain-
ing traces of column iv to specific omens.
20
Ibid.
21
Ibid.
Rev.
Preliminary remark:
It should be noted that the sign ‘2’ = ‘ditto’ has no significance in text V1 (see below, omens
rev. 8' and 9' [V1 obv. 20' and 21', respectively]). It is ‘translated’ by ‘//’ (cf. the correspond-
ing remark to EAE 45, text V2/3). Although V1 (Rm 501) might belong to the main text of
EAE 47 this cannot be proved for the time being; the preserved part (lower half of the
tablet) consists of three sections of omens which are separated by dividing lines; section
two (lines obv. 20' to rev. 16) contains the omens 8' to 23' (those omens are also separated
off by lines in text D, which is a main text of tablet EAE 47). Sections one and three might
belong to the tablet (only the beginnings of omens are preserved in V1 while text D has
the ends of the corresponding omens [compare, however, V1 : 16' and EAE 47 rev. 5']), but
they might also contain a collection of omens (or ‘abbreviated’ excerpts, cf. V1 obv. 15')
from another tablet. Sections one and three are transcribed separately before the actual
reverse (numbering by lines).
V1, section one (obv.):

1ʹ [ ]x ŠUB PAD [ →]

...
2ʹ [ Š]UB?-at U4 x[ ]x A.A[N? →]22

... rai[n (?) →].
3ʹ [ ]x ⌈x⌉ : GI6 [ →]
[ ... ]..., variant: black (or: ‘night’) [ →].
4ʹ [ S]IG7-šá na-gíl [ →]
[If its g]reen part is ... (meaning of the verb *ngl uncertain) [ →].
5ʹ [DIŠ] ⌈2⌉ SIG7-šá pe-li i-ta-tu-šá SIG7 u GI6 ŠU[B.ŠUB →]

If // its green part is red23 (and) its edges are tin[ted] with green and
black [ →].

6ʹ [D]IŠ 2 ka-lu-šá-ma GI6 er-pé-et [ →]
22
There might be another solution for the beginning of the line (not indexed); cf. the
next omen, which might have the opposition ‘day (white) : night (black)’.
23
Often two rainbows can be seen at the same time; the second one is less bright, and
the sequence of the colours is inverted: this could be meant here.
d. tablet 47 139
Concerning its general appearance, if // it has become clouded over

black [ →].24
7ʹ DIŠ 2 GÙN ar-ma-at [ →]

If // it is covered with dots [ →].
8ʹ DIŠ 2 SA5 u GI6 ŠUB.ŠUB-at U4 KÚR x[ →]

If // it is speckled with brown and black spots, the day ...[ →].
9ʹ DIŠ 2 AGA da-um-ma-ti ú-kal dIŠKUR x[ →]

If // wears a corona of darkness,25 Adad ...[ →].
10ʹ DIŠ 2 AGA dUTU 2 pu-u[z-r]at d+En-líl ana KUR ZI-ut BURU5.ḪI.A
x[ →]
cf. V4 : 7 [ ] ú-kal pu-zu-rat d+En-líl
8 [ ] KUR ZI-ut er-bi-i
9 [ ] AMEŠ ina IDIM DUMEŠ-ni
If // ditto (i.e. wears) a corona of the sun, (there will be) protection of
Enlil for the land, an attack of locusts, ...[ →] (V4: [ ... and] the waters will
bubble out of (their) sources).
11ʹ DIŠ 2 ⌈TA⌉ UD UD x[ ]x-sa/-ir KU UD x[ →].26

If // ... [ →].
12ʹ DIŠ 2 us-su-kàt (qat7) ana ba-x[ →]

If // it is incised, to ...[ →].
13ʹ ⌈DIŠ 2⌉ [T]A AN.ÚR ana IGI 20 GIB DUGUD SIG ÚŠ : DIŠ 2 ina K[I →]
If // (a rainbow) arches from the horizon towards the sun, a notable
important person will die : (= “new omen”) If // in ...[ →].
14ʹ [DIŠ 2] ana [I]GI d30 GIB dIŠKUR KUR RA ⌈x x x x⌉ [ →]

[If //] (a rainbow) arches towards the moon, Adad will devastate the
land, ... [ →].
24
The proposed transcription is uncertain.
25
Possibly in a metaphoric sense; see EAE 46, note 5.
26
Line not indexed.
15ʹ DIŠ 2 ⌈UGU⌉ URU GIB [ →]

cf. R 453, 5f.:
DIŠ dTIR.AN.NA UGU URU GIB URU LUGAL u NUNMEŠ-šú šal-mu
If // (a rainbow) arches over a town, [ →] (R: the city, the king, and his
nobles will be safe).
16ʹ DIŠ 2 ⌈URU⌉ GIM ŠU.⌈GUR⌉ ⌈NIGIN⌉? ⌈URU BI man-ma 3,20⌉?

[ →]
If // (a rainbow) encompasses (?) the town like a ring, as for that town,
someone will [ ... ] its king (?) [ →] (see omen rev. 5').
17ʹ DIŠ 2 ina? AN-e GIB [ →]

If // (a rainbow) arches in (?) the sky, [ →].

18ʹ DIŠ 2 TA AN.ÚR ana AN.PA GIB [ →].
cf. R 453, 3f:
[DIŠ] dTIR. AN.NA ul-tu AN.PA ana AN.ÚR GIB dIŠKUR NU RA-iṣ
If // (a rainbow) arches from the horizon to the zenith, [ →].
19ʹ DIŠ 2 TA IM.KUR ana IM.[MAR] GIB-ma ina ŠÀ-šá [ →]

If // (a rainbow) arches from east to we[st] and in its middle [ →].
V1, section three (rev., two lines after omen EAE 47 rev. 23'):
17 [ ]x AN.ÚR x[ →]
[ ... ]... horizon ...[ →].
18 [ ]x ⌈x⌉ x[ →]
...
Rev., main text:

1ʹ
D r1' [← ]x[ →]
...
d. tablet 47 141
2ʹ
D r2' [← ] ina [ →]
[← ] in [ →].
3ʹ
D r3' [← ] A [ →]
...

4ʹ
D r4' [← E]GIR 30 GIB dIŠKUR KUR x[ →]
[If ... a rainbow] arches behind the moon,27 Adad [will ...] the land (?)
...[ →].
5ʹ
* [← ] GIM ŠU.GUR NIGIN URU BI mam-ma 3,20.BI LAL-mu
D r5' [← G]IM ŠU.GUR NIGIN URU BI KUR-ma 3,20.B[I ]
V4 r27 [← GI]M ŠU.GUR NIGIN-mi URU BI man-ma LUGAL.BI LAL-mu
[If ... (a rainbow)] encompasses [the town] like a ring, as for that town,
someone will capture its king.28
6ʹ
D r6' [← ] ⌈ana? AN⌉.ÚR GIB dIŠKUR N[U →]
[If a rainbow] arches [from the zenith] (?) towards (?) the horizon,
Adad will no[t wreak destruction] (?) (restored after Hunger 1992 [SAA
8] no. 453, obv. 3f.).
7ʹ
D r7' [← ] ⌈TA⌉? dIŠKUR [ →]
[← ] ... Adad [ →].

__________________________________________________________________________
27
Only possible if the sun and the moon are seen together, otherwise it should be a
halo (a rainbow cannot be watched ‘behind’ the celestial body which produces it, only in
front of it; cf. EAE 46, notes 5 and 25).
28
Cf. above, omen V1 obv. 16'. Line D r5' might, of course, contain another omen (‘KUR’
= *kšd instead of ‘man’), but a scribal mistake is more likely.
8ʹ
* DIŠ DIŠ dTIR.AN.NA ina AN-e GIB A.A[N ]
* [ ]x 1.KÁM NU [ ]
V1 o20' DIŠ DIŠ dTIR.A[N.NA] ina AN-e GIB A.A[N ]

[ ]
D r8' [ ]
[ ]x 1.KÁM NU [ ]
If (‘if’) a rainbow arches in the sky, rai[n ... ]... (n+?)1 [year(s) (?) ... ]
(will) not [ ... ] (‘double if’: see the remark at the beginning of the transcrip-
tion of the rev.).
9ʹ
* DIŠ 2 dTIR.AN.NA ina AN-e ip-tar-ka A[ ]
* [ ] NU [ ]
V1 o21' DIŠ 2 dTIR.A[N.N]A ina AN-e ip-tar-ka ⌈A⌉[ ]

[ ]
D r9' [ ]
[ ] NU [ ]
possibly also V4 obv. 13f. or 16f.:

V4 o16 [ A]N-e ip-tar-ka
o17 [ ]x ZI-a ḫi-pí eš-šu
If // a rainbow arches in the sky, r[ain (?) ... ] not [ →].
NB The missing left edge of the reverse of text V1 offers exactly the space required for
‘DIŠ 2’; in the ‘composite’ omens this is transcribed as ‘[DIŠ 2 (?)]’

10ʹ
* [DIŠ 2 (?)] dTIR.AN.NA ina AN-e ip-x[ ]
* [ ]x[ ]⌈x x x⌉ ZI-m[a? ]
V1 r1 [DIŠ 2 d
]⌈TIR⌉.AN.⌈NA⌉ ina AN-e ip-x[ ]
[ ]
D r10' [ ]
[ ]x[ ]⌈x x x⌉ ZI-m[a? ]
d. tablet 47 143
[If // (?)] a rainbow ...[ ... ] in the sky, [ ... ] ... (will) rise an[d (?) →].
(cf. also omen 14')
11ʹ
* [DIŠ 2 (?)] dTIR.AN.NA ina na-an-múru-ši-na zi-mu-ši-na ma-diš SA5
* [ ]x BI KA RA x IG x[ ]
V1 r2 [DIŠ 2 d
T]IR.AN.NA ina na-an-múru-ši-na z[i- ]
[ ]
D r11' [ ] ⌈ina na-an-múru-ši-na zi-mu-ši⌉-na ma-diš S[A5]

[ ]x BI KA RA x IG x[ ]
possibly also V4 obv. 18
NB Here and in the following omens the subject is in the plural (not indicated with the
noun ‘rainbow’ itself); this has nothing to do with the ‘2’ at the beginning of the
omens, see the remarks above
[If // (?)] rainbows, when they are seen, are first and foremost red in
their appearance, [ ... ]... .29

12ʹ
* [DIŠ 2 (?)] dTIR.AN.NA ina na-an-múru-ši-na zi-mu-ši-na ma-diš SIG7
* DINGIRMEŠ ina KUR ARḪUŠ [ ]
V1 r3 [DIŠ 2 d]TIR.AN.NA ina na-an-múru-ši-na ⌈zi-mu⌉-[ ]

[ ]
D r12' [ N]A ina na-an-múru-ši-na zi-mu-ši-na ma-diš SIG7

⌈DINGIRMEŠ⌉ ina KUR ARḪUŠ [ ]
[If // (?)] rainbows, when they are seen, are first and foremost green in
their appearance, the gods30 [will spread (?)] mercy in the land.

13ʹ
* [DIŠ 2 (?)] dTIR.AN.NA ina ši-ḫi-iṭ dUTU-ši it-ta-ṣa-ni
* im-daḫ-ḫa- ra-ma A.AN [ ]
V1 r4 [DIŠ 2 ] ⌈d⌉TIR.AN.NA ina ši-ḫi-iṭ dUTU-ši ⌈it⌉-ta-[ ]
[ ]
29
The end of the omen remains obscure.
30
Probably not ‘⌈d30⌉’ instead of ‘⌈DINGIRMEŠ⌉’.
D r13' [ N]A ina ši-ḫi-iṭ dUTU-ši it-ta-ṣa-ni

im-daḫ-ḫa-ra-ma A.AN [ ]
[If // (?)] rainbows appear at sunrise, they will face each other, and rain
[ ].31
14ʹ
* [DIŠ 2 (?)] dTIR. AN.NA ina AN-e ip-par-kam* A.AN NU [ŠUR]
V1 r5 [DIŠ 2 ]⌈d⌉TIR. AN.NA ina AN-e ip-par-kam [ ]
D r14' [ A]N.NA ina AN-e ip-par-kam* A.AN NU [ ]
[If // (?)] a rainbow ends in the sky (i.e. if it does not reach the horizon),
rain will not [fall].

15ʹ
* [DIŠ 2 (?)] dTIR.AN.NA IGI.BAR-ma MÚŠME -ši-na ma-diš SIG7MEŠ
* d
U+GUR ina KUR GU7 DINGIRMEŠ ina SU KUR BADMEŠ
V1 r6 [DIŠ 2] ⌈d⌉TIR.AN.NA IGI.BAR-ma MÚŠMEŠ -š[i ]

[ ]
D r15' [ I]GI.BAR-ma MÚŠME-ši-na ma-diš SIG7MEŠ

dU+GUR ina KUR GU7 DINGIRMEŠ ina SU KUR BAD[MEŠ]
V4 o29 [ -m]a MÚŠ-ši-na ma-diš SIG7

o30 [ ] ina SU KUR BADMEŠ
[If // (?)] (an observer?) looks at rainbows and (if) they are very green
in their appearance, Nergal will devour (the wealth) in the land, the
gods will leave the interior of the land.

16ʹ
* [DIŠ 2 (?)] dTIR.AN.NA IGI. BAR-ma MÚŠME-ši-na ma-diš SA5MEŠ
* DINGIRMEŠ ana KUR ARḪUŠ TUKMEŠ
V1 r7 [DIŠ 2 ] ⌈d⌉TIR.AN.NA IGI.BAR-ma MÚŠM[EŠ ]

[ ]
D r16' [ BA]R-⌈ma⌉ MÚŠME-ši-na ma-diš SA5MEŠ

DINGIR ana KUR ARḪUŠ TU[KMEŠ]
MEŠ
31
The main rainbow (radius 41°) and the second rainbow (radius 51°) can be best
observed when the sun is behind the observer (they appear ‘opposite’ the sun in the sky);
the third rainbow (radius 140°), a rare phenomenon, appears on the ‘side’ of the sun.
d. tablet 47 145
V4 o31 [ -m]a MÚŠ -ši-na ma-diš SA5

o32 [ ] ARḪUŠ TUKMEŠ
[If // (?)] (an observer) looks at rainbows and (if) they are very brown
in their appearance, the gods will have mercy on the land.
17ʹ
* [DIŠ 2 (2) (?) ]-ma 2 DIŠ AD ina ṣi-iṭ dUTU it-ta-ziz AN ŠUR-nun
V1 r8 [DIŠ 2 (2) ]-ma 2 DIŠ AD ina ṣi-iṭ ⌈d⌉[ ]
D r17' [ -i]ṭ dUTU it!-ta-ziz AN [ ]
V4 o33 [ ṣ]i-iṭ dUTU-ši it-ta-ziz AN ŠUR-nun
[If // (?)] and [ditto] (?), ditto: If ... is present (‘stands’) at sunrise, it will
rain.32
18ʹ
* [DIŠ 2 (2) (?)]-ma 2 2 ina ṣi-iṭ dUTU it-ta-ziz-za
* ra-a-du ŠUR-nun il-ta-nu [ ]
V1 r9 [DIŠ 2 (2) ]-ma 2 2 ina ṣi-iṭ dUTU [ ]

[ ]
D r18' [ UT]U it-ta-ziz-za

ra-a-du ŠUR il-ta-nu [ ]
V4 o34 [ ] ⌈ina⌉ ṣi-iṭ dUTU-ši it-ta-ziz-za

o35 [ -d]u ŠUR-nun i-il-ta SUR33
[If // (?)] and [ditto] (?), ditto, // are present (‘stand’) at sunrise, a cloud-
burst will rain down, the north (wind) [will rise (?)] (cf. the preceding
omen).
32
The beginning is obscure (misunderstanding?). The ‘2’ in brackets is not necessary;
since there is no more space available at the beginning of the line in texts D and V1, it is
almost impossible to start with a new omen which is introduced by the second ‘DIŠ’ sign;
the next omen, however, seems to indicate that this is exactly what is intended (‘2 2’
instead of ‘2 DIŠ’).
33
Text V4 often has the remark ‘broken’; the end of line 35 was probably miscopied
from a partly destroyed line.
19ʹ
* [DIŠ 2 (?) ina] U4 er-pí šá AN iz-nu-nu dTIR.AN.NA GIB A.AN NU
* ŠUR
V1 r10 [DIŠ 2 ina] ⌈U4⌉ er-pí šá AN iz-nu-n[u ]

[ ]
D r19' [ i]z-nu-nu dTIR.AN.NA GIB A.AN NU

[ ]
V4 o38 [ ] šá AN iz-nu-nu GIB AN NU

ŠUR
[If // (?) on] a cloudy day when it rains, a rainbow arches, rain will not
fall (any longer) (cf. Reiner–Pingree 1981 [BPO 2] text III, line 4a).
20ʹ
* [DIŠ 2 (?) ina] U4 er-pí šá AN iz-nu-nu dTIR.AN.NA ana dUTU.È GIB
* A.AN NU ŠUR
V1 r11 [DIŠ 2 ina] ⌈U4⌉ er-pí šá AN iz-nu-[ ]

[ ]
D r20' [ ] iz-nu-nu dTIR.AN.NA ana dUTU.È GIB

A. AN [ ]
V4 o39 [ -p]í šá AN iz-nu-nu ana dUTU.È GIB

AN NU ŠUR
[If // (?) on] a cloudy day when it rains a rainbow arches towards the
east, rain will not fall (any longer).
21ʹ
* [DIŠ 2 (?) d]TIR.AN.NA ina AN.BAR7 it-tan-mar UNME SÙḪMEŠ
d
V1 r12 [DIŠ 2 ]TIR.AN.NA ina A[N ]
D r21' [ ] AN.BAR7 it-tan-mar UNME SÙḪ [ ]
V4 r1 [ B]AR7 it-tan-mar UNMEŠ SÙḪMEŠ
[If // (?)] a rainbow is seen at noon, people will become confused.
22ʹ
* [DIŠ 2 (?)] dTIR.AN.NA TA IM.U18 ana IM.SI GIB ina ITI BI ina KUR
* URIKI u KUR SU.BIR4KI ḫa-ba-la-a-ti
* [u] šá-ga-šá-a-tu4 GÁLMEŠ ina
* KUR URIKI A.ANME sad-ru ina KUR SU.BIR4KI EN.TE.NA GÁL-ši
V1 r13 [DIŠ 2 dT]IR.AN.NA T[A ]

d. tablet 47 147
[ ]
V1 r14 [ ] šá-ga-šá-a-tu4 GÁL[MEŠ ]
[ ]
D r22' [ I]M.U18 ana IM.SI GIB ina ITI BI ina KUR

URIKI u KUR SU.BIR4KI ḫa-ba-la-⌈a⌉-t[i]
D r23' [ GÁLM]EŠ ina
KUR URIKI A.ANME sad-ru ina KUR SU.BIR4KI EN.TE.NA GÁL-ši
[If // (?)] a rainbow arches from south to north, in that month acts of
violence [and] murder will occur in Akkad and Subartu, in Akkad
there will be regular rain, in Subartu cold.
23ʹ
* [DIŠ 2 (?)] dTIR.AN.NA TA IM.KUR ana IM.MAR GIB ina ITI BI ina
* KUR NIM.MAKI u KUR MAR ḫa-ba-la-a-ti
* [u] šá-ga-šá-a-tu4 GÁLMEŠ ina KUR NIM.MAKI A.AN sad-ru
* ina KUR MAR EN.TE.NA GÁLME
V1 r15 [DIŠ 2 d
T]IR.AN.NA TA IM[ ]
[ ]
V1 r16 [ ] ⌈šá-ga⌉-šá-a-tu4 GÁLM[EŠ ]
[ ]
D r24' [ I]M.MAR GIB ina ITI BI ina

KUR NIM.MAKI u KUR MAR ḫa-ba-la-a-ti
D r25' [ ] ⌈ina⌉ KUR NIM.MAKI A.AN sad-ru
ina KUR MAR EN.TE.NA GÁLME
__________________________________________________________________
[If // (?)] a rainbow arches from east to west, in that month acts of
violence [and] murder will occur in Elam and Amurru, in Elam there
will be regular rain, in Amurru cold.
24ʹ
D r26' [ G]Ù-šú ŠUB-ma dTIR.AN.NA GIB ḪI.GAR
GÁL
[If Adad ... th]unders and a rainbow arches, there will be a rebellion.
25ʹ
[
D r27' G]Ù-šú ŠUB-ma dTIR.AN.NA GIBME di-ḫu
GÁL
_________________________________________________________________________
[If Adad ... th]unders and rainbows arch, there will be di’u-disease.34
26ʹ
D r28' [ ]x ina IM.U18 A.AN ina IM.SI A.KAL
ina IM.KUR A.AN ina IM.MAR GÌR.BAL
C r1'' [ KA]L?
(BM 99185) ⌈ina IM.KUR⌉? [ ]
__________________________________________________________________
(text C has a line without writing after the dividing line [not numbered])
[ ... ]..., in the south there will be rain, in the north floods, in the east
rain, in the west destructive weather.
27ʹ
D r29' [DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA K]UR-su BAL-su-ma ana É.GAL-šú
IZI ŠUB-ut
C r2'' [ B]AL-su-ma ana É.[ ]

[ ]
----
V 30 (ITIBÁRA): NUN KUR-su BAL-su
[If in Nisan ..., as for the king:] his land will revolt against him and a
fire will break out in his palace (lit.: will fall on his palace).
NB End of text D, beginning of text C: BM 99185 (line numbers: C r1'', C r2'', ...) and
the first two lines of K 2326 (line numbers: C r1', C r2', ...; both pieces are parts
of tablet C) contained at least eleven additional omens for the remaining
months, probably even more (cf. line C r7''). The preserved parts of the apodo-
ses are reminiscent of those of i. i. § 100 (the possibility cannot be excluded
that they were at least a variant of that paragraph; the apodoses of the Nuzi
forerunner [text V] corresponding to i. i. § 100 are quoted below for the pur-
pose of comparison). Line three of piece K 2326 (Nisan omen of a second
twelve month section) will be counted as omen 39´ (= 27 + 12). The rest of text
D and BM 99185 (upper part of text C) are transcribed separately (although
they overlap, cf. the Nuzi month names).
Text D:
28ʹ
D r30' ] i-ḫar-ru-ub
----
V 31 (ITIGU4): A.DAM šá KUR BI i-ḫar-ru-bu
(V): the pasture land(s) of that land will lie waste.
‘ME’ over erasure; is ‘GIBME’ really meant? Cf. note 31.

34
d. tablet 47 149
29ʹ
D r31' ] i-qal-lil
----
V 32 (ITISIG4): LUGAL KI IDIMMEŠ ma-gal i-qal-lil
(V): the king will become very discredited in the eyes of his noblemen
(slightly different: CAD Q 56a, top).
30ʹ

D r32' ] ⌈ú⌉-ru-ba-ti GARMEŠ
----
V 33f. (ITIŠU: KIMIN; ITINE ): ne-ru-ba-tum GÁLMEŠ
[ITIŠU: Rochberg-Halton 1988, EAE 22 II § IV 3]
] cries of woe will be caused (V: there will be flight).
31'
D r33' KUR] SI.SÁ
----
V 35f. (ITIKIN: ...; ITIDU6): BURU14 KUR SI.SÁ
(V): the harvest of the land will prosper.

32ʹ
D r34' ]x
...
Text C (BM 99185):

C r3'' -b]u? : DIŠ ina ITISIG4 LU[GAL
----
V 31f. (ITIGU4): ... i-ḫar-ru-bu (ITISIG4): LUGAL ...
(see omen 28') (see omen 29')

C r4'' DIŠ ina ITIN]E ú-ru-ba-a-tu4 GARM[EŠ
----
V 33f. (ITIŠU: KIMIN; ITINE): ne-ru-ba-tum GÁLMEŠ
(see omen 30')
C r5'' LUG]AL ana LUGAL MÍ.KÚR KIN-á[r

----
V 35–37 (ITIKIN: ...; ITIDU6: ...; ITIAPIN): LUGAL ana LUGAL MÍ.KÚR-tam KIN-šú
a k]ing will sen[d] hostile messages to (another) king [

C r6'' ]-ma : DIŠ ina ITI

Z[ÍZ
----
V 38–40 (ITIGAN: ...; ITIAB): ki-a-am šu-ma (ITIZÍZ: ...)

(V): this (apodosis) is in the same manner; (C): If in Ša[bāṭ
C r7'' (traces, gap of two lines)
C r1' (K 2326) (traces)
(38ʹ)
C r2' [ ]x ŠUB ŠEŠ ana ŠEŠ x[ →]
E 1' (traces) [ →]
__________________________________________________________________
(dividing line in C and E)
[ ... ]... throws, one (‘brother’) (will ...) to the other (‘brother’) [ →].
39ʹ
* DIŠ KI ina ITIBÁRA i-ru-ub NUN KUR-su BAL-su
C r3' [ B]AL-su
E 2' DIŠ ⌈KI⌉ ina ITIBÁRA ⌈i⌉-[ ]
V1 DIŠ KI i+na ITIBÁRA.ZAG.GAR i-ru-ub NUN KUR-sú BAL-sú
----
101 : 1 DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA KI i-ru-ub LUGAL KUR-su BAL-su
ár-bu-tu35 [GAR-an]
R 366 o1f. DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA KI i-ru-ub LUGAL KUR-su BAL-su
R 8 r1f. DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA KI ŠÚ-[ub] NUN KUR-su BA[L- ]
If the earth quakes in Nisan, the ruler’s land will rebel against him.
40ʹ
* DIŠ KI ina ITIBÁRA.2.KAM* i-ru-ub KI KUR ar-bu-tú DU-ak
C r3' DIŠ KI ina ITIBÁRA.2.KAM* MIN KI KUR ar-[ ]
E 3' DIŠ KI ina ITIBÁRA.2[ ]
V2 DIŠ i+na ITIBÁRA.2.KAM*.MA i-ru-ub KUR KAR-tam DU-ak
If the earth quakes in intercalary Nisan, the soil of the land will become
infertile.
35
If nothing speaks against it, the reading ‘ár-bu-tu’ is generally preferred to the read-
ing ‘ub-bu-ṭú’, even in case of doubt (see, e.g., omen rev. 47'). For the second part of the
i. i. apodosis compare omen 40'!
d. tablet 47 151
41ʹ
* DIŠ KI ina ITI
GU4 i-ru-ub KUR ana MÍ.KALA.GA NIGIN-úr
C r4' [ ]-úr
E 4' DIŠ KI ina ITI
GU4 MIN [ ]
(10th line marked by ‘10’)
V3 DIŠ i+na ITIGU4 i-ru-ub KUR ana MÍ.KALA.GA i-pa-ḫur
----
101 : 2 DIŠ ina ITI
GU4 KUR ana KI.KAL NIGIN-úr
If the earth quakes in Ajjar, (the inhabitants of) the land will assemble
at the fortresses.
42ʹ
L 234 o5'ff. DIŠ er-ṣe-ṭú ina SIG4 i-ru-ub šu-bat na-me-e na-du-u-ti ina
ITI
a-mat +En-líl uš-ša-bu

d
C r4' DIŠ KI ina ITI

SIG4 MIN šu-bat na-me-e ŠUBME[Š ]
[ ]
E 5' DIŠ ⌈KI⌉ ina ITISIG4 M[IN ]

[ ]
V4 DIŠ i+na ITISIG4 i-ru-ub šu-bat na-a-me-e ŠUB-ti i+na

INIM 50 <
d
>
----
101 : 3 DIŠ ina ITISIG4 šu-bat na-me-e ina
a-mat d+En-[ ]
If the earth quakes in Simān, deserted rural settlements will be repop-

ulated at the behest of Enlil.
43ʹ
* DIŠ KI ina ITI
ŠU i-ru-ub NUN ina KUR -šu
* i-qal-lil
C r5' [ ].GAL?
i?-qal-lil 36
E 6' DIŠ KI ina ITI

ŠU [ ]
[ ]
V5 DIŠ i+na ITIŠU i-ru-ub NUN i+na KUR -šu

i-qal-lil
The signs are encrusted.

36
R 493 r3ff. DIŠ KI.TIM ina ITI

ŠU i-nu-[uš] NUN ina KUR KÚR-[šú]
i-qal-[lil]
R 555 o3f. DIŠ KI ina ITI

ŠU [ ] : ina É.[GAL]
[ ]
----
101 : 4 DIŠ ina ITI
ŠU LUGAL ina ŠÀ KUR -šú
i-qal-lil
If the earth quakes in Du’ūz, the sovereign will be humiliated in his

land (variants: in the land of his enemy, in the palace).
44ʹ
* DIŠ KI ina ITINE i-ru-ub ne-ru-bat na-me-e ana MÍ.KALA.GA
C r5' DIŠ KI ina ITINE MIN ne-ru-bat na-m[e- ]
E 7' DIŠ KI ina ITIN[E ]
V6 DIŠ i+na ITINE i-ru-ub ⌈né⌉-r[u-bat] A.DAM ana MÍ.KALA.GA
----
101 : 5 DIŠ ina ITINE ne-ru-bat na-me-e KUR ana KI.KAL
NIGIN-úr
If the earth quakes in Ab, (there will occur) a flight of the nomadic
population towards the fortresses (i. i.: flight of the nomadic population,
the land will assemble at the fortresses).
45ʹ
C r6' [ BUR]U14? IGI x37 GÁLMEŠ
E 8' ⌈DIŠ⌉ KI ina [I TI
]
V7 DIŠ i+na ITIKIN i-ru-ub KUR su-un-qá EN BURU14 IGI KIMIN ár-bu-tum
----
101 : 6 DIŠ ina ITIKIN KUR ár-bu-tu IGI
(V) If <the earth> quakes in Ulūl, the land will experience famine until
harvest, variant: devastation (or famine [synonym ubbuṭu], see note 35).
46ʹ
* DIŠ KI ina ITIDU6 i-ru-ub BURU14 SI.SÁ MÍ.KÚRMEŠ ina
KUR GÁLMEŠ
C r6' DIŠ KI ina ITI⌈DU6⌉ MIN BURU14 SI.SÁ MÍ.KÚRME[Š ]
[ ]
37
The end of text C seems to deviate from the other versions; the sign ‘x’ is clearly writ-
ten on the tablet (copied by Craig [AAT 49] as ‘Ù’, by Virolleaud [ACh A 20] as ‘GISKIM’);
no convincing solution can be proposed. Lacheman 1937, 95 proposes the emendation
‘KIMIN GÁL’.
d. tablet 47 153
E 9' [DIŠ] ⌈KI ina⌉ [ ]

[ ]
V8 DIŠ i+na ITIDU6 i-ru-ub BURU14 SI.SÁ KIMIN nu-ku-ra-tum ina

KUR GÁLMEŠ
V9 ḫa-ba-la-tum ù ⌈ša⌉-ga-ša-tum ina KUR GÁLMEŠ
R 490 o1f. [ ] ina ITIDU6 i-ru-ub [ SI].SÁ MÍ.KÚRMEŠ

GÁL [ ]
ME Š
----
101 : 7 DIŠ ina ITIDU6 SI.SÁ BURU14 MÍ.KÚRME ina
KUR GÁLME
If the earth quakes in Tašrīt, the harvest will prosper, variant (the word
‘variant’ is only written in V8): there will be hostilities in the land (second
part of the apodosis in text ‘V’: see omen 47').
47ʹ
* DIŠ KI ina ITIAPIN i-ru-ub ḫa-ba-la-tu4 u šá-ga-šá-tu4 SU.GU7 u
* ár-bu-tu4 ina KUR GÁLMEŠ
C r7' [ -g]a-šá-a-tu4 SU.GU7 u

ár-bu-tu ⌈ina KUR⌉? GÁLMEŠ
V 10 DIŠ i+na ⌈ITI⌉APIN i-ru-⌈ub⌉ SU.GU7 ù

ár-bu-tum
(see V 9 : ḫa-ba-la-tum ù ⌈ša⌉-ga-ša-tum)
V 10 i+na KUR ⌈GÁL⌉MEŠ
----
101 : 8 DIŠ ina ITIAPIN ḫa-ba-la-a-[tu4] u šá-ga-šú
ina KUR GÁL
If the earth quakes in Araḫsamna, there will occur acts of violence and
murder, famine and devastation will be in the land.
48ʹ
C r7' DIŠ KI ina ITIGAN MIN NUN K[UR ]
[ ]
V 11 DIŠ i+na ⌈ITI⌉GAN i-[ru-u]b NUN KUR-sú MÍ.KÚR-ta

KIN-šú
----
101 : 9 DIŠ ina ITIGAN LUGAL KUR-su BAL-su-ma MÍ.KÚR
KIN-šú
(V) If <the earth> quakes in Kislīm, as for the sovereign, his land will send
hostility against him.
49ʹ
* DIŠ KI ina ITIAB i-ru-ub É.GAL NUN ŠUB-ma KUR ár-bu-tú
* DU-ak

C r8' [ ár-b]u-tú
DU-ak
V 12 DIŠ i+na ITIAB i-r[u-ub] É.GAL ŠUB-ma KUR KAR-tam

DU-ak
----
101 : 10 DIŠ ina ITIAB É.GAL kar-mu-tú
DU
R 37 r1f. DIŠ ina ITIAB KI ŠÚ-ub É.GAL NUN ŠUB-ma kar-mu-tú

DU-ak
If the earth quakes in Ṭebēt, the palace of the sovereign will be aban-
doned and the land will go to ruin.
50ʹ
DIŠ KI ina ITIZÍZ MIN <ina>? É.GAL NUN KÚR TUŠ-ma
C r8'
NUN ana KÚR-šú ⌈i⌉?-[ ] (this part of the apodosis is different in R 495,
see below)
V 13 [ ] ⌈i+na⌉ ITIZÍZ i-ru-u[b] ina É.GAL NUN LÚKÚR TUŠ.A

< >
R 495 o4f. [ ] i-ru-ub ina É.GAL NUN KÚR TUŠ-ab

[NUN ina KUR K]ÚR-šú i-qal-lil
----
R 36 o14f. DIŠ ina ITIZÍZ KI i-ru-ub ina É.GAL NUN MAN-ma TU[Š-a]b
(the Šabāṭ omen of i. i. belongs to the intercalary Addar omen of EAE)
(C) If the earth ditto in Šabāṭ, an enemy will take up residence in the sov-
ereign’s palace, the sovereign will ...[ ... ] to his enemy.
51ʹ
C r9' [DIŠ ]x KUR ŠUBMEŠ
d
U+GUR ina KUR [ ]
V 14 [ ] ⌈i⌉+[na] ITIŠE i-ru-u[b] ge-er-⌈re-et⌉ LÚKÚR KUR UŠ.UŠ

----
101 : 12 DIŠ ina ITIŠE ⌈É.GAL⌉? NUN NIGIN-ma iš-šal-lal
(the three Addar omens quoted have nothing in common)
(V) If <the earth> quakes in Addar, military campaigns of the enemy will
again and again afflict the land.
d. tablet 47 155
52ʹ
* DIŠ KI ina ITIDIRI.ŠE i-ru-ub MÍ.KÚRMEŠ i-maṭ-ṭa KIMIN dÈr-ra
* KUR GU7
* MÍ. KALA.GA GÁL-ma UZU NAM.LÚ.U18.LU ...38 GU7
C r10' [ MÍ.KÚRME]Š(?) i-maṭ-ṭa KIMIN dÈr-ra

KUR ⌈GU7⌉
MÍ. KALA.GA GÁL-ma UZU NAM.LÚ.U18.L[U ]
V 15 DIŠ i+na ITIDIRI.ŠE i-ru-u[b] MÍ.KÚRMEŠ [ ] KIMIN dGu-la

ina KUR ⌈GU7⌉
V 16 NÍG.KALA.GA ina KUR GÁL x[ ]x UZU NAM.⌈LÚ.U19.LU⌉ KU(?) GU7MEŠ
__________________________________________________________________
(line in C)
----
101 : 11 DIŠ ina ITIZÍZ [MÍ].KÚR KUR ú-maṭ-ṭa-a dÈr-ra
KUR GU7
(see omen 50')
If the earth quakes in intercalary Addar, hostilities will abate, variant:

Erra will devour (the wealth of) the land, there will be hard times,
human flesh will be eaten.
53ʹ
C r11' [DIŠ KI UGU mi-na-ti-šú] ⌈i⌉-ru-ub 1-šú 2-šú 3-šú GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma
Ú.TE.TE id-di KUR IGI NIM? KUR IGI [ ]39
V 19 DIŠ KI UGU mi-na-ti-šá i-ru-ub 1-šú ⌈2-šú⌉ 3-šú GÙ-šá ŠUB-ma

ḫe-pí
If there is an abnormally strong earthquake (lit.: if the earth quakes

beyond its measure), if it rumbles40 once, twice, (or) three times and ... .
38
Text C offers only space for ‘GU7’ after ‘L[U’ (of course there was additional space on
the edge; cf. text V). Line V16: presumably ‘GÁL-⌈ma⌉’. Text C has Erra instead of Gula (text
V1).
39
The meaning of this line is obscure (not indexed).
40
Lit.: ‘if it throws its roar’; ‘its’ is feminine in text V (erṣetu), masculine in text C
(qaqqaru [or rību?]).
54ʹ
C r12' [DIŠ ]x ia-ar-ru-ur ŠE.GU.NU T[UR?]
_____________________________________________________
(line in C)
[If (the earth) ... ]... trembles,41 the (harvest of the) ‘mottled barley’ will
be p[oor (?)].
55ʹ
* DIŠ KI ina ka-la U4-mi i-nu-uš BIR-aḫ KUR
C r13' [ -n]u-⌈uš⌉ BIR-aḫ KUR
V 22 DIŠ KI ina ⌈ka⌉-la U4-mi i-nu-uš [second half of the line blank]
R 434 o1ff. [DIŠ K]I.TIM ina ka-la U4-mi i-nu-uš ⌈BIR⌉ KUR
—(the omen is also attested in R 493 and R 496)—
L 16 r8 DIŠ KI ina kal U4-me i-nu-uš ⌈BIR-aḫ⌉ KUR
If the earth quakes all day long, dissolution of the land (will occur).
56ʹ
C r13' DIŠ KI ina GI6 MIN na-zaq KUR KIMIN ŠUB-e KUR
V 23 DIŠ KI ina [ ] ⌈GI6⌉ [ ] i-nu-⌈uš⌉ [second half of the line blank]
R 8 o5 DIŠ KI.TIM ina GI6 TUKU4-uš na-[ ]
R 36 r1f. DIŠ KI ina GI6 i-nu-[uš] na-zaq KUR KIMIN [ ]
R 315 r2 [ ] i-nu-uš na-zaq KUR : na-[de-e ]
R 366 o3f. DIŠ KI.TIM ina GI6 i-nu-u[š] na-zaq KUR ŠUB-e KUR
R 495 o6f. [ ] GI6 i-nu-uš na-zaq KUR [ ŠU]B-e KUR
R 555 o5f. DIŠ KI ina GI6 [ ] : ŠUB-[e ]
----
R 37 r3f. DIŠ ina GI6 KI i-ru-ub na-zaq KUR KIMIN ŠUB-e KUR
If the earth ditto at night, (there will be) worry for the land, variant:
decline of the land.
57ʹ
* DIŠ KI ú-sa-dir-ma i-nu-uš ti-ib LÚ
KÚR
C r13' DIŠ KI ú-sa-dir-ma MIN? [ ]42

V 24 DIŠ KI ⌈ú⌉-[ ]x[ ] ⌈i-nu⌉-uš [second half of the line blank]
R 8 o3f. DIŠ KI.TIM ú-sa-dir-ma [ ] ZI-ib [ ]
R 434 o4f. DIŠ sa-dir-ma i-nu-uš ti-ib KÚR
R 496 o3f. DIŠ ú-sa-dir-ma i-[ ] ti-ib LÚ[KÚR]
Compare omen V 17f., which is not part of the canonical EAE version.
41
The last trace (‘t[i]’) copied by Craig is lost now (AAT 49).
42
d. tablet 47 157
If the earth quakes again and again, (there will be) an attack by the
enemy.
58ʹ
C r14' [DIŠ ]⌈d⌉IŠKUR ina AN-e GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma GÙ-šú TIL-ma
EŠ.BAR KUD-us TIL BALA NAM.GILIM.MA [Ø]
V 25 ⌈DIŠ KI⌉ i-nu-⌈uš⌉-ma d⌈IŠKUR⌉ ina AN GÙ-šu ŠUB

LUGAL KUR-sú BAL-sú TIL.MA BALA NÍG.ḪA.LAM.MA43
(C) [If the earth quakes], Adad thunders in the heavens and (then) stops
and makes a decision, (there will be) the end of the reign of terror (or:
end of the dynasty (and) destruction; CAD s. v. šaḫluqtu: ‘BALA N. = dynasty
ending in a catastrophe’. Text V adds: “the king’s land will revolt against him”).
59ʹ
C r15' [ BÀ]D? ŠUB-ut ina MU BI ⌈qab⌉?-lu ana KUR TE
[ Ø ?
]
[If ... the w]all (?) falls, in that year attacks (?) will approach the land
[Ø?].
60ʹ
* [DIŠ KI UGU mi-n]a-ti-šá um-tar-ri-ir dU+GUR GU7 UNME KUR
* ka-mar-ši-na [GAR]

C r16' [ mi-n]a-ti-šá um-tar-ri-ir dU+GUR GU7 UNME KUR
ka-mar-ši-na [ ]
(cf. V 27 DIŠ KI UGU mi-na-ti-šá i-ru-ub ḫe-pí )
R 315 o9f. [ ]x-šá um-x[ ]

ka-mar-[ ]
[If the earth] is split44 (?) [more than u]sual (lit.: beyond its measure),
Nergal will devour (the wealth of the country), the people of the land
will be annihilated.
43
‘MA’ in ‘TIL.MA’ (taqtītu) seems to be superfluous (unless a verb is meant: ‘TIL-ma’);
the omen is given in two different versions.
44
The meaning of *mrr is not clear in this omen (vide AHw and CAD s. v.); an (improb-
able) alternative would be *’rr (m: nasalization).
61ʹ
[DIŠ
C r17' ]-ma KUR u UNME ú-ša-aṭ-ṭi-il u BALA ša UNMEŠ
SÙḪ -ma IN.NU u x[
ME ŠE
]45
[If ditto (?)] and causes it to be seen by the land and (its) inhabitants,
the government of the people will fall into anarchy, straw and ...[ ... ].
62ʹ
[DIŠ
C r18' ] ⌈AN⌉? i-pu-lu LUGAL u ERIM-šú ana KUR la-bír-tu-šú
DU-ma NU x[ ]
A r1' (traces)
[If the earth roars and] (?) heaven (?) echoes, the king and his army
will go to a land (which had been) his long-held possession and ...
[ ... ].
63ʹ
C r19' [DIŠ ]x GÙ-šú ŠUB ina MU BI SU.GU7 ina KUR GAR-an
A r2' [ S]U.GU7 ina KUR [ ]
[If ... ]... utters its roar, in that year a famine will be caused in the land.
64ʹ
* DIŠ KI MÚD i-ḫi-la ina KI BI MÍ.KÚR GAR-ma ÚŠMEŠ it-x[ ]46
A r3' [ ]⌈BI⌉ MÍ.KÚR GAR-ma ÚŠ it-x[
MEŠ
]
C r19' DIŠ KI MÚD i-ḫi-la ina KI BI MÍ.KÚR GAR-ma ÚŠM[EŠ ]
If the earth exudes blood,47 hostilities will break out in that region, an
epidemic (/ the dead) will ...[ ... ].
65ʹ
* [DIŠ KI x] i-ḫi-la KI BI MU 2.KAM* ŠUB-ma MU 3.KAM* GÚ+UN
* ana EN-šá [ ]
A r4' [ -l]a ⌈x x x x⌉48 ŠUB-ma MU! 3.KAM* GÚ+UN

[ ]
The ‘u’ before ‘BALA’ is left untranslated; a mistake?

45
‘KI’ is explained as mātu in commentary ‘b’, obv. 11' (index: s. v. erṣetu).
46
47
Compare the following three omens; EAE 42 offers three similar twelve month sec-
tions of omens, viz. omens 85ff., 97ff., and 109ff.
48
The writing is hidden under a clay encrustation; presumably also ‘KI BI MU 2.KAM*’
(in narrow script).
d. tablet 47 159
C r20' [ -ḫ]i-la KI BI MU 2.KAM* ŠUB-ma MU 3.KAM* GÚ+UN

ana EN-šá [ ]
[If the earth] exudes [x], this region will be abandoned for two years,
(its) yield (will be) [ ... ] to its owner for three years.
66ʹ
* [DIŠ KI x'] i-ḫi-la KI BI TUR
A r5' [ ]-la KI ⌈BI⌉ [ ]
C r21' [ ḫ]i-la KI BI TUR
[If the earth] exudes [x'], that region will be made smaller.
67ʹ
* DIŠ KI ú-pa-ṭa i-ḫi-la KI BI DINGIRMEŠ šá TAK4MEŠ-ši KI B[I ]
C r21' DIŠ KI ú-pa-ṭa i-ḫi-la KI BI DINGIRMEŠ šá TAK4M[EŠ ]
A r6' [ -ḫ]i-la K[I BI] DINGIRMEŠ šá TAK4MEŠ-ši KI B[I ]
______________________________________________________________
(line in A and C)
If the earth exudes ‘nasal mucus’, the gods who left that region, [will
return to (?)] that region.49
68ʹ
* DIŠ dE-ri-iš-ki-gal ik-kil-la-šá GIM UR.MAḪ ŠUB KI BI
* ŠUB
A r7' [ -ga]l ik-kil-la-šá ⌈GIM⌉ UR.MAḪ ŠUB KI B[I]

[ ]
C r22' [ -k]il-la-šá GIM UR.MAḪ ŠUB-di KI B[I]

[ ]
V3 6' [ -i]š-ki-gal ik-kil-la-šá GIM UR.MAḪ ŠUB

7' KI BI
Š[UB]
----
R 36 o10f. DIŠ dE-ri-iš-ki-gal ik-kil-la-šá GIM UR.[ -d]i KI.TIM KUR
ŠUB-di
If Ereškigal utters her lament like a lion, that region will be abandoned
(R: the earth will turn the land into ruins).50
Or: “as for that region, its (šá) gods will leave it, that region ...”.
49
Cf. Weidner 1939–1941 [AfO 13] 232 (ad V3 et R 36).

50
69ʹ
* [DIŠ KIMIN] GIM UR.BAR.RA ŠUB KI BI ŠUB
A r8' [ ] GIM UR.BAR ŠUB KI BI [ ]
C r23' [ ŠU]B KI BI ŠUB
V3 8' [ GI]M UR.BAR.RA ŠUB KI ⌈BI⌉ x[ ] (not Š[UB]!)
[If ditto] utters [ditto] like a wolf, that region will be abandoned.
70ʹ
* DIŠ KIMIN GIM KA5.A ŠUB KI BI [ŠUB]
A r9' [ ] GIM KA5.A ŠUB KI BI [ ]
C r23' DIŠ KIMIN GIM KA5.A ŠUB KI [ ]
V3 9' [ GI]M KA5.A Š[UB ]
________________________________________
(line in A and C, lower edge in V3)
If ditto utters ditto like a fox, that region [will be abandoned].

(end of the text)
Colophons
A
A r10' [DUB n.KAM* DIŠ UD AN d+E]n-líl-lá DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA AN ŠUR-nun
nu-ḫuš n[i-še-e ]51
__________________________________________________________________
r11' [ up]-pu-uš IM IGI-d+EN IBILA IMU-d+EN
DU[MU ]
r12' [ŠU ]x-⌈mu⌉-še-zib
[ Ø? ]
(end of tablet; the lower edge is preserved)
[nth tablet of Enūma Anu E]nlil. “If it rains in Nisan, (there will be)
plenty for the p[eople]”. // [ ... fi]nished; tablet belonging to Mušallim-
Bēl, son of Iddin-Bēl52, descen[dant of ... ]; [hand of (i.e. written by) ...
]...-mušēzib.
C
C r24' [DUB n.KAM* DIŠ UD] AN d+En-líl-lá [ ]
__________________________________________________________________
(a few lines are missing until the end of the tablet)
51
The catchline corresponds to the beginning of i. i. § 95 (incipit of EAE 48).
52
For the time being the person is not unambiguously identified.
d. tablet 47 161
[nth tablet of Enūma] Anu Enlil [ ].
3. Commentaries
a) Sm 9 (ṣâtu)
Rev.* ii
__________________________________________
9 e-pe-qu da-na-nu
10 ka-ra-ru-u i-šá-tú
11 TIL ba-šú-u
12 ina ŠÀ DIŠ ina IM.1 NIM.GÍR ib-ríq
___________________________________________
(the vertical line in the middle of the column is not indicated in the
transcription)
Translation
9) to be solid—to become strong; 10) brilliance of the sun at midday—fire; 11)
TIL—to be; 12) from (the tablet) “If lightning flashes in the south”.
The first equation refers to omen obv. 33, the two remaining equations cannot be
assigned.
b) 82-5-22, 572 (ṣâtu and mukallimtu [obv. 12': UD.UL.DÙ.A NÍG.PÀ.DA])
The first eleven preserved lines comment on tablet EAE 47 (obv. 12': ‘EAE 49’ [not:
47; relating to this compare Gehlken 2005, 260, table 2]). Only the last three equations
are completely preserved.
Obv.
1ʹ ] (traces) ⌈GIB⌉?
2ʹ (-)G]I -⌈ma⌉ u DUḪ GAL AN.ÚR ⌈GIB⌉?
?
3ʹ -b]u-ú e-le-ni-i
4ʹ ]x kak-ku
5ʹ ]x ni-du-tu4
6ʹ ]x it-tan-mar (cf. omen rev. 21')
7ʹ [ ]x[ ]x a-la-ku (see index)
8ʹ x[ ]x šá-ka-nu (see index)
9ʹ qab-lu ta-ḫa-zu omen rev. 59'
10ʹ a12-tu-ú a-ma-ru atû = watû; AHw s. v.
(w)atû(m) D: „Kom. ut-tu-ú
= a-ma-ru RA 17, 190, 10

Fehler? “ (uttû : D/II
infinitive)
11ʹ KI ma-a-tu4 omens rev. 64'ff.
Translation
1ʹ) ] (traces) arches (?); 2ʹ) ]... (not indexed) arches (?) on (?) the horizon; 3ʹ) ]...
upper; 4ʹ) ]...—weapon; 5ʹ) ]...—uninhabited land; 6ʹ) ]...—it was seen; 7ʹ) ]...—to
go; 8ʹ) ...—to set; 9ʹ) warfare—battle; 10ʹ) to discover—to see; 11ʹ) KI—land.
The rest of the obverse comments on EAE 48. In that section many equations can
be assigned to specific omens (→ sub EAE 48); for lines 23'ff. see already Weidner
1968–1969 [AfO 22] 73 under ‘Tafel 49 (50)’ (according to the numbering used in
this book K 11132 [sic, Weidner’s ‘K 11138’ is a misprint] belongs to EAE 48 [cf. Gehlken
2005, 260, table 2]). The reverse begins with the incipit of tablet EAE 49, “DIŠ ina
ITI
BÁRA IM.U18.LU DU”.
e. tablet 48 163
E. Tablet 48
(Rain, Fog and Mud)
Number of omens: unknown2
State of preservation: The incipit which is preserved as catchline in a

colophon of tablet EAE 47 (BM 46238, text A) is to be found as the begin-
ning of one of the main texts of tablet EAE 48 (BM 36671, text A). The
upper half of this tablet is preserved (nineteen omens); the reverse is
identical to the preserved part of the fragmentary second main text (K
11132, text B). Both A and B quote the incipit of tablet EAE 49, the last tab-
let of the weather section, as catchline.
Another set of omens is given by K 9+. These omens, which definitely
belong to the fund of tablet EAE 48, seem to represent a secondary tradi-
tion (text ‘S’; the score transcription of S [= K 9+ plus duplicates] is given
after the main recension). S contains more than twice as many omens as
A. This does not necessarily imply that there was an additional ‘rain tab-
let’: the structure of the preserved parts of A (obverse plus reverse) is
similar to that of the obverse of text S (see note 2). Both manuscripts (A
and S obv.) begin with rain omens (corresponding to Iqqur īpuš §§ 95–973
1
Under ‘Tafel 49 (50)’ and (partly) ‘Tafel 47/48’.
2
Judging by the curvature the main text ‘A’ could have contained 80 to 100 omens; a
secondary tradition (K 9 + K 3109) offers about 120 omens on each side of the tablet (the
reverse is for the most part broken away, the obverse corresponds to the main text ‘A’
[obverse plus reverse!]).
3
The first rain section of A corresponds to i. i. § 95 (not all apodoses are identical; note
that i. i. does not have an intercalary Addar), the second section is broken for the most
part; the protasis does not have ‘ŠUR-nun’ (or similar), but instead of that an illegible sign
(cf. possibly the protases of i. i. § 95* [see note 5], i. i. § 97, and text S, obv. 1' and 37'). Some
omens of the first three preserved rain sections of text S have counterparts in i. i. § 96 (and
[Labat 1965]) and end with fog omens (corresponding to i. i. § 98); accord-
ing to the colophon of A, the next topic is ‘wind’ (→ EAE 49, i. i. § 99); the
two paragraphs that follow in i. i. deal with earthquakes (→ EAE 47), the
last three paragraphs with mud (§ 102) and floods (§ 103f.). Mud is treated
on the reverse of text S (inter alia); judging from the scanty information
which is provided by the broken surface, floods may have been dealt with
as well. It is possible that the mud section was not part of the canonical
version.4 Just as in the corresponding paragraphs of Iqqur īpuš there were
presumably different traditions in the ‘EAE rain tablet’, some of which
omitted omens or placed them at another position in the sequence of
omens.5 In this context the ‘short version’ of EAE 206 can be referred to as
well. In summary we may suggest that K 9+ was an extensive compilation
text which arranged non-canonical (aḫû) omens and omens from other
sources in the order of the canonical version on the obverse, adding
omens which had no canonical counterpart on the reverse; however, it
cannot be completely ruled out that K 9+ as such was an aḫû tablet.7
Related omens (floods etc.) are to be found in tablet 61 of the series
Šumma ālu ina mēlê šakin.8
Note: When numbering the tablets the order of capital letters was interrupted after
the main tradition tablets (group BM 36671) and taken up again with ‘K’ for
the secondary tradition tablets (group K 9+).
Structure:
(sections of similar omens are separated by horizontal lines)
a) canonical version
partly in § 95); the dates in the protases differ (cf. note 5, remarks by R. Labat). For some
months the apodoses are identical in the first three rain sections of text S. Because of the
different traditions only a selection of i. i. omens is quoted in the score transliterations; for
details see Labat 1965. The fog omens are discussed below.
4
It might have been in the lost part; that would imply that some omens from the
obverse of K 9+ could not have had corresponding omens in the canonical version (lack of
space).
5
Without knowledge of text A already emphasized by R. Labat (Labat 1965, 182, note
3; compare, e.g., plates XXVI [VAT 9772] and XXXV [K 2049]: the paragraph following § 95
is different in those texts [VAT 9772: § 96; K 2049: § 95* (sic, not 97)]).
6
Rochberg-Halton 1988, 174, text D (Rm 267).
7
It should be noted that the obverse of K 9+ is duplicated by K 3919+ (text N, obverse
[missing] plus reverse). Other texts duplicate the obverse or parts of it (not clear because
of the breaks, see below); this indicates that at least the obverse of K 9+ was regarded as a
unit; the reverse (for the most part broken) has one section, consisting of only one line,
which could speak against a ‘unit’. Cf. the remarks to text S, rev. 25'f., and commentary ‘a’.
8
See, e.g., Virolleaud 1909b, 200–211 (K 8191+).
e. tablet 48 165
Obv.
DIŠ ina ITIMN AN ŠUR-nun
_______________________________
DIŠ ina ITIMN U4 6.KAM* AN ⌈x⌉
Rev.
(the beginning is missing)
DIŠ U4 ŠÚ-am-ma
_______________________________
DIŠ IM.DUGUD ...
b) secondary tradition (text S; the beginning is missing)
Obv. Rev.
DIŠ ina ITIMN AN DU (the beginning is missing)
_________________________________ _________________________________
DIŠ ina ITIMN U4 6.KAM* AN ŠUR DIŠ ina ITIMN [ ]
_________________________________ _________________________________
DIŠ ina ITIMN U4 8./15.KAM* AN ŠUR DIŠ IM.GÚ [ ]
_________________________________ _________________________________
DIŠ U4 n.KAM* AN DU DIŠ ina ITIMN [ ] (2 sections)
_________________________________ _________________________________
DIŠ (in) me-e AN-e ... DIŠ A.KAL ... (only one omen)
_________________________________ _________________________________
DIŠ zu-un-nu ... DIŠ AN ...
_________________________________ (the remainder is missing)
DIŠ ina ITIMN IM.DUGUD iq-tur
_________________________________
DIŠ ina KUR IM.DUGUD ...
_________________________________
DIŠ ina U4 er-pí / dUTU.È / EN.NUN.1–3 IM.DUGUD iq-tur
_________________________________
DIŠ IM.DUGUD iq-tur
_________________________________
DIŠ IM.DUGUD šá IM x[ ]
Excerpt: K 2282 + K 3899 + K 7078 : rev. 20–22 (rain)9

Forerunner: possibly in the OB text VAT 7525 some omens, which men-
tion šamû in the protasis (for details see Bauer 1936, 308ff.)
Commentaries: one combined ṣâtu-mukallimtu commentary
Other sources related by topic: i. i. § 95–98; regarding paragraphs 102
(qadūtu) and 103f. (mīlu) see above; § 87 (akukūtu) belongs to the cloud
section (EAE 38–41)
‘Reports’ and letters: Fifteen omens are attested in ‘reports’ (indicated in
the transcription), one of them nine times, two omens four times each,
one omen three times and another two omens twice each. The omens
Hunger 1992 [SAA 8] no. 309 : 1 and 423 : 5ff. were probably in the lost part
of the tablet; the omen Hunger 1992 [SAA 8] no. 328 : 1f. might have been
an aḫû omen (see text S, obv. 84').—The omens Hunger 1992 [SAA 8] no.
79 : 3f., 178 : r4f., and 228 : r5f. could match several (not completely pre-
served) passages of EAE 48.
Sources:
Text
A BM 36671 Nineveh NB (plate 34) 1–19, rev. 1'–16'
B K 11132 Nineveh NA ACh A 28; AAT 35 rev. 4'–16'

(plate 35)
Text S:
K K 9 + K 3109 Nineveh NA ACh A 31 (K 9) 1'–70', rev. 1'–40'
(plate 36)
9
The left edge, the bottom edge and the right edge of the tablet are preserved; up to
the top edge only a few lines are missing. The surface of the obverse is nearly completely
missing, the reverse is well-preserved; dimensions: 6.2 × 8.7 × 1.5; NA script. Bottom of the
obv.: rest of a destroyed ‘twelve’ month section (including the intercalary Addar; ‘DIŠ ina
ITI
MN ...’); rev.: ‘twelve’ month section (Mars omens, lines 1–17), secondary subscript (lines
18–19), rain omens (lines 20-24), beginning of the colophon (‘copy from an original from
Babylon’); the remainder is missing.
e. tablet 48 167
L K 3005 Nineveh NB ACh 2S 103b 1'–40' and

(plate 37) 66'–95' (96'?)
M K 2156 Nineveh NA (plate 38) 10'–35' and 69'–97'
N K 3919 + K 4033 + Nineveh NA ACh 2S 103a (K 3919 + 55'–102'

+ K 7240 + K 12854 + K 4033), 2S 103c
(K 7240), Virolleaud
1912, 256 (K 12854)
(plate 39)
O K 2336 Nineveh NA (plate 39) 56'–75'
Excerpt (ad text S):

– K 2282 + K 3899 + Nineveh NA Virolleaud 1909a, 65'–67'
+ K 7078 138 (K 3899)
(plate 40)
Commentary
a 82-5-22, 572, Nineveh NB Meek 1920, 190f. (see transcription)
obv. 13'—26' (as tablet ‘49’)
(plate 30)
[A: 5.6 × 8 × 3.1; the left and the upper edge are preserved; approxi-
mately the lower and the right half of the tablet are missing; only the
strong dividing line on the obverse is indicated in the transcription, not
the large number of fine auxiliary lines that are completely missing on the
reverse.
B: 5 × 5.5 × 0.7; fragment; only one side (including the left edge) is pre-
served; in the direction of writing about one half is missing; the original
size of the tablet cannot be estimated.
K: 10 × 14 × 2.2; the left and the right edge are preserved; the surface of
the reverse is nearly completely broken away; on top of the obverse, one
‘section’ (6–8 lines) is missing, at the bottom 32 lines which are preserved
in text N plus additionally about 5 lines which are missing in N as well.
L: 9.4 × 9.4 × 2.5; a piece from the middle of the tablet; up to all of the
four edges only a few lines or signs are missing.
M: 4.2 × 6.5 × 2.1; only the right edge is preserved; approximately the
left half and the upper half of the tablet are missing, up to the lower edge
only a few lines are missing; the surface of the obverse is broken for the
most part; the tablet has several small holes, which were drilled through
it to prevent a bursting during the firing process.
N: 7.6 × 13.8 × 1.6; the obverse (?) is missing; the left, upper and (partly)
right edge are preserved; up to the end of the tablet at the most five lines
are missing.
O: 3.5 × 6.5 × 1; only part of one side (reverse?) including the right edge
is preserved; there is no visible curvature.
a: 6.2 × 6.9 × 2.6; lower part of the tablet, all edges still exist; in its pre-
served part the tablet comments on EAE 47, 48 and 49.]
2. Text
Part 1: main recension (texts A and B);

i. i. parallels: only VAT 9772 (collated), VAT 9821, and K 2049 were used (copies
of all texts are in Labat 1965); as for VAT 9772, the surface has in places been
strongly rubbed away; to a certain extent the use of ‘[ ]’ and ‘⌈ ⌉’ is a matter of
arbitrariness. Cf. note 3.
Obv.
1
* DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA AN ŠUR-nun nu-ḫuš ni-še-e
A o1 DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA AN ŠUR-nun [ ]
BM 46238 (→ EAE 47):
catchline DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA AN ŠUR-nun nu-ḫuš n[i-še-e]
----
95 : 1 DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA AN-ú ŠUR-nun nu-ḫuš UNMEŠ
If it rains in Nisan, (there will be) plenty for the people.
2
A o2 DIŠ ina ITIGU4 MIN [ ]
If ditto in Ajjar, [ →].
3
A o3 DIŠ ina ITISIG4 MIN x[ ]

If ditto in Simān, ...[ →].
e. tablet 48 169
4
A o4 DIŠ ina ITIŠU MIN KU? x[ ]10
If ditto in Du’ūz, ...[ →].
5
* DIŠ ina ITINE MIN mi-qit-ti UNMEŠ
A o5 DIŠ ina ITI
NE MIN mi-qit-[ ]
R 43 o7f. DIŠ ina ITI
NE AN-ú ŠUR-nun ŠUB-tì UNMEŠ
----
95 : 5 DIŠ ina ITI
NE ŠUB-tì x x x (x x x: traces in VAT 9772)
If ditto in Ab, (there will be) the ruin of the people.
6
DIŠ ina ITIKIN MIN nu-šur-re-e GIŠ UR RA KAB
A o6
in?-ni?-[ ]11
If ditto in Ulūl, there will be a diminution of ... .
7
A o7 DIŠ ina ITI⌈DU6⌉ MIN ŠUB-tì [ ]
[ ]
----
R 444 DIŠ ina ITI
DU6 AN-ú ŠUR-nun ŠUB-tì GIGMEŠ u GU4MEŠ : ŠUB-tì
o3ff. LÚKÚR
95 : 7 DIŠ ina ITI⌈DU6⌉ ŠUB-tì [ ]

[ ]

compare also text S, obv. 7', 19', and 31' (additionally ‘downfall of the noblemen’)!
If ditto in Tašrīt, (there will be) the ruin of the {sick people, bulls, ene-
mies, noblemen}.
8
A o8 DIŠ ina ITI⌈APIN⌉ MIN ŠUB-tì x x x x x KI ZU [ ]12
If ditto in Araḫsamna, fall of ... .
Instead of ‘KU x[’ rather ‘KI.L[AM’?

10
For the apodosis no solution can be proposed (reading uncertain; not indexed).
11
12
The line is in parts encrusted; the signs look vaguely like ‘SU.BIR4KI u ERIMME-šá (or
ÁB E/GIŠ)’ (not indexed).
9
A o9 DIŠ ina ITIGAN ⌈MIN⌉ UNMEŠ ⌈x⌉? pa-šá-ḫ[a ]
cf. i. i. § 95 (VAT 9772): [K]UR pa-⌈šá⌉-ḫa [ ... ]x
If ditto in Kislīm, people who (?) [faced] (?) tranquilli[ty (will) ... ] /
people [will face] (?) tranquilli[ty ... ].
10
A o10 DIŠ ina ITIAB MIN ḪAL? GUR? [ ]13
If ditto in Ṭebēt, ... .
11
A o11 DIŠ ina ITIZÍZ MIN ma?-le?-e? ḪA RA S[I? ]14
If ditto in Šabāṭ, ... .
12
A o12 DIŠ ina ITIŠE MIN [ ]
If ditto in Addar, [ →].
13
A o13 DIŠ ina ITIDIRI.ŠE MIN AN.MI LUGAL [ ]
_________________________________________________________________
If ditto in intercalary Addar, an eclipse (affecting) the king [ ... ].
14
A o14 DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA U4 6.KAM* AN ⌈x⌉ ana x[ ]15
If it rains (?) on the sixth of Nisan, ...[ →].
15
Ao 15 DIŠ ina ITIGU4 ⌈U4 6?⌉.[KAM* MIN?] LUGAL? [ ]
cf. text S, obv. 26'

If [ditto] (?) on the sixth (?) of Ajjar, the king (?) [ →].
The writing is partly destroyed; presumably not ‘dU+GUR’ (not indexed).

13
The line is not indexed.

14
15
Thanks are due to W. G. Lambert, Birmingham, for the collation of the sign ‘⌈x⌉’;
unfortunately, no clear result can be achieved (it reminds one of ‘DU’ or ‘KAŠ4’, see note 3);
‘ana x[’ could be ‘LAL [’. The uncertain readings are only partly indexed.
e. tablet 48 171
16
A o16 [DIŠ ina] ⌈ITISIG4 U4⌉ [6?.KAM* MIN?] LUGAL [ ]
compare also text S, obv. 3', 15', and 27'
If [ditto (?) on the sixth (?) of] Simān, the king [ →].
17
A o17 [DIŠ ina] ⌈ITI⌉ŠU ⌈U4 6?⌉.[KAM* MIN?] KUR [ ]
cf. text S, obv. 16' and 28'
If [ditto] (?) on the sixth (?) [of] Du’ūz, the land [ →].
18
A o18 [DIŠ ina] ⌈ITINE U4⌉[6?.KAM* MIN?] x[ ]
If [ditto (?) on the sixth (?) of] Ab, ...[ →].
19
A o19 [ ] ŠUB-[tì ]
[If ditto (?) on the sixth (?) of Ulūl], fall of [ →].
(the remainder of the obverse is missing)
Rev.
1ʹ
A r1' [ ]x x[ ]

...
2ʹ
A r2' [ ]x IM.DUGUD ⌈x⌉ [ ]
[← ]... fog ... [ →].
3ʹ
A r3' [ ]x ⌈x⌉ A.AN ŠU[R ]
[← ]... it will rai[n →].
4ʹ
* DIŠ U4 ŠÚ-am-ma IM.DUGUD ú-še-lu-ma IM.DUGUD ana? [ →]
A r4' [ ] ú-še-lu-ma IM.DUGUD ana? [ → ]
B r1' ⌈DIŠ U4 ŠÚ⌉-am-⌈ma IM⌉.DUGUD ⌈ú⌉-[ → ]
If the day becomes cloudy, (if) fog rises16 and the fog [ ... ] towards (?)
[ →].
Lit.: the day causes mist to rise.

16
5ʹ
* DIŠ [ ] IM.U18.LU [ ] IM.SI.SÁ it-ta-na-x[ ]
A r5' [ I]M.SI.SÁ it-ta-na-x[ ]
B r2' DIŠ ḫe-pí IM.U18.LU [ ]
If [ditto] (?) ...[ ... ] [from] (?) south [to] (?) north, [ →].
6ʹ
* DIŠ U4 ŠÚ-am-ma ina IM.SI.SÁ ŠE.ER.ZI IM.DUGUD [ ]
A r6' [DIŠ U4 ŠÚ-a]m-⌈ma⌉ ina IM.SI.SÁ ŠE.ER.ZI IM.DUGUD [ ]
B r3' DIŠ U4 ŠÚ-am-ma ina IM.SI.SÁ ŠE.E[R.ZI ]
If the day becomes cloudy, (but) in the north brightness (remains), fog
[ →].
7ʹ
A r7' DIŠ U4 ŠÚ-am-ma i-za-nun IM.DUGUD ina GAL NÍG ⌈IM⌉ x[ ]17
B r4' DIŠ U4 ŠÚ-am-ma i-za-nun IM.DUGUD ina [ ]
If the day becomes cloudy and it rains, fog ... .
8ʹ
A r8' DIŠ IM.DUGUD maḫ-ḫa-at-ma ana IM.SI.SÁ x[ ]
B r5' DIŠ IM. DUGUD maḫ-ḫa-at-ma ana I[M ]
If the fog is dense18 and d[rifts] (?) towards the north, [ →].
9ʹ
A r9' DIŠ IM.DUGUD maḫ-ḫa-at-ma ana IM.U18 u I[M.KUR? ]
B r6' DIŠ IM.DUGUD maḫ-ḫa-at-ma ana I[M ]
If the fog is dense19 and [drifts] (?) towards the south and the e[ast (?),
→].
10ʹ
A r10' DIŠ IM.DUGUD maḫ-ḫa-at-ma ana IM.MAR.T[U ]
B r7' DIŠ IM.DUGUD maḫ-ḫa-at-ma ana I[M ]
If the fog is dense20 and [drifts] (?) towards the wes[t, →].
17
The rest of the line is obscure (not indexed).
18
The translation ‘dense’ is not sure; CAD s. v. *mḫḫ: ‘shapeless (?)’.
19
Ibid.
20
Ibid.
e. tablet 48 173
11ʹ
A r11' DIŠ IM.DUGUD ša IM.KUR ana IM.KUR mu-še-lu-[ú ]
B r8' 10 DIŠ IM.DUGUD šá IM.KUR ana IM.KUR mu-še-l[u-ú ]
If fog, which is (somewhere) in the east, [makes] clouds [gather] (?)

towards the east, [ →].
(text B: line counting ‘10’)
12ʹ
A r12' DIŠ IM.DUGUD ša IM.U18.⌈LU⌉ ana IM.4*.BA D[U ]
B r9' DIŠ IM.DUGUD šá IM.U18 ina(!) IM.4*.BA DU-i[z (?) ]
If fog, which is (somewhere) in the south, dri[fts] towards / stands in

(?) (texts A/B) all four directions, [ →].
13ʹ
A r13' DIŠ IM.DUGUD ina dUTU.È IM.DUGUD SIG7 ana S[IG7 ]
B r10' DIŠ IM.DUGUD ina dUTU.È IM.DUGUD SIG7 ana SIG7 x[ ]
If fog ...[ ... ] yellowish fog at sunrise to ...21 [ →].
14ʹ
B r11' DIŠ IM.DUGUD ina IM.SI ZI-ma ina IM.SI ra-ki-[ib ]
A r14' DIŠ IM.DUGUD ina IM.SI.SÁ ZI-ma ina IM.SI r[a- ]
If fog rises in the north and spre[ads] in the north (lit.: ‘and if it rides the
north wind’), [ →].
15ʹ
B r12' DIŠ IM.DUGUD ina dUTU.ŠÚ.A GAR-nu u dUTU ina ŠÀ-šá DU
T[A? →]
A r15' DIŠ IM.DUGUD ina dUTU.ŠÚ.A GAR-nu u dUTU ina ŠÀ-š[a? ]
[ →]
If fog comes down (lit. ‘is set’) at sunset (or: ‘in the west’) and if the sun
‘travels’ in the middle of it, ...[ →].
16ʹ
B r13' 5 DIŠ 3 mu-še-lu-ú SA5MEŠ KI dUTU [ ]
A r16' DIŠ 3 mu-še-lu-ú SA5MEŠ KI dUT[U ]
__________________________________________________________________
If three reddish clouds [ ... ] with the sun [ →].
(text B: line counting ‘5’)
The reading seems to be certain, the sense is uncertain (‘to a yellow spot/dot’?).
21
Colophons
A
A r17' DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA IM.U18.LU DU LUGAL UGU KUR-šú i-[lam-mìn → ]22
r18' GABA.RI ⌈E⌉KI GIM SUMUN-šú SAR-ma ba-ár u [uppuš (?) ]
r19' ⌈x x x⌉ u SUR PA IdAMAR+U[TU- ]23
(end of the tablet; the lower edge is preserved)
“If the southwind blows in Nisan, the king will become in[furiated]
with his land (incipit of tablet EAE 49) [ ... ]”. Copy from Babylon; written
according to its original, checked, and [finished (?) ... ]; ... Mar-
d[uk-... ].
B
B r14' DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA IM.U18.LU DU [ ]
r15' [D]UB 49.KAM DIŠ UD A[N d+En-líl ]
“If the southwind blows in Nisan [ ... ]”. Tablet 49 of Enūma A[nu Enlil
... ].
Part 2: secondary recension, ‘text S’ (= tablets K 9+ plus duplicates)
Structure of the text:

Obv.: The beginning of the text (the ‘first section’) is missing, then K 9+ [text K]
starts; omens 1'–40' are duplicated by K 3005 [text L], omens 10'–35' addition-
ally by K 2156 [text M]; omens 55'–64' (= fifth preserved section of K 9+, sepa-
rated by dividing lines) are duplicated by K 3919+ [text N] and K 2336 [text O,
starting after a break with omen 56']; N and O have the same sequence of
omens, which differs from that of the other texts; this rearrangement concerns
only this (fifth) section. All of the remaining omens of the obverse (65'–102')
are given by K 3919+ (K 9+ breaks after omen 70'; after omen 102' only a few
omens are missing until the end of the obverse). K 3005 duplicates omens
66'–95' (96'?), K 2156 69'–97'. As already stated (→ note 7), the reverse of text
K 3919+ contains the second half of the obverse of text K 9+; the obverse might
have contained the first half of the obverse of K 9+. K 3005 will have had the
same arrangement of omens, K 2156 probably as well (possibly without one
section of the middle part of the text).
22
Incipit of EAE 49; first omen of Iqqur īpuš, § 99 (restoration of the verb: DT 157 + 171,
K 2049, and VAT 9772).
23
The beginning is not destroyed but only encrusted; not indexed.
e. tablet 48 175
K 9+ and K 3005 separate omens in one line by ‘:’ (not indicated in the tran-
scription).
Rev.: Only known through K 9+ (for the most part destroyed).
Obv.
1ʹ
K o1' [DIŠ ina ITIBÁR]A ⌈AN DU KI.LAM KUR⌉ T[UR-ir ]?
L o1' [ KU]R? [ ]
compare the corresponding apodosis of i. i. §96
If it rains (lit.: rain comes) [in Nisa]n, the business of the land will
di[minish (?)].

2ʹ
K o1' [DIŠ ina ITIGU4 MIN ]
L o1' [ ]
[If ditto in Ajjar, ... ].
3ʹ
K o2' [DIŠ ina IT]ISIG4 MIN LUGAL KUR B[A. ÚŠ ]
L o2' [ ] ÚŠ
If ditto [in] Simān, the king of the land will die.
4ʹ
K o2' [DIŠ ina ITIŠU MIN ]
L o2' [ ]
[If ditto in Du’ūz, ... ].
5ʹ
K o3' ⌈DIŠ ina ITI⌉NE MIN UNMEŠ KUR TUR[MEŠ]
L o3' [ UNM]EŠ KUR TURMEŠ
If ditto in Ab, the population of the land will decrease.
6ʹ
K o3' [DIŠ ina ITIKIN MIN ]
L o3' [ ]
[If ditto in Ulūl, ... ].

7ʹ
* DIŠ ina ITIDU6 MIN ŠUB-tì IDIMMEŠ šá KUR
K o4' DIŠ ina ITI
DUL MIN ŠUB-tì IDIMME[Š ]
L o4' [ ŠU]B-tì IDIMMEŠ šá KUR
If ditto in Tašrīt, (there will be) the downfall of the land’s noblemen.

8ʹ
K o4' [DIŠ ina ITIAPIN MIN ]
L o4' [ ]
[If ditto in Araḫsamna, ... ].
9ʹ
* DIŠ ina ITIGAN MIN it-kup KÚR ana KUR
K o5' DIŠ ina ITIGAN MIN it-kup KÚR [ ]
L o5' DIŠ ina ⌈ITIGAN⌉ it-kup KÚR ana KU[R]
M o1' [ ]
If ditto in Kislīm, the enemy will join battle against the land.24

10ʹ
M o1' [DIŠ ina ITIAB MIN nu-ḫuš UNME ma-ṭe-e] ⌈KI.LAM⌉25
K o5' [ ]
L o5' [ ]
[If ditto in Ṭebēt, (there will be) plenty for the people, (but) a lack of]
business.

11ʹ
* DIŠ ina ITIZÍZ MIN nu-ḫuš UNMEŠ ma-ṭe-e / ša-qé-e [KI.LAM]26
K o6' DIŠ ina ITIZÍZ MIN nu-ḫuš UNMEŠ ma-ṭe-e [ ]
L o6' DIŠ ina ITIZÍZ nu-ḫuš UNMEŠ ša-qé-e [ ]
M o2' [ ]
If ditto in Šabāṭ, (there will be) plenty for the people, a lack / an
increase [of business].

Lit.: ‘butting each other’ of the enemy against the land.

24
Restored in accordance with omens 22' and 34' (the apodoses of the months Kislīm
25
to Addar are identical in the first three preserved sections of text S; in the other months
there are many correspondences as well).
26
Restored in accordance with omens 23' and 35'; cf. note 25.
e. tablet 48 177
12ʹ
M o2' [DIŠ ina ITIŠE MIN SI.SÁ BURU14 na-pa-áš dŠE.NAG]A27
K o6' [ ]
L o6' [ ]
____________________________________________________
[If ditto in Addar, (there will be) a prosperous harvest and an abun-
dance of grai]n.
13ʹ
K o7' DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA U4 6.KÁM AN ŠUR-nun KI.LAM TUR-i[r]
L o7' DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA U4 6.KAM* AN ŠUR KI.LAM [ ]
M o3' [ TU]R-ir

If it rains on the sixth of Nisan, business will be reduced.
14ʹ
M o4' [DIŠ ina ITIGU4 MIN KUR uk]-pat28 (?)
K o7' [ ]
L o7' [ ]
[If ditto in Ajjar, the land will be ]... (?).
15ʹ
K o8' DIŠ ina ITISIG4 MIN LUGAL ŠÚ BA. ÚŠ
L o8' DIŠ ina ITISIG4 LUGAL ŠÚ ÚŠ
M o5' [ ]
If ditto in Simān, the king of the world will die.
16ʹ
M o5' [DIŠ ina ITIŠU MIN KUR in]-niš-ši29 (?)
K o8' [ ]
L o8' [ ]
[If ditto in Du’ūz, the land will become w]eak (?).
Restored in accordance with omens 24' and 36'; cf. note 25.
27
Restored in accordance with i. i. § 95 [K 2049, VAT 9772, and VAT 9821].

28
29
Restored in accordance with omen 28'; see note 25; cf. also Labat 1965, i. i. § 95 (VAT
9772).
17ʹ
K o9' DIŠ ina ITINE MIN ŠUB-ti SIGMEŠ
L o9' ⌈DIŠ⌉ ina ITINE ŠUB-tì SIGMEŠ
M o6' [ ]
If ditto in Ab, (there will be) the ruin of the notables.
18ʹ
* DIŠ [ina ITIKIN MIN ÚŠMEŠ ina KUR] GÁLMEŠ30 (?)
K o9' D[IŠ ]
L o9' [ ] GÁL[MEŠ]
M o6' [ ] GÁLMEŠ
If [ditto in Ulūl], there will be [an epidemic in the land] (?).
19ʹ
K o10' DIŠ ina ITIDUL MIN ŠUB-ti IDIMMEŠ
L o10' ⌈DIŠ⌉ ina ITIDU6 ŠUB-tì IDIMMEŠ
M o7' [ ]
If ditto in Tašrīt, (there will be) the downfall of the important people.
20ʹ
* DIŠ ina ITIAPIN MIN ŠUB-tì IDIMMEŠ31 (?)
K o10' DIŠ ina I[TIAPIN MIN ]
L o10' [ ŠUB-t]ì? IDI[MMEŠ]
M o7' [ ŠUB-t]ì? IDIMMEŠ
If ditto in Araḫsamna, (there will be) the downfall of the important

people (?).
21ʹ
K o11' DIŠ ina ITIGAN MIN DU KÚR ana KUR32
L o11' ⌈DIŠ⌉ ina ITIGAN DU KÚR ana KUR
M o8' [ ]
If ditto in Kislīm, (it means): marching of the enemy against the land.
30
Restored in accordance with omen 30'; see note 25 and i. i. § 96 (VAT 9772).
31
Compare the preceding omen; the restoration is not sure.
32
See note 25 (omens 9' and 33'): mistake for <Á> DU = it-kup? Cf. commentary ‘a’, line
14'.
e. tablet 48 179
22ʹ
* DIŠ ina ITIAB MIN nu-ḫuš UNME ma-ṭe-e KI.LAM33
K o11' DIŠ ina ITIA[B MIN ]
L o11' DIŠ ina ⌈ITIAB nu-ḫuš UN⌉ME ma-ṭe-e K[I.LAM]
M o8' [ ma-ṭ]e-e KI.LAM
If ditto in Ṭebēt, (there will be) plenty for the people, (but) a shortage
of business.
23ʹ
* DIŠ ina ITIZÍZ MIN nu-ḫuš UNME ma-ṭe-e KI.LAM
K o12' DIŠ ina ITIZÍZ MIN ma-ṭe-e KI.LAM
L o12' ⌈DIŠ⌉ ina ITIZÍZ nu-ḫuš UNME ma-ṭe-e KI.LAM
M o9' [ ]
If ditto in Šabāṭ, (there will be) plenty for the people, (but) a shortage
of business.
24ʹ
* DIŠ ina ITIŠE MIN SI.SÁ BURU14 na-pa-áš dŠE.NAGA
K o12' DIŠ ina ITIŠE <MIN> SI.⌈SÁ⌉ B[URU14 ]
L o12' DIŠ ina ITIŠE SI.SÁ BURU14 na-pa-áš d[ŠE ]
M o9' [ ] dŠE.NAGA
________________________________________________________
If ditto in Addar, (there will be) a prosperous harvest and an abun-
dance of grain.
25ʹ
* DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA U4 8. / 15.KAM* AN ŠUR-nun nu-ḫuš UNMEŠ
K o13' DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA U4 8. KÁM AN ŠUR-nun nu-ḫuš UNMEŠ
L o13' ⌈DIŠ⌉ ina ITIBÁRA U4 15.KAM* AN ŠUR nu-ḫuš UNME
M o10' [ U]NMEŠ
If it rains on the eighth / fifteenth of Nisan, (there will be) plenty for
the people.

26ʹ
* DIŠ ina ITIGU4 MIN LUGAL B[A.ÚŠ]?
K o13' DIŠ ina ITIGU4 MIN LUGAL B[A.ÚŠ]?
L o13' DIŠ ina ITIGU4 LUGAL [ ]
See note 25; compare the next omen.

33
M o11' [ ]
If ditto in Ajjar, the king will d[ie] (?).
27ʹ
K o14' DIŠ ina ITISIG4 MIN LUGAL BA.ÚŠ
L o14' ⌈DIŠ⌉ ina ITISIG4 LUGAL ÚŠ
M o11' [ ] BA.ÚŠ
If ditto in Simān, the king will die.
28ʹ
K o14' DIŠ ina ITIŠU MIN KUR in-niš-ši
L o14' DIŠ ina ITIŠU KUR in-ni[š- ]
M o12' [ ]
If ditto in Du’ūz, the land will become weak.
29ʹ
K o15' DIŠ ina ITINE MIN ÚŠ GÁL-ši
L o15' [DIŠ] ⌈ina ITI⌉NE ÚŠ GÁL-ši
M o12' [ ] GÁL-ši
If ditto in Ab, death34 (?) will spread.
30ʹ
K o15' DIŠ ina ITIKIN MIN ÚŠMEŠ ina KUR GÁLMEŠ
L o15' DIŠ ina ITIKIN ÚŠMEŠ ina KUR G[ÁL ]
M o13' [ ]
compare the corresponding apodosis of i. i. § 96
If ditto in Ulūl, there will be an epidemic in the land.
31ʹ
K o16' DIŠ ina ITIDUL MIN ŠUB-tì GIGMEŠ ina KUR GÁLMEŠ .
L o16' [ IT]IDU6 ŠUB-tì GIGMEŠ ina KUR GÁL
M o13' [ GI]GME ina KUR GÁLME
If ditto in Tašrīt, there will be the ruin of the sick people in the land.
Other possible translations of the sign ‘BAD’ are no less justifiable.

34
e. tablet 48 181
32ʹ
K o16' DIŠ ina ITIAPIN MIN KUR me-ser-ra IGI-mar
L o16' DIŠ ina ITIAPIN KUR me-ser-ra I[GI ]
M o14' [ ]
If ditto in Araḫsamna, the land will experience hard times.

33ʹ
K o17' DIŠ ina ITIGAN MIN it-kup KÚR ana KUR
L o17' [ ITIG]AN it-kup KÚR ana KUR
M o14' [ KÚ]R ana KUR
see note 25
If ditto in Kislīm, the enemy will join battle against the land.
34ʹ
K o17' DIŠ ina ITIAB MIN nu-ḫuš UNMEŠ ma-ṭe-e KI.LAM
L o17' DIŠ ina ITIAB nu-ḫuš UNME LAL-⌈e⌉ [ ]
M o15' [ ]
see note 25
If ditto in Ṭebēt, (there will be) plenty for the people, (but) a shortage
of business.
35ʹ
K o18' DIŠ ina ITIZÍZ MIN nu-ḫuš UNMEŠ ma-ṭe-e KI.LAM
L o18' [ n]u-ḫuš UNME LAL-e KI.LAM
M o15' [ ] ⌈KI.LAM⌉
see note 25
If ditto in Šabāṭ, (there will be) plenty for the people, (but) a shortage
of business.
36ʹ
K o18' DIŠ ina ITIŠE MIN SI.SÁ BURU14 na-pa-áš dŠE.NAGA
L o18' DIŠ ina ITI
ŠE SI.SÁ BURU14 na-⌈pa-áš⌉ [ ]
see note 25
___________________________________________________
If ditto in Addar, (there will be) a prosperous harvest and an abun-
dance of grain.
37ʹ
K o19' DIŠ U4 3.KÁM AN DU DUḪ GÌR LÚKÚR
L o19' [ D]U DUḪ GÌR KÚR
If rain falls on the third day, a hostile army will be disbanded.35

38ʹ
K o19' DIŠ U4 4.KÁM MIN DUḪ GÌR LÚKÚR
L o19' DIŠ U4 4.KAM* MIN ⌈DUḪ⌉ G[ÌR ]
If ditto on the fourth day, a hostile army will be disbanded.
39ʹ
L o20' [ ]
If ditto on the fifth day, a hostile army will be disbanded.
40ʹ
L o20' DIŠ U4 6.⌈KAM* MIN DUḪ⌉ [ ]
If ditto on the sixth day, a hostile army will be disbanded.
41ʹ
K o21' DIŠ U4 7.KÁM MIN AN.TA BURU14 KUR KIMIN KI.LAM
If ditto on the seventh day, (there will be) an increase in36 the harvest
of the land, variant: of business.
42ʹ
K o21' DIŠ U4 8.KÁM MIN SU.GU7 i-mad
If ditto on the eighth day, the famine will be severe.
43ʹ
If ditto on the ninth day, the famine will be severe.
Lit.: If rain comes on the third day: disbanding of the step (foot) of the enemy.
35
‘AN.TA’ (usually elû) here šaqû (see commentary ‘a’, lines 17'f.).
36
e. tablet 48 183
44ʹ
If ditto on the tenth day, the famine will be severe.
45ʹ
K o23' DIŠ U4 11.KÁM MIN na-pa-áš BURU14 ÚŠMEŠ GÁLMEŠ
If ditto on the eleventh day, the harvest will be plentiful; there will be
an epidemic.
46ʹ
K o23' DIŠ U4 12.KÁM MIN na-pa-áš BURU14 AN.TA KI.LAM ÚŠME GÁL
If ditto on the twelfth day, the harvest will be plentiful, an increase in
business (will be observed; see note 36); there will be an epidemic.
47ʹ
K o24' DIŠ U4 13.KÁM MIN na-pa-áš BURU14 ÚŠMEŠ GÁLMEŠ AN.TA KI.LAM
If ditto on the thirteenth day, the harvest will be plentiful; there will
be an epidemic; an increase in business (will be observed; see note 36).
48ʹ
K o24' DIŠ U4 14.KÁM MIN na-pa-áš BURU14 AN.TA KI.LAM ÚŠMEŠ GARMEŠ
If ditto on the fourteenth day, the harvest will be plentiful, an increase
in business (will be observed; see note 36); there will be an epidemic.

49ʹ
K o25' DIŠ U4 15.KÁM MIN na-pa-áš BURU14
If ditto on the fifteenth day, the harvest will be plentiful.
50ʹ
K o25' DIŠ U4 16.KÁM MIN na-pa-áš BURU14 AN.TA KI.LAM ÚŠMEŠ GARMEŠ
If ditto on the sixteenth day, the harvest will be plentiful, an increase
in business (will be observed; see note 36); there will be an epidemic.
51ʹ
K o26' DIŠ U4 21.KÁM MIN ŠU.BI.GIM.NAM
If ditto on the twenty-first day, ditto.
52ʹ
If ditto on the twenty-second day, ditto.
53ʹ
If ditto on the twenty-third day, ditto.
54ʹ
K o27'
DIŠ U4 24.KÁM MIN ŠU.BI.GIM.NAM
_______________________________________
If ditto on the twenty-fourth day, ditto.
55ʹ
K o28' DIŠ me-e AN-e GIM IM.GÚ nu-ḫuš UNMEŠ
N r1 DIŠ me-e AN-e GI[M -ḫu]š [ ]

If the rainwater37 is like mud, (there will be) plenty for the people.
56ʹ
K o28' DIŠ me-e AN-e ḫur-ḫum-ma-tu A.AN GÁL-ši
N r4 DIŠ me-e AN-e ḫur-ḫum-m[a- A]N [ ]
O 3' [ A]N GÁL
If the rainwater is (initially like) foam, (‘normal’) rain will follow.
57ʹ
K o29' DIŠ me-⌈e AN⌉-e ka-ṣú-ú li-pi-it-tu4 GÁL-ši
N r6 DIŠ me-e AN-e ka-ṣú-ú li-pi-it-tu4 [ ]
O 5' [ l]i-pi-it-tu4 GÁL
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (line in N and O)
If the rainwater is cold, there will be disease.
58ʹ
* DIŠ me-e AN-e SA5MEŠ nu-uḫ-šu14 UNMEŠ
K o29' DIŠ me-e AN-e SA5MEŠ nu-uḫ-šu14 UNMEŠ
N r2 DIŠ me-e AN-e SA5[MEŠ -š]u14 [ ]
O 1' [ U]NM[EŠ] (?)
If the rainwater is brownish, (there will be) plenty for the people.
Either ‘water of the rain’ or ‘water of the sky’.

37
e. tablet 48 185
59ʹ
* DIŠ me-e AN-e GI6MEŠ BURU14 NU SI.SÁ
K o30' [ A]N-⌈e GI6MEŠ BURU14⌉ NU SI.SÁ
N r3 DIŠ me-e AN-e GI6ME[Š ] N[U ]
O 2' [ N]U SI.S[Á]
If the rainwater is blackish, the harvest will not prosper.
60ʹ
K o30' DIŠ me-e AN-e bur-bu-’a-a-tu A.AN ma-a-du
N r5 DIŠ me-e AN-e bur-bu - a-t[u A]N m[a- ]
O 4' [ ] ⌈A.AN⌉ ma-a-du
If the rainwater (makes) bubbles, there will be much rain.

61ʹ
* DIŠ in me-e AN-e er-pe-tu NINDA nap-šá GÁL-ši
K o31' [ -š]á ⌈GÁL⌉
N r10 DIŠ in me-e AN-e er-pe-tu NINDA nap-šá [ ]
O 9' [ na]p-šá GÁL-ši
If (there are <many>) clouds (to be seen) because of the rainwater,

there will be plenty of bread.
62ʹ
DIŠ in me-e AN-e BIL.ZA.ZA ma-’a-du MU KIMIN KUR du-muq-šá
K o31'
ḪA.A
N r7 DIŠ in me-e AN-e BIL.ZA.ZA ma-a-du MU KIMIN KUR SIG5-šá
[ ]
O 6' [ K]UR SIG5-šá

ḪA.A
If (there are) many frogs because of the rainwater, the good fortune of
the year, variant: the land, will decline.
63ʹ
* DIŠ in me-e AN-e NA4 SI.SÁ BURU14 ŠÀ KUR TI-uṭ
K o32' [ ]
N r8 DIŠ in me-e AN-e NA4 SI.SÁ BURU14 ŠÀ KUR [ ]
O 7' [ BU]RU14 ŠÀ KUR TI-uṭ
If (there are) stones (hail?) in the rainwater, (there will be) a prosper-
ous harvest, the ‘heart’ of the land will live.
64ʹ
K o32' ⌈DIŠ in me-e AN⌉-e KU6.ḪI.A SI.SÁ BURU14 ŠÀ KUR TI-uṭ
N r9 DIŠ in me-e AN-e KU6.ḪI.A SI.SÁ BURU14 ŠÀ KUR [ ]
O 8' [ BU]RU14 ŠÀ KUR TI-uṭ
_________________________________________________________
If (there are) fish (everywhere) because of the rainwater, (there will
be) a prosperous harvest, the ‘heart’ of the land will live.
65ʹ
* DIŠ zu-un-nu uk-ku-pu KI.LAM i-ḫi-is : i-ḫe-es-sí GÁL
K o33' [ ]
N r11 DIŠ zu-un-nu uk-ku-pu KI.LAM i-ḫi-is : i-ḫe-es-s[í ]
O 10' [ -i]s : i-ḫe-es-sí GÁL
-----
K 2282+ : r20 zu-un-nu uk-ku-pu [ ]
If the rains come in time, business ... .38
66ʹ
* DIŠ zu-un-nu ša-aq-lu4 ŠE u ŠE.GIŠ.Ì SI.SÁ
K o33' [ š]a-⌈aq⌉-l[u ]⌈Ì⌉ SI.SÁ
N r12 DIŠ zu-un-nu šá-aq-lu4 ŠE u ŠE.GIŠ.Ì S[I ]
L r1' [ ]-⌈nu šá-aq-lu4⌉? [ ]
O 11' [ ] ŠE.GIŠ.Ì SI.SÁ
-----
K 2282+ : r21 zu-un-nu šá-aq-lu [ ]
If the rains are scarce, barley and sesame will prosper.
67ʹ
* DIŠ zu-un-nu sad-ru dIŠKUR RA-iṣ
K o34' [ ]
N r13 DIŠ zu-un-nu sad-ru dIŠKUR [ ]
L r2' [ dI]ŠKUR [ ]
O 12' [ ] dIŠKUR RA-iṣ
-----
K 2282+ : r22 zu-un-nu sad-r[u ]
If the rains are continual, Adad will wreak destruction.
The end of this omen is obscure (not indexed).

38
e. tablet 48 187
68ʹ
* DIŠ zu-un-nu ma-a-du [ ] SI.SÁ ŠE i-ḫe-es-si
K o34' [ ] ⌈i⌉-ḫe-es-s[u]
N r14 DIŠ zu-un-nu ma-a-du [ ] ⌈ SI.SÁ⌉? [ ]
L r3' [ S]I. SÁ ŠE i-ḫe-e[s- ]
O 13' [ ]x : i-ḫe-es-si
If the rains are abundant, [ .... ] will prosper, the barley will become
‘ill-treated’.39
69ʹ
* DIŠ zu-un-nu ⌈x x x x⌉ [ ]x MU SIG5 GÁL
K o35' [ ]
N r15 DIŠ zu-un-nu ⌈x x x x⌉ [ ]
L r4' [ ]x MU SI[G5 ]
O 14' [ ] MU SIG5 GÁL
M r1' [ G]Á[L]?
(cf. possibly K 2282+ : r23' or r24')
If the rains are ..., a year of good fortune will follow.40
70ʹ
* DIŠ zu-un-nu [ma]?-a-du ÚŠMEŠ GÁLMEŠ
K o35' [ ÚŠME]Š ⌈GÁL⌉ME[Š]
N r16 DIŠ zu-un-nu [ ]
L r5' [ ma]?-a-du ÚŠMEŠ [ ]
O 15' [ ] ÚŠMEŠ GÁLMEŠ
M r2' [ GÁ]LME
_________________________________________
If the rains are abundant (?), there will be an epidemic.
The following thirteen fog omens have their counterparts in Iqqur īpuš § 98 (not
quoted here, see Labat 1965; it should be noted that K 3919+, K 3005, and K 7240 do
not belong to i. i., but to EAE [text S, pieces N, L, and N (join), respectively]; EAE has
an intercalary Addar, VAT 9772 [i. i.] does not)
71ʹ
* DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA IM.DUGUD iq-tur UNMEŠ KUR i-mìn-da
N r17 DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA IM.D[UGUD ]
L r6' [ ] KUR i-mìn-da
O 16' [ ] UNMEŠ KUR i-mìn-da
39
Some difficulties remain; text O might have had two verbs (variants); the verb ḫesû
(N/IV) in connection with ‘barley’ is not common (translation?); cf. omen 65'.
40
The trace ‘⌈x⌉’ before ‘MU’ could belong to the protasis. ‘SIG5’ is either a noun (trans-
lation) or an adjective.
M r3' [ i-mìn]-du
If a fog rolls in in Nisan, the population density of the land will become
high.

72ʹ
* DIŠ ina ITIGU4 IM.DUGUD iq-tur ZI-ut KÚR ana KUR MU
N r18 DIŠ ina ITIGU4 IM.DUGU[D ] MU
L r6' DIŠ ina ITIGU4 ZI-ut KÚR ana K[UR ]
O 17' [ ] ZI-ut KÚR ana KUR MU
M r4' [ ]
If a fog rolls in in Ajjar, (there will be) an attack by the enemy against
the land.41

73ʹ
* DIŠ ina ITISIG4 IM.DUGUD iq-tur DINGIRMEŠ KUR BADMEŠ
N r19 DIŠ ina ITISIG4 IM.DUGUD i[q- BAD]MEŠ
L r7' [ BA]DMEŠ
O 18' [ ] DINGIRMEŠ KUR BADMEŠ
M r4' [ BA]D?MEŠ
If a fog rolls in in Simān, the gods will leave42 the country.
74ʹ
* DIŠ ina ITIŠU IM.DUGUD iq-tur AN.MI : DINGIRMEŠ KUR BADME :
* KUR
N r20 DIŠ ina ITIŠU IM.DUGUD i[q- ] BADME :
KUR43
L r7' DIŠ ina ITIŠU AN.M[I ]

[ ]
O 19' [ A]N.MI : DINGIRMEŠ KUR BADME :

KUR
M r5' [ ]
[ ]
If a fog rolls in in Du’ūz, (there will be) an eclipse, variant: the gods will
leave, variant: approach, the land.
There is no explanation for the final ‘MU’.

41
‘BAD’ could denote another verb as well.

42
43
The sign which is transliterated as ‘:’ looks more like ‘KUR’ (see the copy made by
Virolleaud: ‘will reach the land’; probably not ‘KUR.KUR’) or ‘MAN’ (no sense).
e. tablet 48 189
75ʹ
* DIŠ ina ITINE IM.DUGUD iq-t[ur KUR šè]r-tú ÍL-ši
N r21 DIŠ ina ITINE IM.DUGUD iq-t[ur ] ÍL-ši
L r8' [ -t]ú ⌈ÍL⌉-ši
O 20' [ Í]L-ši
M r5' [ šè]r-tú ÍL-ši

If a fog rolls in in Ab, [the land] will suffer punishment.44
76ʹ
* DIŠ ina ITIKIN IM.DUGUD iq-tur DINGIRMEŠ šab-su-tu4 ana KUR
* GURME-ni
N r22 DIŠ ina ITIKIN IM.DUGUD iq-tur [ -s]u-tu4 ana KUR
GURME-ni
L r8' DIŠ ina ITIKIN DINGIRMEŠ šab-su-t[u4 ]

[ ]
M r6' [ ]
[ ]
If a fog rolls in in Ulūl, the angry gods will come back to the land.

77ʹ
* DIŠ ina ITIDU6 IM.DUGUD iq-tur d+En-líl tés-lit KUR iš-mu-ú
N r23 DIŠ ina ITIDU6 IM.DUGUD iq-tur [d+E]n-líl tés-lit KUR iš-mu-ú
L r9' [ ]-líl tés-lit KUR iš-mu-ú
M r6' [ d+E]n-líl tés-lit KUR iš-mu-ú
If a fog rolls in in Tašrīt, Enlil (will have) heard the petition of the
land.45
78ʹ
* DIŠ ina ITIAPIN IM.DUGUD iq-tur LAL NUMUN ina KUR Ì.GÁL
N r24 DIŠ ina ITIAPIN IM.DUGUD iq-tur [ NU]MUN ina KUR Ì.GÁL
L r9' DIŠ ina ITIAPIN LAL NUMUN ina [ ]
M r7' [ ]
If a fog rolls in in Araḫsamna, there will be fewer offspring in the land.
44
Restored after VAT 9787 : 10' (→ Labat 1965, plate XLVII).
45
The verbal form ‘requires’ two or more gods; text N offers space only for Enlil.
79ʹ
* DIŠ ina ITIGAN IM.DUGUD iq-tur da-na-an e-ri-ia-a-ti
N r25 DIŠ ina ITIGAN IM.DUGUD iq-tur [d]a-na-an e-ri-ia-a-ti
L r10' [ ] ⌈e⌉-ri-ia-a-ti
M r7' [ d]a-na-an e-ri-ia-ti
R 284 r2'f. [ ] ITIGAN IM.DUGUD i[q- d]a-na-an e-ri-ia-[ ]
If a fog rolls in in Kislīm, (that means) an extremeness of cold.
80ʹ
N r26 DIŠ ina ITIAB IM.DUGUD iq-tur AN.MI KUR.KUR
L r10' DIŠ ina ITIAB AN.MI [ ]
M r8' [ ]
R 313 o1 [ ] iq-tur AN.MI [ ]
R 433 o1f. DIŠ ina ITIAB IM.DUGUD iq-tur AN.MI KUR.KUR
If a fog rolls in in Ṭebēt, (there will be) an eclipse (affecting) all the
lands.
81ʹ
N r27 DIŠ ina ITIZÍZ IM.DUGUD iq-tur AN.MI LUGAL Kaš-ši-i
L 11' [ Ka]š-ši-i
M r8' [ ITIZ]ÍZ MIN AN.MI LUGAL Kaš-ši-i
-----
R 98 o1f. DIŠ ina ITIZÍZ IM.DUGUD iq-tur AN.MI KUR Kaš-ši-i
R 328 o5f. [ ] ITIZÍZ IM.DUGUD iq-tur AN.MI Kaš-ši-i
R 385 o1f. [ IT]IZÍZ IM.DUGUD iq-tur AN.MI Kaš-ši-i
R 417 o1f. DIŠ ina ITIZÍZ IM.DUGUD iq-t[ur] AN.MI Kaš-ši-i
If a fog rolls in in Šabāṭ, (there will be) an eclipse (affecting) the king
of the Kassites (reports: land of the K., the K.).
82ʹ
N r28 DIŠ ina ITIŠE IM.DUGUD iq-tur KUR ar-bu-tú DU-ak
L r11' DIŠ ina ITI
ŠE KUR ar-bu-tú [ ]
M r9' [ ]
ŠE IM.DUGUD iq-[ ] KUR ár-bu-tú DU-[ ]
R 353 r1f. DIŠ ina ITI
ŠE IM.DUGUD iq-tur KUR ár-bu-tu DU-ak
ŠE IM.DUGUD iq-tur KUR ⌈ár⌉-bu-tu DU-ak
If a fog rolls in in Addar, the land will go to ruin.
83ʹ
N r29 DIŠ ina ITIDIRI.ŠE IM.DUGUD iq-tur KUR kar-mu-tú DU-ak
L r12' [ ] KUR kar-mu-tú [ ]
M r9' [ ITIDIRI.Š]E MIN KUR kar-mu-tú DU-ak
R 34 o5f. [ ] ITIDIRI.ŠE.KIN.KUD [ ] KUR kar-mu-tú [ ]
_________________________________________________________________
e. tablet 48 191
If a fog rolls in in intercalary Addar, the land will become deserted.
84ʹ
N r30 DIŠ ina KUR IM.DUGUD GÁL-ši nu-ḫuš UNME[Š]
L r13' [ -š]i nu-ḫuš ni-ši
M r10' [ ]
R 98 o3 DIŠ ina KUR IM.DUGUD GÁL-ši nu-ḫuš UNMEŠ
R 178 r1 [ ] IM.DUGUD GÁL-ši nu-ḫuš [ ]
R 313 o2 [ ] nu-ḫuš UNME
R 353 o1 DIŠ ina KUR IM.DUGUD GÁL nu-ḫuš UNMEŠ
If there is fog in the land, (there will be) plenty for the people.
85ʹ
N r31 DIŠ ina KUR IM.DUGUD sa-dir BALA KUR kiš-šú-tú EN-e[l]
L r13' DIŠ ina KUR IM.DUGUD sa-dir BALA [ ]
M r10' [ I]M.DUGUD sa-dir BALA KUR kiš-šu-tú EN-el
R 79 o1f. DIŠ ina KUR I[M ]-d[ir] BALA KUR [ ] i-bé-[ ]
R 98 o4 DIŠ ina KUR IM.DUGUD sa-dir BALA KUR kiš-šú-tú BAD-el
R 113 r5f. [ DUG]UD sa-dir [ ]-tú i-bé-li
R 178 r2f. [ ] KUR IM.DUGUD sa-dir pa-le-e KUR kiš-šú-tú i-bé-el
R 328 o3f. [ ] ina KUR IM.DUGUD sa-dir BALA KUR ŠÚ-tú EN-el
R 332 r1f. DIŠ ina KUR [ ] BALA KUR ŠÚ-⌈tú EN!-el !⌉
R 353 o2f. DIŠ ina KUR IM.DUGUD sa-dir BALA-e KUR kiš-šu-tú EN-el
-----
R 34 o1f. DIŠ ina KUR IM.DUGUD s[a- ] BALA LUGAL KUR ŠÚ [ ]
R 313 o3 [ -di]r BALA KUR kiš-šú-tú
i-kaš-šad
If the fog lasts in the land, the dynasty of the land will rule the world
(R 34: ... the dynasty of the king of the land ...; R 313: ... will achieve supreme
power).
86ʹ
N r32 DIŠ ina KUR IM.DUGUD pa-ri-is UNMEŠ BIR[MEŠ]
L r14' [ -r]i-is UNMEŠ BIRMEŠ
M r11' [ ]
If the fog in the land lifts, the people will become scattered.
87ʹ
* DIŠ ina KUR IM.DUGUD U4-mi ú-sa-dir KI.LAM ina-pu-uš
N r33 DIŠ ina KUR IM.DUGUD U4-mi ú-sa-dir KI.LAM ina-pu-[uš]
L r14' DIŠ ina KUR IM.DUGUD U4 ú-sa-di[r ]
M r11' [ I]M.DUGUD U4-mi ú-sa-dir KI.LAM ina-pu-uš
-----
R 353 o4f. DIŠ ina KUR IM.DUGUD ú-sa-dir KI.LAM ina-pu-⌈uš⌉!
If fog keeps appearing in the land during the day, business will become
abundant.
88ʹ
* DIŠ ina U4 er-pí IM.DUGUD iq-tur ma-qat KUR NIM.MAKI
N r34 DIŠ ina U4 er-pí IM.DUGUD iq-tur ma-qat KUR NIM.M[AKI]
L r15' [ i]q-tur ma-qat KUR NIM.MAK[I]
M r12' [ ] ma-qat NIM.MAKI
R 34 o3f. DIŠ ina U4-me er-pi [ ] ma-qat KUR [ ]
R 353 o6f. DIŠ ina U4 er-pí IM.DUGUD iq-[ ] ma-qat NIM.MAKI
If a fog rolls in on a cloudy day, the declining of Elam (will occur).
89ʹ
* DIŠ ina U4 er-pí IM.DUGUD iq-tur-ma dIŠKUR is-si AN ŠUR EGIR
* MU iḫ-ta-šiḫ
N r35 DIŠ ina U4 er-pí IM.DUGUD [i]q-tur-ma dIŠKUR is-si AN ŠUR EGIR
MU i[ḫ- ]

L r16' [ ] ⌈d⌉IŠKUR is-si AN ŠUR EGIR
MU i[ḫ- ]

M r13' [ A]N ŠUR EGIR
MU iḫ-ta-šiḫ
If a fog rolls in on a cloudy day and Adad shouts, it will rain, (but) the
latter part of the year will be in constant need of it (i.e. rain).
90ʹ
* DIŠ ina dUTU.È IM.DUGUD iq-tur ki-niš ir-bi KUR ḪUL
* KALA.GA IGI-mar
N r36 DIŠ ina dUTU.È IM.DU[GUD] iq-tur ki-niš ir-bi KUR ḪUL
KALA.GA [ ]
L r17' [ k]i-niš ⌈ir⌉-bi KUR ḪUL

KALA.G[A ]
M r14' [ K]UR ḪUL

KALA.GA IGI-mar
If a fog rolls in at sunrise and steadily becomes denser, the land will
experience serious misfortune.
e. tablet 48 193
91ʹ
N r37 DIŠ ina EN.NUN.AN.ÚSA[N] IM.DUGUD iq-tur KUR a-ka-la [ ]
L r18' [ ] KUR a-ka-la [ ]
M r15' [ ]
If a fog rolls in in the evening watch, the land [will ... ] bread.
92ʹ
* DIŠ ina EN.NUN.MURUB4.BA IM.DUGUD iq-tur KUR NINDA-ša
* ŠUB-ši
N r38 DIŠ ina EN.NUN.MURUB4.⌈BA⌉ IM.DUGUD iq-tur KUR NINDA-ša
[ ]
L r19' [ ]
[ ]
M r15' [ E]N.NUN.MURUB4.BA MIN KUR NINDA-ša

ŠUB-ši
If a fog rolls in in the middle watch of the night, as for the land, its
bread will ‘throw’ (= ‘abandon’?) it (sc. the land).
93ʹ
* DIŠ ina EN.NUN.UD.ZAL.LE IM.DUGUD iq-tur KUR ḫa-ru-bé-e
* GU7
N r39 DIŠ ina EN.NUN.UD.ZAL.⌈LE⌉ IM.DUGUD iq-tur KUR ḫa-ru-bé-e
[ ]
L r19' DIŠ ina EN.NUN.UD.ZAL.LE MIN KUR ḫ[a- ]

[ ]
M r16' [ ]-ru-bé-e
GU7
If a fog rolls in in the morning watch, the land will eat carobs.
94ʹ
* DIŠ IM.DUGUD iq-tur [ ] ⌈x x x x⌉ BURU14 ŠE.GIŠ.Ì ina-pu-uš
N r40 DIŠ IM.DUGUD iq-tur [ ] ⌈x x x x⌉ BURU14 ŠE.GIŠ.Ì [ ]
L r20' [ BU]RU14 ŠE.⌈GIŠ.Ì⌉ ina-[ ]
M r17' [ ŠE.GIŠ].⌈Ì⌉ ina-pu-uš
If a fog rolls in and …, the harvest of sesame will become abundant.
95ʹ
* DIŠ IM.DUGUD iq-tur [ BU]RU14? ina-pu-uš
N r41 DIŠ ⌈ IM⌉.DUGUD iq-tur [ BUR]U14? [ ]
L r21' (traces [possibly belonging to the next omen])

M r18' [ BU]RU14? ina-pu-uš
If a fog rolls in [ …, the har]vest (?) will be abundant.
96ʹ
* DIŠ IM.DUGUD iq-tur [ ]x [ ] ŠUB-⌈e⌉ [ ]
N r42 DIŠ IM.DUGUD iq-tur [ ]x [ ]
L r21' (traces [probably belonging to the preceding omen])
M r19' [ ] ŠUB-⌈e⌉ [ ]

If a fog rolls in … abandonment of [the land (?)].
97ʹ
* DIŠ IM.DUGUD iq-tur [ ]x[ ]
N r43 DIŠ IM.DUGUD iq-tur [ ]
M r20' [ ]x[ ]
_________________________________________________________
If a fog rolls in ... .
98ʹ
N r44 DIŠ IM.DUGUD ṣa-al-[ →]
If a fog … .
99ʹ
N r45 DIŠ IM.DUGUD ša IM x[ →]
If a fog which/of …[ →].
100ʹ
N r46 DIŠ IM.DUGUD ša IM x[ →]
101ʹ
N r47 [DIŠ I]M.DUGUD ša IM x[ →]
102ʹ
N r48 [DIŠ IM.DUG]UD? ⌈x⌉ x[ →]
[If a fo]g (?) ...[ →].
e. tablet 48 195
Rev.
(only the left edge of K 9+ is preserved; the numbering is based on lines; as indicated in
the transcription there were (at least in the month sections) in almost all cases two omens
in each line [cf. lines 10'ff.]; a few omens—possibly provided with a commentary—ran
over two lines [see, for example, lines 25'f.]).
Translation:
First, third, and beginning of the fourth section: “If in {month MN} (ditto)
[ … ]”; second section: “If mud [ … ]”; line 9': “If in the sky (?) [ … ]”
1ʹ DIŠ ina [ ]
[ ]
2ʹ DIŠ ina I[TI ]
[ ]
3ʹ DIŠ ina IT[I ]
[ ]
4ʹ DIŠ ina IT[I ]
[ ]
______________________________________________________
5ʹ DIŠ IM.G[Ú? ]
6ʹ DIŠ IM.G[Ú ]
7ʹ DIŠ IM.GÚ [ ]
8ʹ DIŠ IM.GÚ [ ]
9ʹ DIŠ ina AN-⌈e⌉? [ ]
______________________________________________________
10ʹ DIŠ ina ITIBÁR[A ]
[DIŠ ina ITIGU4 ]
11ʹ DIŠ ina ITISIG4 [ ]
[DIŠ ina ITIŠU ]
12ʹ DIŠ ina ITINE [ ]
[DIŠ ina ITIKIN ]
13ʹ DIŠ ina ITIDUL [ ]
[DIŠ ina ITIAPIN ]
14ʹ DIŠ ina ITIGAN [ ]
[DIŠ ina ITIAB ]
15ʹ DIŠ ina ITIZÍ[Z ]
[DIŠ ina ITIŠE ]
______________________________________________________
16ʹ ⌈DIŠ ina ITI⌉B[ÁRA ]
17ʹ DIŠ ina ITIGU4 [ ]
[DIŠ ina ITISIG4 ]
18ʹ DIŠ ina ITIŠU [ ]

[DIŠ ina ITINE ]
19ʹ DIŠ ina ITIKIN MIN [ ]
20ʹ DIŠ ina ITIDUL MIN x[ ]
[DIŠ ina ITIAPIN ]
21ʹ DIŠ ina ITIGAN MIN dIŠKU[R ]

If ditto in Kislīm, Ada[d … ].
22ʹ DIŠ ina ITIAB MIN KUR šá ⌈ma⌉-na-a[ḫ-tu4 →]

If ditto in Ṭebēt, a land which [has experienced (?)] hards[hip →].

23ʹ DIŠ ina ITIZÍZ MIN DINGIRMEŠ KUR ik-x[ ]
If ditto in Šabāṭ, the gods … the land [ ... ].
[DIŠ ina ITIŠE ]
[If (ditto) in Addar, … ].

______________________________________________________
24ʹ DIŠ A.KAL Ì.GIŠ ina KUR IGI-ir x[ ]
______________________________________________________
If a flood of oil is seen in the land, ...[ ... ].
25ʹ DIŠ AN-ú gi-na-a ḫi-il-l[u armū ]

26ʹ DINGIRMEŠ ze-nu-⌈ú⌉-[tu4 ]
If the sky is constantly [veiled] by cloud cover [ ... ], the angry gods
[ ... ].

27ʹ DIŠ AN-ú gi-n[a-a ]
28ʹ KA x[ ]
If the sky (is) const[antly … ], …[ … ].
the remaining lines are too fragmentary for a ‘translation’ (29'–32': “If the sky (?)
...”):
29ʹ DIŠ AN-⌈ú⌉? ⌈x⌉ A [ ]

30ʹ DIŠ AN-⌈ú⌉? [ ]
31' DIŠ AN-⌈ú⌉? [ ]
32ʹ DIŠ AN [ ]
33ʹ DIŠ x[ ]
e. tablet 48 197
34ʹ [ ]
35ʹ DIŠ x[ ]
36ʹ DIŠ x[ ]
37ʹ DIŠ [ ]
38ʹ DIŠ [ ]
39ʹ DIŠ [ ]
40ʹ DIŠ [ ]
Notes:
Lines r25'ff.: Cf. Virolleaud 1910a, 110, line 25 [composite text: K 2847, K 2848, K 7685, and
Rm 2, 589]: ḫi-il-la; K 8085 [unpub.] obv. 18': ḫi-il-lu ár-mu (a commentary on
K 8085 is K 2194; some other entries are to be found in SIT 5 [Gehlken 2007, no.
4]); W 23293/5 [von Weiher 1998, 79–82] rev. 24: ḫi-il-lu! ar-mu; here, the omens
are referred to as ‘non-canonical’.—Destroyed ‘DIŠ AN-ú’ sections are also to
be found, for example, in the fragments K 2239, K 12735, and K 13269.
3. Commentary
a) 82-5-22, 572 (ṣâtu and mukallimtu [obv. 12': UD.UL.DÙ.A NÍG.PÀ.DA])
Lines obv. 13'–25' comment on tablet EAE 48 (cf. Gehlken 2005, 260 and 262f.).—
The two columns are separated by a vertical double line.
Obv.
13ʹ ĝal[ga kúr].ru.uš šá-né-e ṭè-mi
14ʹ [kúr]? du.d[u] [i]t-ku-up LÚKÚR
15ʹ ⌈ma-ṭe⌉?-e KI.⌈LAM⌉ [ ] ma-’a-a-du
16ʹ i-dim
IDIM ⌈MI⌉? ⌈x⌉ UB
17ʹ LAL šá-qu-ú
18ʹ AN.TA 2 [ ]
_____________________________________________________________
19ʹ ḫur-ḫum-ma-⌈tu⌉ x[ ]x
20ʹ šu-ub-[ ] [ ]x[ ]x
21ʹ ḫa-ru-bé-[e] [ ] NI
22ʹ mu-še-lu-ú IMMEŠ [ ] [ ]x IM.4*?.BA GARMEŠ
23ʹ DIŠ U4 ŠÚ-am-ma ⌈i⌉-[ ] [ ] NU
24ʹ IM.DUGUD l[a ] [ ] ŠÚ
25ʹ DIR ma-ḫa-ḫu x[ ] [ ]-ma

___________________________________________________________________
26ʹ UD.UL.DÙ.A NÍG.P[À.DA DUB 50.KAM* DIŠ UD] AN d+En-líl
___________________________________________________________________
(end of the obverse)
Notes:
13': ‘to change one’s mind’; restoration according to CAD Š I 403b (courtesy W. G.
Lambert, Birmingham).
14': cf. Meek 1920, 153 ([K 7626 + K 7627]; courtesy W. G. Lambert, Birmingham);
text S, o9', (o21'), and o33'.
15': cf. line 17'f.
17'f.: LAL / AN.TA / ša-qé-e / ma-ṭe-e in connection with KI.LAM: text S, obv. 11'
(ma-ṭe-e, variant: ša-qé-e), obv. 22' and 23' (ma-ṭe-e), obv. 34' (ma-ṭe-e, variant:
LAL-e), obv. 41' (AN.TA).
19': text S, obv. 56'.
21': text S, obv. 93'.
22': a tiny part of the tablet has now been broken off (compare the copy Meek 1920,
190); mušēlû: rev. 11' and 16'.
23ff'.: see Weidner 1968–1969, 73 under ‘Tafel 49 (50)’ (according to the numbering
of tablets used in this book K 11132 [sic!] belongs to EAE 48 [cf. Gehlken 2005,
257, 260, and 262]).
This EAE commentary, which discusses entries of text S as well as entries of the
main sources of tablet 48, namely BM 36671 and K 11132, clearly shows that text S
is part of the EAE ‘rain and fog tradition’.
f. tablet 49 199
F. Tablet 49
(Wind)
Number of omens: unknown
State of preservation: The incipit of this tablet is attested as catchline in

two texts of EAE 48 (BM 36671 and K 11132) as well as in the commentary
82-5-22, 572 (text ‘a’) as first entry in the section commenting on EAE 49;
furthermore, it might be attested in the ṣâtu commentary K 4777 (text ‘b’,
column iv, line 12'). E. Weidner has already pointed out that no tablet can
be assigned to EAE 49 with certainty because the only text in question
(Sm 511) might equally belong to Iqqur īpuš (§ 99).2 Unfortunately, the
situation has not changed until now; the fragment Sm 511 is therefore only
transcribed with reservation as a main text. As expected, among the
unpublished fragments housed in the British Museum there are several
pieces that might fit in an EAE wind tablet.3 Since, however, this cannot
be proved for any piece, and since—on the basis of the incipit—it can
only be assumed that the subject matter of the majority of the omens was
‘wind’, in section 4 (‘Other Sources’) only the (more extensive) text BM
41006 (‘V1’) will be transcribed as representative of all possible fragments.
1
Under ‘Tafel 50 (51)’.
2
The variant ‘LUGAL’ quoted in R. Labat’s edition of Iqqur īpuš (Labat 1965, § 99, note
8) stems from this very text (Sm 511); as it takes the place of ‘ditto’, which refers to ‘LUGAL’
as well, it does not change anything with regard to the content. BM 36671 (→ EAE 48, catch-
line) shows clearly that i. i. § 99 und EAE 49 have the same beginning.
3
Including such tiny fragments as Sm 1724 or K 14543 (possibly an excerpt; left lower
corner, the surface of the reverse is missing; dimensions: 2.5 × 2.8 x 1, NA script; beginnings
of six lines preserved [each line could have contained two omens], compare text ‘V1’, obv.
24'ff.).
Structure: An outline cannot be presented because no text can with any

certainty be assigned to EAE 49.
Excerpts: cannot be given definitively (cf. the remark under ‘Structure’; see
note 3)
Rikis gerri texts: cannot be given definitively (cf. the remark under
‘Structure’)4
Forerunners:—(cf. the remark under ‘Structure’)
Commentaries: one combined ṣâtu-mukallimtu commentary, possibly
another ṣâtu commentary
Sîn ina tāmartīšu: —(cf. the remark under ‘Structure’)

(for text ‘V1’, see above)
i. i. § 99
‘Reports’ and letters: Altogether four wind omens are attested in ‘reports’
(noted in the transcription of ‘V1’), one of them twice; the two omens
Hunger 1992 [SAA 8] no. 266 : obv. 4ff. and no. 433 : obv. 4f. almost cer-
tainly belong to EAE 49 but cannot be connected to the preserved text.
Sources:
Text
A Sm 511 Nineveh NA ACh 1S 62; AAT 78 1–8

(plate 41)
(can only be classified as a main text with reservation, see above)
Commentaries
a 82-5-22, 572, rev. Nineveh NB Meek 1920, 190f. (see transcription)

(as ‘tablet 49’)
(plate 30)
b K 4777 Nineveh NA ACh 2S 96; (see transcription)
Fragments like K 12383 are possibilities (on the condition that ‘IM [ ... ]’ stands for a
4
certain wind and not for, e.g., ‘IM.[DIR]’ or other expressions).

f. tablet 49 201
Virolleaud 1912, 258f.

(allocation is not absolutely certain)
(plate 11)
Other Sources
V1 BM 41006 Nineveh NB (plate 41) (see the remarks

(= 81-4-28, 553) under ‘State of
preservation’,
above)

[A: 3.7 × 3.3 × 1; only the left upper corner of one side (reverse?!) is pre-
served; widthways about one half of the tablet is missing.
a: 6.2 × 6.9 × 2.6; lower half of the tablet, all edges still exist; com-
ments (in its preserved part) on tablets EAE 47, 48, and 49; the faint hori-
zontal auxiliary lines are not indicated in the transcription.
b: 9.5 × 8.4 × 2.5; altogether four columns are preserved (the left half
of the tablet is missing); the upper edge is undamaged, up to the lower
edge three to four lines are missing, up to the right edge only a few signs.
V1: 8.3 × 14.8 × 2.2; the left edge and the lower edge are preserved; nei-
ther within the upper nor within the right area of the tablet are large parts
missing; the sections of the tablet are separated by horizontal lines; the
additional (faint) ruling is not indicated in the transcription.]
2. Text
Obv.* (Sm 511)

1
* DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA IM.U18.LU DU LUGAL UGU KUR-šú i-lam-mìn
A1 DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA IM.⌈U18⌉.L[U ]
BM 36671 (→ EAE 48):
catchline DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA IM.U18.LU DU LUGAL UGU KUR-šú i-[ ]
K 11132 (→ EAE 48):
catchline DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA IM.U18.LU DU [ ]
commentaries:
a r1 DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA IM.U18.LU DU
b iv12' [DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA IM].⌈U18⌉.LU DU
----
(i. i., VAT 9772):
99 : 1 DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA IM.U18.LU DU LUGAL UGU KUR-šú i-lam-mìn
If the south wind blows in Nisan, the king will become infuriated with
his land.
2 DIŠ ina ITIGU4 2 LUGAL [ ]5

(i. i.: apodosis ‘ditto’)
If ditto in Ajjar, the king [ →].
3 DIŠ ina ITISIG4 2 DUM[U ]

(i. i.: apodosis beginning with ‘DUMU’ as well)
If ditto in Simān, the so[n (?) →].
The apodoses of the following omens are completely broken; only parts of
the protases “If ditto in MN” are preserved (some lines contained two
months):
4 DIŠ ina ITINE 2 [ ]
5 DIŠ ina ITIDU6 ⌈2⌉ [ ]
6 DIŠ ina ITIAPIN [ ]
7 DIŠ ina ITI[ ]
8 DIŠ ina I[TI ]
3. Commentaries
a) 82-5-22, 572 (ṣâtu and mukallimtu [obv. 12': UD.UL.DÙ.A NÍG.PÀ.DA])
The text comments on (at least) the last three EAE weather tablets; EAE 49 cov-
ers the preserved part of the reverse:
The sign ‘LUGAL’ is partly encrusted, the small remaining space after it (before the
5
break) as well.
f. tablet 49 203
Rev.
1 DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA IM.U18.LU DU TA U4 1.KAM* EN U4 30.KAM* DU-ma
2 ila-min i-lam-mìn
3 ŠÁR ra-bu-ú ŠÁR DU UŠ DU Ú

4 šar šar (glosses under ŠÁR)
5 šarŠÁR ma-’a-a-du
6 DUMU.GABA ŠU-u ṣa-aḫ-ru šá UBUR
7 ḪÚL na-ḫa-šú
8 KIN.KIN ši-te-’u-ú
9 AŠ.IKU bu-ru né-su-ú 2 ru-qu-ú
10 [Ø] BAL e-nu-ú
11 [ ] GAR-in EŠ.BAR šá-kin áš-šú ITI gab-bi-šú

DU-ku
12 [ ] DA it-tu4
13 [ ] BA mu-ru-uṣ mar-ṣu I DI IK KA A
14 [ ]x SUR za-mar
15 [ ]x - ú šá-mu-ú da-a-ru áš-šú za-na-an

zu-un-nu

16 [mu - š]á? - ru miṭ-ra-tu4 ki-ru-ú
17 [ ] ḪU áš-šú da-ke-e
18 [ ]x ITI šu-a-tu4 KAM* šu-a-tu4
19 [ ] ina KUR dUTU ZI-ma
20 [ ]x-⌈šu⌉-tu4 áš-šú du-luḫ-ḫe-e

21 [ ]
22 [ (-)ḫ]a-tu4
23 [ ]x[ ]x
Notes:
1: ‘if the south wind blows in Nisan—(explanation:) it blows from the first to the
thirtieth day’; omen A 1.
2: ‘he will become infuriated—he will become infuriated’; omen A 1.
3f.: ‘ŠÁR (with gloss ‘šar’ in line 4) (to become) large—ŠÁR (with gloss ‘šar’ in line 4) ...
(= ?)’.
5: ‘SÁR—to become numerous’.
6: ‘DUMU.GABA (= baby [Sumerian])—dumugabû “bosom child” (translation of the
Sumerian expression)’.
7: ‘ḪÚL—to prosper’.
8: ‘KIN.KIN—to search all over’.
9: First half of the line: two surface measures (1 bū/uru = 18 ikû); second half of
the line: ‘to step back, variant: to hide (raqû D/II)’, because of the spelling prob-
ably not ‘faraway, variant: distant (rūqu)’.
10: ‘BAL—to change’.
11: ‘[a decision] (?) is made—“a decision is made” because of “they go (blow, ...)
all month long”’.
12: ‘[ Ø ] (?) DA—border (itû, ittû) (?)’.
13: ‘[ ... ].BA—illness (status constructus), ill, ... (= ?)’.
14: ‘[ ... ]x.SUR—quickly’; CAD s. v. zamar: ‘[(x) sur]-sur’ (the trace after the break
cannot be part of SUR, but it might belong to the next line).
15: Second half of the line: ‘“perpetual rain” (is used) because of “the falling of
rain”’.
16: ‘garden (?)—orchards (or: fields), garden’.
17: Second half of the line: ‘because of “the raising”’.
18: The broken sign might be ‘GAN’; ‘the aforementioned month, the aforemen-
tioned “KAM*”’.
19: ‘the sun will rise in the land’ (possibly with reference to tīb šēri—daybreak) or
‘at sunrise he (she, ...) will rise [tebû] (or: tear out [nasāḫu])’.
20: ‘[ ... ]... because of “the trouble”’.
b) K 4777 (ṣâtu)
As already mentioned under EAE 45 this ṣâtu comments on several tab-
lets. Lines rev. iv 8'–12' are most probably concerned with EAE 49.
f. tablet 49 205
Rev. iv
_______________________________________________________
8ʹ [ ] AN ú-ša-ru-u
9ʹ [ ]x : d
IŠKUR
10ʹ [ ] : ka-a-a-nu
11ʹ [ ]
12ʹ [ina ŠÀ DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA IM].⌈U18⌉.LU DU

_______________________________________________________
Notes:
8': Possible verbs: šarû, šurru, or šurrû; alternative: ‘AN-ú ša-ru-u’.
9'f.: ]x : Adad; ] : permanent.
The entries cannot be assigned to specific omens. There can be virtually no doubt
that the restoration of line 12' is correct (omen A : 1).
4. Other Sources
Text V1 (BM 41006; see the notes in the introduction)
Obv.
1ʹ [ ]⌈IM⌉.x[ ]
2ʹ [ ] IM.U18.L[U ]
_________________________________________________________________
3ʹ [DIŠ IM.KUR.R]A ina GI6 A[ ]x LA x[ ]6
4' [DIŠ IM.KUR.R]A sur-riš ⌈ZI-ma⌉ ra-a-du ⌈DU⌉? x[ ]
5' [DIŠ IM.KU]R.RA ina GI6 ⌈la⌉ sa-dir a-bu-bu N[U? ]

_________________________________________________________________
6' DIŠ ⌈IM.SI⌉.SÁ GÙ-⌈šú⌉ ŠUB-di KIMIN dIŠKUR ina IM.S[I? ]
7' DIŠ IM.⌈U18⌉.LU GÙ-šú ŠUB-⌈di⌉ [ ]
6
End of the line: possibly ‘la s[a-dir ... ]’ (cf. omen 5').
8' DIŠ IM.KUR.⌈RA⌉ GÙ-šú ŠUB-di [ ]
9' DIŠ IM.MAR.TU GÙ-šú ŠUB-di [ ]

_________________________________________________________________
10' DIŠ IM.KUR.RA ana IM.U18.L[U u]s-saḫ-ḫi-i[r ]
11' DIŠ IM.SI.SÁ ana IM.U18.LU [ ]x7 x[ ]
12' DIŠ IM.SI.SÁ ana IM.KUR.RA UD.D[U]-⌈x⌉ [ ]
13' DIŠ IM.KUR.⌈RA⌉ ana IM.MAR.TU UD.DU-⌈x⌉ [ ]
14' DIŠ IM.⌈U18.LU⌉ DU-ma IM.KUR.RA ⌈GUB⌉-iz ina U4 [ ]

_________________________________________________________________
15' DIŠ IM.SI.SÁ DU-ma IM.KUR.RA GUB-iz ina U4 [ ]
16' DIŠ IM.U18.LU DU-ma IM.KUR.RA GUB.GUB-⌈az⌉ U4 [ ]
17' DIŠ IM.U18.LU i-zi-qam-ma IMME im-x[ ]x8 ú-nap-⌈pa-ḫu⌉ x[ ]
18' DIŠ IM.U18.LU i-zi-qam-ma IM.4*.BA ú-⌈nap⌉-pa-ḫu x[ ]
19' DIŠ IM.U18.LU i-zi-qam-ma dIŠKUR ir!-mu-um ri-iḫ-ṣ[u ]

_________________________________________________________________
20' DIŠ me-ḫe-e IM.U18.LU ZI-am ŠUB KUR M[AR.TUKI]
R 80 r1f. DIŠ me-ḫe-[e I]M.U18.LU it-[ba-am] ŠUB-tì KUR M[AR.TUKI]
21' DIŠ me-ḫe-e IM.SI.SÁ ZI-am ŠUB KUR S[U.BIR4KI]
22' DIŠ me-ḫe-e IM.KUR.RA ZI-am ŠUB KUR [URIKI]
23' DIŠ me-ḫe-e IM.⌈MAR⌉.TU ZI-am ŠUB KUR N[IM.MAKI]

R 31 r5f. DIŠ me-ḫe-e IM.MAR.TU [ ] ŠUB-tì KUR NIM.MA[KI]
R 43 r1f. DIŠ me-ḫe-e IM.MAR.TU ZI-a ŠUB-tì KUR MAR.TUKI
(the second report follows another tradition)
_________________________________________________________________
Possibly ‘D]U’ = ‘[go]es’ (blows).

7
The reading of ‘im-x[ ]x’ is possibly ‘IM.D[I]R’ (“... and the winds tower up (?) / blow
8
away (?) [*npḫ D/II] clouds”).

f. tablet 49 207
24' DIŠ me-ḫu-ú ZI-ma ana IM.U18.LU is-ḫur [Ø] dIŠKUR KUR
NI[M.MAKI ]
25' DIŠ me-ḫu-ú ZI-ma ana IM.SI.SÁ is-ḫur [Ø] dIŠKUR KUR
SU.[BIR4KI ]
26' DIŠ me-ḫu-ú ZI-ma ana IM.KUR.RA is-ḫur dIŠKUR KUR

URI[KI ]
27' [DIŠ] me-ḫu-ú ZI-ma ana IM.MAR.TU is-ḫur ⌈dIŠKUR⌉ KUR

MA[R.TUKI ]
___________________________________________________________________
28' [DIŠ] me-ḫe-e IM.U18.LU A.AN ú-šá-az-na-an [ ]
29' [DIŠ] me-ḫe-e IM.SI.SÁ MIN MI[N ]
30' [DIŠ m]e-ḫe-e IM.KUR.RA MIN [ ]
31ʹ [DIŠ me-ḫ]e-e IM.MAR.TU MIN [ ]

___________________________________________________________________
32ʹ [DIŠ IM].⌈U18⌉.LU i-zi-qam-ma ana IM.x[ ]
33ʹ [DIŠ IM.SI.S]Á? MIN [ ]
34ʹ [DIŠ IM.KUR.R]A? MIN [ ]
35ʹ [DIŠ IM.MAR.T]U? MIN [ ]

___________________________________________________________________
36' [ ]⌈IM⌉.4 ⌈TA⌉ I[M? ]
37' (probably no further line with writing)
Rev.
1 [ ]x TI x[ ]9
2 [ E]ZEN TI [ ]10
9
The first sign could be ‘EZEN’ (cf. the next omen).
There are several possible readings; not indexed.
10
3 [ ]x A AN TA EZE[N ]11
4 [ Ú]R12 IM.⌈MAR.TU⌉/⌈SI.SÁ⌉ x[ ]
------------------------------------- line? ----------------------------------------------
5 [DIŠ I]M.U18.[[LU]]? [ ]
6 [DIŠ I]M.SI [ ]
7 [DIŠ] IM.KUR [ ]
8 DIŠ IM.MAR [ ]
9 DIŠ IM.ḪUL [ ]
10 DIŠ IM me-ḫu!-ú [ ]
11 DIŠ IM A GA MU DIR [Ø?] [ ]
12 DIŠ IM.⌈U18⌉[ ] [ ]
13 DIŠ IM.S[I ] [ ]
14 DIŠ IM.KU[R ] [ ]
15 DIŠ IM.M[AR ] [ ]
_________________________________________________________________
16 DIŠ IM Z[I ]x ⌈x⌉ A ⌈x⌉ [ ]
17 DIŠ ⌈IM⌉ Z[I ]x NE ⌈x⌉ [ ]
18 DIŠ ⌈IM⌉ Z[I-m]a? ⌈x⌉? KAL/DIR [ ]
19 DIŠ ⌈IM⌉ Z[I-m]a? ⌈ x x ⌉ [ ]
20 [ ] ⌈ZI⌉? [ ] ⌈x x⌉ [ ]
Translation
1ʹ) [ ... such and such] wind [ ... ]. 2ʹ) [ ... ] the sou[th] wind [ ... ]. 3ʹ) [If the eas]t
[wind] ... at night ...[ ... ]. 4ʹ) [If the eas]t [wind] rises quickly and a cloudburst
occurs (?) ...[ ... ]. 5ʹ) [If the e]ast [wind] does not blow constantly in the night, a
Ibid.
11
Possibly ‘[AN.Ú]R’ = horizon.

12
f. tablet 49 209
(devastating) flood (will) no[t (?) ... ]. 6ʹ) If the north wind howls, variant: if Adad
[ ... ] in the no[rth (?) ... ]. 7ʹ) If the south wind howls [ ... ]. 8ʹ) If the east wind
howls [ ... ]. 9ʹ) If the west wind howls [ ... ]. 10ʹ) If the east wind shifts to the south
[ ... ]. 11ʹ) If the north wind [ ... ]... towards the south, ...[ ... ]. 12ʹ) If the north wind
leaves for the east, [ ... ]. 13ʹ) If the east wind leaves for the west, [ ... ]. 14ʹ) If the
south wind blows and the east wind is still, during the day13 [ ... ]. 15ʹ) If the north
wind blows and the east wind is still, during the day14 [ ... ]. 16ʹ) If the south wind
blows and the east wind keeps still again and again, the day [ ... ]. 17ʹ) If the south
wind blows and the winds ... blow gustily, ...[ ... ]. 18ʹ) If the south wind blows and
the four winds blow gustily, ...[ ... ]. 19ʹ) If the south wind blows and Adad roars,
devast[ation ... ]. 20ʹ) If a violent storm rises in the south, the fall of A[murru (will
occur)]. 21ʹ) If a violent storm rises in the north, the fall of S[ubartu (will occur)].
22ʹ) If a violent storm rises in the east, the fall of [Akkad (will occur)]. 23ʹ) If a
violent storm rises in the west, the fall of E[lam (will occur)]. 24ʹ) If a violent storm
rises and turns to the south, Adad [will devastate (?)] E[lam]. 25ʹ) If a violent
storm rises and turns to the north, Adad [will devastate (?)] Su[bartu]. 26ʹ) If a
violent storm rises and turns to the east, Adad [will devastate (?)] Akka[d]. 27ʹ)
If a violent storm rises and turns to the west, Adad [will devastate (?)] Am[urru].
28ʹ) If a violent south storm brings rain, [ ... ]. 29ʹ) If a violent north storm ditto,
dit[to ... ]. 30ʹ) If a violent east [s]torm ditto [ ... ]. 31ʹ) If a violent west [st]orm
ditto [ ... ]. 32ʹ) If the south [wind] blows and [ ... ] to(wards) s[uch and such]
direction (?), [ ... ]. 33ʹ) [If the nor]th (?) [wind] ditto, [ ... ]. 34ʹ) [If the ea]st (?)
[wind] ditto, [ ... ]. 35ʹ) [If the wes]t (?) [wind] ditto, [ ... ]. 36ʹ) [ ... ] the west wind
from (?) ...[ ... ].
Rev.
(Beginning too broken for a translation), 4) [ ... ]... the west / north wind ...[ ... ]. 5) If
the south [wi]nd [ ... ]. 6) If the north [wi]nd [ ... ]. 7) If the east wind [ ... ]. 8) If the
west wind [ ... ]. 9) If the ‘evil wind’ [ ... ]. 10) If wind (and) violent storm [ ... ]. 11)
If wind ...15 [ ... ]. 12) If the south wind [ ... ]. 13) If the nor[th] wind [ ... ]. 14) If the
ea[st] wind [ ... ]. 15) If the we[st] wind [ ... ]. 16) If wind ris[es ... ]... [ ... ]. 17) If
wind ris[es ... ]... [ ... ]. 18) If wind ris[es an]d (?) ... [ ... ]. 19) If wind ris[es an]d (?)
... [ ... ]. 20) ... rises (?) ... .
13
The translation depends on the broken signs.
14
Ibid.
15
Presumably a qualification of the wind (layout of the tablet), not a sentence (with
agû or agammu); not indexed.
210 The Series Rikis gerri
III. The Series Rikis Gerri
The series Rikis gerri Enūma Anu Enlil (henceforth ‘RG’)—literally ‘band
for the path through Enūma Anu Enlil’ or, translated more freely, ‘guide-
line for the sequence of the omens in Enūma Anu Enlil’—has not yet been
published in its entirety. The reason is obvious: as long as EAE itself is not
edited in a coherent form the edition of an excerpt series, which more-
over survived only in fragments, cannot be tackled. Therefore no attempt
will be made here either to present a final evaluation or even a complete
publication of the preserved parts.
The RG texts are connected in the same way as they are in a typical
Babylonian series (i.e. by catchlines and tablet numbers). ACh, Sîn 15, 12f.
may serve as an example:
[DIŠ ina] ITIBÁRA AN.MI 20 GAR-un ina MU BI LUGAL Ú[Š] catchline

DUB 6.KÁM ri-kis ger-ri UD AN d+En-líl tablet no. and title of the series
The number of tablets is unknown, but—as is the case with every excerpt
series—it cannot be very high (perhaps up to twelve tablets); this accords
with the attested tablet numbers and the preserved incipits. The RG tab-
lets often contain small blocks of omens (about 2–4 omens) which also
follow one another in the main series;1 however, the sequence of these
blocks does not reflect the correct order of the omens in the main series.2
As Weidner has already suggested, it was the purpose of this series to
arrange the most important omens in such a way that the reader is pro-
vided with an easy and rapid overview.3 This assumption is supported by
1
See, for example, van Soldt 1995, 16 ad Bu. 83-1-18, 412+: ‘groups of four omens’.
2
See below, section 4, text ‘RGb’, part II, omens 14'ff.: the sequence of the EAE tablets
from which the omens are quoted in the RG text is (with some omissions) EAE 36, EAE 24,
EAE 26, ..., EAE 36. On this point E. Weidner was wrong; however, he never claimed to
have studied the RG series systematically (Weidner 1941–1944, 182). Weidner’s opinion,
sometimes slightly modified, has been generally accepted (see, e.g., Koch-Westenholz
1995, 82).
3
Weidner 1941–1944, 182.
The Series Rikis gerri 211
the fact that occasionally an omen functions as a ‘key omen’, which, as

clearly indicated by the layout, is further explained or substantiated by
indented ‘supplementary’ omens.4 The omens are quoted exactly as they
appear in the main series.5
There are of course no separate commentaries on the series RG; the
question of whether excerpt texts existed cannot be answered yet.
The series RG is explicitly listed in the ‘Late Assyrian Catalogue of
Literary and Scholarly Texts’, K 14067 + Rm 150.6
2. Sequence of the Tablets

Unlike in the main series EAE, the sequence of the tablets of the ‘guideline
series’ RG can hardly be restored with the aid of theoretical consider-
ations or plausibility arguments. The reasons are quickly expounded: on
the one hand, as already stated in section 1, the order of the omens is not
in accordance with the sequence of omens used in EAE itself, which
means that no ordering of the omens according to thematic criteria can
be made; on the other hand there are not enough tablets with a specific
serial number preserved.
Fragments can only definitely be assigned to RG 6 and RG 7; the assign-
ment of fragments to RG 4 and RG 5 remains doubtful.
RG 4
Possible representatives are the two fragments K 10616 and K 11994 (pub-
lished in BPO 3 [Reiner–Pingree 1998], 266–268). A broken tablet number
is preserved on K 11994, line 8'; it cannot belong to SIT 4, the end of which
is known (cf. Gehlken 2007, 4); SIT 14, if it should have existed at all, can-
not be checked. The fragment did not belong to an EAE tablet (numbers
[n*10] + 4), but it cannot be ruled out that it may have belonged to an aḫû
tablet. Contents: Venus omens.
4
Cf. K 2271+ (part of text ‘RGb’, → section 4) ii 10'ff. (= omens 8'ff.). The type of page
layout which is observed here (double lines for separating columns, another line for the
beginning of the ‘key omens’, a fourth line for the beginning of the additional omens)
seems to be characteristic in general for the series RG although a comparable layout is to
be found in other texts as well (see, for example, Weidner 1954–1956, plate IV [EAE 22]).
The title of the series—Rikis gerri Enūma Anu Enlil—is obviously always written without
the ‘DIŠ’ sign.
5
Omens interspersed with commentaries, variants (see section 4, text ‘RGb’, omen
III-18) or occasional short forms (see ditto, omen II-15') are ‘permitted’ (as in EAE itself).
6
Lambert 1976, 314. A copy of Rm 150 was published by S. Langdon as early as in 1931
(Langdon 1931, p. 136).
RG 5
If the assumptions expressed under ‘RG 4’ are valid, RG 5 would begin
with Venus omens (‘dEŠ4.DAR’ appears in the fragmentary catchline of
RG 4; of course, as a possible ‘ina ŠÀ line’ this line could also refer to the
beginning of RG 4 itself). No tablet can be definitely assigned to RG 5, but
Sm 575 + Sm 2155 (ACh S 14, AAT 78) has a destroyed catchline which
could be the incipit of RG 6 (the space available would certainly permit
this possibility).
RG 6
K 5280 (ACh S 15, AAT 12). It is explicitly stated in the colophon that this
tablet is RG 6:
‘DUB 6.KAM* ri-kis ger-ri UD AN d+En-líl’.
The tablet treats stars, lunar eclipses, and halo features. The catchline of
K 5280 provides the incipit of RG 7, q. v.
RG 7
Incipit (see RG 6):
‘[DIŠ ina] ITIBÁRA AN.⌈MI⌉ 20 GAR-un ina MU BI LUGAL Ú[Š]?’.
No text can be assigned to this tablet. E. Weidner’s conjecture, according
to which the incipit given above is identical with that of EAE 31 proves, on
closer inspection, to be incorrect (Weidner 1968–1969, 67).
Some further incipits which cannot be assigned to specific tablet numbers:

a
‘[← ]x TÙR 1 UL IGI 30 GUB LUGAL KÚR AŠ.TE DAB’.
It is not absolutely certain whether this is an incipit (text: Sm 1267; see
Reiner–Pingree 1981, no. 6); according to the colophon the tablet defi-
nitely belongs to the series RG.
b
‘DIŠ ina SAG MU 20 KAxMI [ →]’.
(Sm 2189 [ACh Š 13, AAT 54f.]; the (uncertain) incipit is from K 3599 + K
12453, which partly overlaps Sm 2189 [see Š 13, catalogue]).
c
‘[← A]N.MI EN.NUN.UD.ZAL.L[E ]’.
This line is possibly not an incipit, but definitely it belongs to the RG
tablet K 3163 (ACh S 16, AAT 73), which is dealt with in 81-2-4, 226
(Virolleaud 1910a, 119 and 122). The texts provide the remainder of the
beginning of another RG tablet:
d
‘[← ] di-ḫu u di-lip-tú ina KUR GÁL-ši’.
(→ under ‘c’).
3. Catalogue
Criteria that confirm a text as belonging to the Rikis gerri series have
already been given in the introduction. The following list contains the
tablets discussed above, plus a small selection of additional texts.
(81-2-4, 226)
83-1-18, 412 → K 6243+
BM 34685
K 2271 + ? + ? (+) K 5915 + K 12355 (+) K 18437
K 2300 + K 6444 + K 7045 (+)? Sm 1669
K 3163
K 3521 + K 3764 (?)
K 3599 + K 12453
K 3764 → K 3521+
K 3780 (+) K 6227 (?)
K 5280
K 5915 + K 12355 → K 2271+
K 6227 → K 3780+
K 6243 + K 6927 + K 8936 + K 9535 + K 12455 + 83-1-18, 412
K 6444 → K 2300+
K 6927 → K 6243+
K 7045 → K 2300+
K 8936 → K 6243+
K 9535 → K 6243+
(K 10616)
K 11994
K 12453 → K 3599+
K 12355 → K 5915+
K 12455 → K 6243+
K 18437 → K 2271+
Rm2, 122
Sm 575 + Sm 2155
Sm 1267
Sm 1669 → K 2300+
Sm 2155 → Sm 575+
Sm 2189
4. Two Selected Rikis gerri Tablets

In the main part of this study several omens of the texts Rm 2, 122 (‘RGa’)
and K 6243+ (‘RGb’) have been quoted. The full transcription of those
texts (with some additional references to other EAE tablets) is presented
here for the sake of completeness. The serial numbers of RGa and RGb are
unknown.
1) ‘RGa’ (Rm 2, 122 [ACh 1S 59]; plates 42 and 43)
The text contains omens—no commentaries—from different weather

tablets (especially EAE 46). Since no ‘unifying topic’ can be determined,
there is much to be said for it belonging to the Rikis gerri series.7
Dimensions: 8.1 × 8.2 × 2.7; lower half of the tablet, all edges preserved;
parts of the obverse are encrusted.
A related source (quoting several dust omens):

‘A’ K 6245 + 79-7-8, 179 (+)? K 11047 (description under tablet EAE 47), relevant
here: 79-7-8, 179, column iii (= ACh A 36; Craig 1899 [AAT] 63, col. b; line 1' (traces)
is missing in ACh, lines 1' and 2' are missing in the copy of AAT; line 1 [AAT] = line
3' [transcription]); for the time being these dust omens cannot be assigned to a
specific EAE tablet.
Obv.
(A 1' (trace) )
(A 2' [DIŠ] ⌈MIN⌉ IM.U19 DU [ ])
1' [ ]x MA x[ ]
(A 3' DIŠ MIN IM.SI D[U ])
2' [ ] SAḪARMEŠ SA5MEŠ[ ]

3' [ ] AN [ ]
7
Cf. apart from E. Weidner’s classification of texts belonging to EAE (Weidner 1941–
1944, 182) the remarks on the organization of the series given by F. Rochberg-Halton (~
1988, 174, note 3).
A 4' DIŠ MIN SAḪARMEŠ SA5[MEŠ ]

A 5' U4 7.KÁM U4.SA9.A.AN [ ]
4' [ ] BURU14 KUR NU SI.[SÁ]

A 6' DIŠ MIN SAḪARMEŠ BABBARMEŠ MIN [ ]
5' DIŠ MIN S[AḪAR MEŠ

GI6] MEŠ
ZÚ.LUM.MA u ŠE.GIŠ.Ì SI.[SÁMEŠ]
A 7' DIŠ MIN SAḪAR MEŠ
GI6 MEŠ
MIN ZÚ.LUM.[ ]
6' DIŠ MIN SAḪARMEŠ SIG7MEŠ d

É-a ina KI AN.MI GAR-a[n]
A 8' DIŠ MIN SAḪAR MEŠ
SIG7 MEŠ
MIN dÉ-[a ]
(A 9' DIŠ MIN AN šal-gu ŠUR-nun [ ])

___________________________________________________________________
7' DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú ina ITI⌈GU4⌉? ina dUTU.<UD>.DU.A ŠUB MU
1.KAM* A.KAL x[ ]
8' ⌈x⌉ KUDMEŠ-ma ŠUB-tì ÁB.GU4.ḪI.A u U8.UDU.ḪI.A
9' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU dDil-bad GÙ-šú ŠUB MU 15.KAM* IDIMMEŠ ina
KUR KUDMEŠ
(this omen should be in the missing part of EAE 46)
10' [DIŠ] ⌈d⌉IŠKUR ina ⌈MÚRU⌉ dIMIN.BI GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma ⌈MUL⌉MEŠ

7-šú-nu ana KI-tì
11' [ ] ⌈d⌉IŠKUR šá A.AB.BA ḫar-gul-li-šú ḪE.ḪE
ŠINIG GIŠ
12' [ ]ME(?) a-šá-⌈re⌉-du-ti ú-nap-pa-aṣ

13' [ ] É ŠEŠ KI ŠEŠ-šú LÚ KI LÚ
nam-ga(TA)-ri(NAM)
14' [ K]I nam-ga(TA)-ru-šá PA5 KI
a-tap-pi-šá
15' [ ].KAM* LÚ UZU LÚ GU7 LÚ KUŠ
LÚ MU4.MU4!
(EAE 46 : 1)
16' [ ]x-tam-mir AB.SÍN GÚ+UN-sa

ú-šab-šá
(probably EAE 46 : 10ʹ)
17' [DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU MULSIPA.Z]I.AN.NA GÙ-šú ŠUB-di

DINGIRMEŠ ana KUR ARHUŠ TUK-ši
(EAE 46 : 20ʹ)
18' [ G]Ù-šú ŠUB-di LUGAL

⌈NIM⌉.MAKI ina GIŠTUKUL ŠUB-ma
19' [UNMEŠ KUR pa-š]á-ḫa IGIM[EŠ]
(EAE 46 : 42')
Rev.
1 [DIŠ dIŠKUR MUL
T]I8?MUŠEN GÙ-šú ŠUB-di dIŠKUR u
U+GUR ina KUR G[U7 ]
d
(cf. EAE 46 : 43')
2 [ ]x ŠUB TIL BALA na-zaq KUR
3 [ ]x ŠUB ŠUB GIŠŠINIG u GIŠGAR.MAŠ
4 [ ]x GÙ-šú ŠUB A.KAL DIR/SA5

DU-ma BURU14 KUR SI.SÁ
_____________________________________________________________
5 [DIŠ dIŠK]UR ⌈KI 30⌉ u MUL.MUL šit-qul A.ANMEŠ ⌈x⌉ MEŠ
(the omen is probably also to be found in K 11089 [→ EAE 46, V2 rev. 12'])
6 [DIŠ d]IŠKUR ana É.ŠÁR.RA ma-gal KU4.KU4 A.AN NU ŠUR ŠE

⌈iq-qir⌉
7 MÁŠ.⌈ANŠE⌉ ḪA.A URU LUGAL u UNMEŠ-šú ḪA.AMEŠ
BAD5.BAD5 NU x[ ]
8 ina 15 dSAG.ME.GAR GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma NIM.GÍR
ú-šab-[ ]
_____________________________________________________________
9 DIŠ dIŠKUR ana É.KUR TIL KU4.KU4 A.AN GÁL BURU14 KUR
SI.SÁ x[ ]MEŠ
10 SILIM AN.MI LUGAL NIM.MA LUGAL URIKI
MEŠ
me-li-x[ ]
11 ina šu-pal SAG.ME.GAR GÙ-šú
d
[ ]
[ ]
12 DIŠ dIŠKUR ana ma-ḫar dÉ-a KU4.KU4 A.ANMEŠ u A.KAL[MEŠ ]
[ ]
13 SI.SÁ KI.LAM GI.NA ḪÉ.NUN ina KUR GÁ L x[ ]
14 TA MULKU6 ina šèr-ti u d30 la-a[m ]
15 ⌈DIŠ d⌉IŠKUR KI 30 uš-ta-dir A.AN NU ŠUR-n[un? ]

(cf. K 68 obv. 12)
16 [ ]⌈x x x⌉ d
IŠKUR x[ ]
_____________________________________________________________
17 [ ]x NA BI MU ⌈3⌉ [ ]
18 [ ]x ⌈x x x⌉ x[ ]
Note the sequence Ešarra (‘heaven’, rev. 6), Ekur (‘earth’, rev. 9), Ea (under-
world, rev. 12).
2) ‘RGb’
The text exists in two copies (overlapping); the beginning and the end are
missing.
First copy (‘A’): K 6243 + K 6927 + K 8936 + K 9535 + K 12455 + 83-1-18, 412
The left, lower and right edge are partly preserved; lengthways the first copy is
nearly completely preserved; the part 83-1-18, 412 + K 9535 has already been dis-
cussed by W. van Soldt (see van Soldt 1995, index and plate 2 [photo of the
obverse]).
Second copy (‘B’): K 2271 + ? + ? (+) K 5915 + K 12355 (+) K 18437
Three flat pieces (only one side preserved); a small part of the right edge of
K 2271+ is extant.
Division of the text:

Part I: upper half of the obverse of the first copy (missing), column i of
the second copy [K 2271+]
Part II: lower half of the obverse of the first copy, column ii of the second
copy [K 2271+]
Part III: upper half of the reverse of the first copy, column iii of the sec-
ond copy [= ‘ii’ of K 5915+]
Part IV: lower half of the reverse of the first copy, column iv of the second
copy [= ‘i’ of K 5915+; almost completely missing]
K 18437: small fragment, definitely belongs to K 2271/K 5915 (transcription

at the end of this chapter)
Catalogue:
83-1-18, 412 ACh 2S 39; van Soldt 1995 (see above); plate:
→ K 6243
K 2271 ACh 2S 105b; plate 46
K 5915 –; plates 46 and 47
K 6243 –; plates 44 and 45
K 6927 –; plate: → K 6243
K 8936 ACh 2S 105a; plate: → K 6243
K 9535 van Soldt 1995 (see above); plate: → K 6243
K 12355 –; plate: → K 5915
K 12455 –; plate: → K 6243
K 18437 –; plates 46 and 47
Structure:
part I (only ends of apodoses)
part II ...
DIŠ U4 MÚŠ-šú
ḫa-dir-ma
ad-riš
...
Á IM.n
a-dir-ma
DIŠ AŠ.ME ša gi-na-a
DIŠ 20 KUR-ma
ina IGI.LÁ-šú
...
ad-riš
it-tan-na-dir
DIŠ ina U4-mi
...
DIŠ U4 SI-šú ŠUB-ma
DIŠ ad-riš
DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA
DIŠ (TA) U4 ...
part III DIŠ AN.MI GAR-ma
—several ‘DIŠ ina ITI(MN)’ and ‘DIŠ (TA) U4.n.KAM*’ omens (mixed),
in between DIŠ UD.DA a-dir, DIŠ 20 ..., and DIŠ ina SAG MU
DIŠ 30 AN.MI
DIŠ 30 u 20 UD.DA-su-nu
DIŠ 20 ina U4
DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA
...
DIŠ U4 a-dir-ma
is-si-ma
ŠÚ-ma
DIŠ e-nu-ma
DIŠ dIŠKUR ina KUR 20
...
DIŠ dIŠKUR GIM
...
DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU
...
part IV ...
DIŠ dIŠKUR ...
DIŠ e-nu-ma
...
Transcription
(numbering by omens, in destroyed parts inevitably by lines)
part I (only preserved in K 2271 i [second copy])
1' [ ]x
2' [ ] GÁL
3' [ ]x ⌈KUD⌉?-su
4' [ ]x-tú
5' [ ]x DU (⌈È⌉ ?)
6' [ ]x ḪA.A
7' [ ] ⌈ú⌉-ta-šar8
8' [ ú]-ta-šar
9' [ ] ḪA.A
This verbal form occurs several times in part I; *wšr (ūtaššar) seems to be the best
8
choice (present tense because the verb occurs at the end of successive lines, which means
that it is part of the apodosis; verba I Nun would additionally require double ‘t’; the syllable
‘šar’ is written with the sign ‘EZEN’, which may also stand for ‘SAR’); other possible roots
are, e.g., *’ḫr, (*n’r), *nḫr, (*nsr) or *nšr.
10' [ ] ⌈ú⌉-ta-šar
11' [ ] ⌈ú⌉-ta-šar
12' [ ]xMEŠ
13' [ ú-t]a?-šar
14' [ AN.T]A.LÙ
15' [ AN.M]I GAR-an
16' [ ]x A.AN NU ⌈GÁL⌉?
17' [ ] AN.MI GA[R ]
18' ] LUGAL É.GAL-šú ú-[ ]

(see line 21')
19' [ ]xMEŠ GALGA KUR ana MÍ.ḪUL

GALGA x[ ]
(cf. K 2249 [EAE 36], obv. 31' and rev. 14')
20ʹ [ ]x-bi AN ŠUR-nu[n]
21' [ ]x-šú ú-ta-šar MAN GAZ

(see line 18'; probably in both cases “the king: his palace will be abandoned”)
22' [ ]x-na DÙG.GA A.AN ip-pa-šàḫ

(ippaššaḫ makes more sense than ippaqqid)
23' [ ]x KUD me-ḫu-u ZI.A
24' [ ] KIMIN ZI-ut MAR.TUKI
25' [ ]x KUD ZI-ut IM.⌈KUR⌉.RA
26' [ ]x dUTU.ŠÚ.A KUD IM.3 (?) ⌈x x⌉
27' [ ]x MA RI U4 ŠÚ [ ]
28' [ ]x ŠÚ KUD IM.KUR.RA ⌈IM⌉ [ ]

29' (traces)
part II
1'
B 1' [ ]x x[ ]
2'
B 2' DIŠ U4 UD.DA-s[u ]
B 3' U4 IM.MAR.T[U ]
3'
B 4' DIŠ U4 MÚŠ-šú uk-ku-l[u ]
(cf. K 50 [SIT 6 (Gehlken 2007, p. 4): comments on EAE 36 and 37] : 31 and
K 2249 [EAE 36] : 6')9
4'
* DIŠ U4 UD.DA-su uk-ku-lat ⌈A.AN⌉? (traces) ⌈A.KALMEŠ⌉
* (traces) [ ]
B 5' DIŠ U4 UD.DA-su uk-ku-lat ⌈A.AN⌉? [ ]

[ ]
A 1' [ ] (traces) ⌈A.KALMEŠ⌉

(traces) [ ]
5'
* DIŠ U4 ḫa-dir-ma dIŠKUR MU7.MU7 dIŠKUR BURU14 KUR RA-iṣ
* EGIR MU (1.KAM*) me-reš-tú [ ]
(me-šìr-tú)
B 6' DIŠ U4 ḫa-dir-ma dIŠKUR MU7.MU7 dIŠ[KUR ]

B 7' EGIR MU me-reš-t[ú ]
A 2' [ ].⌈ MU7⌉ dIŠKUR BURU14 KUR RA-iṣ

EGIR MU 1.KAM* me-šìr-t[ú ]10
(K 2874 [EAE 36] : 2; = part III : 19 )
Ad SIT 6 cf. Frahm 2011, 158.

9
‘mēreštu’ (cultivated field), ‘me/iširtu’ (produce of the sea and rivers): AHw 1575b,
10
CAD M II 124b.
6'
* DIŠ U4 is-si-ma 20 a-dir dBAD SU.GU7 ina KUR [ ]
B 8' DIŠ U4 is-si-ma 20 a-dir dBAD SU.G[U7 ]
A 3' [ ] a-dir d+En-líl SU.GU7 ina KUR [ ]
(= part III : 20; K 4026 [SIT 5] : r8'; BM 46230 : 14'; cf. K 12366 [fragmentary];
see K 75+ : 6)
7'
* DIŠ U4 ŠÚ dIŠKUR i-šag-gúm AN ŠUR-nun : ÚMEŠ
* BABBARMEŠ
B 9' DIŠ U4 ŠÚ dIŠKUR i-šag-gúm AN ŠUR-nun : ÚMEŠ
B[ABBARMEŠ]
A 4' [ ] i-šag-gúm AN ŠUR-nun KIMIN ÚMEŠ

B[ABBARMEŠ]
(= part III : 21; K 2249 [EAE 36] : r7')
8'
* DIŠ U4 ad-riš È IM.DIR ik-ṣur dIŠKUR RA-iṣ
B 10' DIŠ U4 ad-riš È IM.DIR ik-ṣur dIŠKUR R[A-iṣ]
A 5' [ ] ⌈È⌉ IM.DIR ik-ṣur dIŠKUR R[A-iṣ]
9'
* DIŠ U4 ina la ŠID MEŠ-šú IM.DIR ik-ta-ṣar ŠE NIM : KUR
* NIM dIŠKUR RA
B 11' DIŠ U4 ina la ŠID MEŠ -šú IM.DIR ik-ta-ṣar ŠE NIM : KUR
NIM dIŠKUR ⌈RA⌉
A 6' [ -š]ú IM.DIR ik-ta-ṣar ŠE NIM : KUR
NIM dIŠKUR R[A]
10ʹ
* DIŠ ina U4 la ŠÚ A.AN ŠUR-nun BURU14 NU GIŠ
* : KI.LAM TUR
B 12' DIŠ ina U4 la ŠÚ A.AN [[NU]]? ŠUR-nun BURU14 NU GIŠ
: KI.LA[M] TUR
A 7' [ A.A]N ŠUR-nun BURU14 NU SI.SÁ

: KI.LAM TUR
(cf. K 2249 [EAE 36] : r33')
11ʹ
* DIŠ ina U4 la ŠÚ A.AN ŠUR-nun KUR SU.GU7 TUR-ár
B 13' DIŠ ina U4 la ŠÚ A.AN ŠUR-nun KUR SU.G[U7 ]
A 8' [ Š]UR-nun KUR SU.GU7 TUR-ár
(K 2874 : r8'; K 2249 : r34' [both EAE 36])
12ʹ
* DIŠ ina la ŠIDMEŠ-šú A.AN ŠUR-an KI.DURU5 NU SI.SÁ
* KI.LAM NU SIG5
* (:) KI.LAM NU GI.NA
B 14' DIŠ ina la ŠIDMEŠ-šú A.AN ŠUR-an KI.DURU5 NU SI[ ]

[ ]
B 15' : KI.LAM [ ]
A 9' [ ]⌈AN ŠUR-an⌉ K[I.D]URU5 NU SI.SÁ

KI.LAM NU SIG5
KI.LAM NU GI.NA
* ši-a-ri GÁL-ma 20 ina la ŠIDMEŠ-šú ŠÚ IM.MAR.TU GI6

* SU DU-ik11
B 16' ši-a-ri GÁL-ma 20 ina la ŠIDME[Š
]
[ ]
A 10' [ ] ⌈GÁL⌉-ma 20 ina la ŠIDMEŠ-šú ŠÚ IM.MAR.TU GI6

SU DU-ik
* 20 DU DU ŠÚ IGI.BAR-ma KUR-šú KIN EŠ21 MEŠ

* ⌈x⌉ AN.MI GAR-ma LUGAL ÚŠ-ma
* KUR in-niš-ši12
B 17' 20 DU DU ŠÚ IGI.BAR-ma KUR-šú ⌈KIN⌉ E[Š21 ]

[ ]
B 18' KUR [ ]
A 11' [ D]U ŠÚ IGI.BAR-ma KUR-šú KIN EŠ21 MEŠ

⌈x⌉ AN.MI GAR-ma LUGAL ÚŠ-ma
KUR in-niš-ši
11
The sign ‘IGI’ seems to have been written in a slightly smaller script; is it just a check
mark? In this case the beginning would be ‘a-ri-ik-ma 20 ...’. The meaning of the sign group
‘GI6 (MI) SU’ is not clear.
12
Parts of the first half of this entry remain obscure; KIN EŠ21 → DARA4?
13ʹ
* [ ]x-ma 20 ina GI6 ŠÚ SU.GU7 GAR NAM.ÚŠ i-mat13
B 19' [ ] GI6 ŠÚ SU.G[U7 ]
A 12' [ ]x-ma 20 ina GI6 ŠÚ SU.GU7 GAR NAM.ÚŠ i-mat
___________________________________________________________________
14ʹ
A 13' [DIŠ U4] ⌈Á⌉ IM.U19.LU ú-pa-a i-ta-rim SU.GU7 [LU]G[AL] ⌈URIKI⌉
ú-kal-lam
(K 50 : 13 [EAE 36]; ad K 50 see above, II-3'; R 104 : 8; cf. BM 46230 : 17')
15ʹ
A 14' [DIŠ MIN? I]M.2 KUR SU.<BIR4> KI IM.3 KUR NIM.MA IM.4 [KUR]
MAR.TU

(corresponds to K 50 : 14–16, abbreviated versions with roles of Elam
and Subartu exchanged; cf. R 104 : 7; all in all four omens of EAE 36)
***
16ʹ
A 15' DIŠ U4 a-dir-ma IM.1 ra-kib BURU5.ḪI.A [Z]I-am
(K 2874 [EAE 36] : 6; K 50 : 4)
17ʹ
A 16' DIŠ U4 a-dir-ma IM.2 ra-kib GU7-ti dU+GUR MÁŠ.AN[ŠE TU]R

(K 2874 [EAE 36] : 7; K 50 : 5; R 104 : 9)
18ʹ
A 17' DIŠ U4 a-dir-ma IM.3 ra-kib GIŠTUKUL Gu-ti-i KUR ina-[rù]
(K 2874 [EAE 36] : 8; K 50 : 6)
19ʹ
A 18' DIŠ U4 a-dir-ma IM.4 ra-kib NAM.GILIM.MA : MÁŠ.ANŠE dIŠKUR [RA]
(K 2874 [EAE 36] : 9; K 50 : 7)
(altogether four omens of EAE 36; a comparison of the text under discussion
(RGb) (omens II-14'–19'), EAE 36 itself, and K 50 [see omen II-3', above] shows
that SIT (and commentaries in general) may omit omens [K 50, for example,
does not quote the second, third, and fourth omen of EAE 36]; RG texts may
furthermore invert the sequence of omens)
***
Sc. <LUGAL> NAM.ÚŠ i-mat.

13
20ʹ
A 19' DIŠ AŠ.ME ša gi-na-a IGIMEŠ-šá kàt-mu-ma IM.1 rak-pat
KUR BURU5.ḪI.A GU7-ši : KUR ú-gal-lal
(EAE 24, omen I 2)
21ʹ
A 20' DIŠ KIMIN-ma IM.2 rak-pat TUR MÁŠ.ANŠE BURU5.ḪI.A KUR TURMEŠ
(EAE 24, omen I 3)
22ʹ
A 21' DIŠ KIMIN-ma IM.3 rak-pat GIŠTUKUL Gu-ti-i MU.1.KAM*
ina-i-ru MÁŠ.ANŠE ḪA.A : ZI-ut NIM.MA
(EAE 24, omen I 4)
23ʹ
A 22' DIŠ KIMIN-ma IM.4 rak-pat GIŠTUKUL Gu-ti-i i-šab-bir
(EAE 24, omen I 5)
(altogether four omens of EAE 24)
***
24ʹ
A 23' DIŠ 20 KUR-ma SA9 KUR e-ṭu SA9 KUR ZÁLAG-⌈ir⌉ LUGAL IM.GI
i-mìn-du-ma KUR ú-šal-pa-tu4
25ʹ
A 24' DIŠ 20 KUR-ma GIM IGI.DU8.A 30 x x x[ ]x GAR MU.4.KAM*
LUGAL KALA.GA ZI-ma i-rad-da-ad : KUR
(EAE 26 iv10)
26ʹ
A 25' DIŠ 20 ina IGI.LÁ-šú GIM U4.SAKAR ⌈x⌉ ⌈ina⌉ KUR DAḪ ⌈x⌉ ⌈UG
TA⌉[Ø?] ⌈x⌉
(EAE 26? Cf. van Soldt 1995, 79, note 4)
27ʹ
A 26' ⌈DIŠ 20 ina IGI⌉.LÁ-šú GIM U4.SAKAR IGI-ma ⌈GIM⌉ 30 AGA a-pir
LUGAL KUR KÚR KUR-⌈ád <KUR> ḪUL⌉-šá TAK4-ši-ma SIG5 IGI
(EAE 26 iv7)

28ʹ
A 27' [DIŠ KIMIN]?-ma GIM gam-lì [i]n-na-ṭal ina dUTU.ŠÚ.A MÈ GAL
GAR-an
29ʹ
A 28' [DIŠ KIMIN?-m]a GIM MU[L IG]I?-ṭal AN.MI GAR-ma bi-lat KUR ḪA.A
30ʹ
A 29' [ ]x za-mar ⌈ú⌉?-[má]l?-li ma-am-ma za-mar NIM KUR
ŠUB-di14
31ʹ
A 30' [ Í]B.TAG4 KUR [L]UGAL KÚR KUR-ád : dIŠKUR RA-iṣ15
32ʹ
A 31' [ ]x MI PI AN x[ ]x NU IGI ZI URU-šú BÀDMEŠ GULMEŠ
NUNMEŠ ḪA.AME[Š]16
33ʹ
A 32' [DIŠ 20 a]d-riš È-a LUGAL KUR DÙ.A.BI MÁŠ.ANŠE Ḫ[A?.A ]
(ACh Š 13 : 32 = AAT 54 : 25)
34ʹ
A 33' [DIŠ 20 it-t]a-na-dir na-maš-še-e KÚR : NÍG.ŠUME GAR KAR-’u
: na-maš-še-e KÚR [ ]
(Š 13 : 20 = AAT 54 : 13)17
35ʹ
A 34' [ ]⌈i⌉?-ta-nam-⌈dar⌉? BALA NAM.GI[LIM.MA]
36ʹ
A 35' [DIŠ ina S]A9? U4-mi : ina ⌈SA9⌉ [I]TI a-dir ZI-ut Gu-ti-[i]
(cf. Š 13 : 17 = AAT 54 : 10)
37ʹ
A 36' [ ]x ŠÚ? ŠÚ (or SIG) a-d[i]r? LUGAL i-ta-[ ]
14
This line might belong to omen 29' (commentary). The sense remains a little obscure
(meaning of ‘NIM’?), possibly the transcription is not correct (the space in the gap is very
limited, ‘only’ ‘ṣa’ instead of ‘mál’?).
15
Beginning possibly ‘[DIŠ 20/30 ina Í]B.TAG4 ...’ (cf. ACh S 3 [= SIT 1] : 84); ‘KUR’ =
napāḫu or mātu.
16
The beginning of this line remains obscure; other readings are possible, such as ‘[DIŠ
ina]⌈U4⌉-mi : DIŠ ina AN.⌈MI⌉’ (cf. II-36', below), ‘ZI URU-šú’ → ‘ze-rí-šú’; this part is not
included in the indexes.
17
Š 13 : 20 differs slightly (CAD N I 234a bottom: ‘obscure’); ‘GAR’ might be an error;
possibly it corresponds to the ‘GAR’ before ‘:’ in Š 13; otherwise it could be read as ‘šá’ (‘NÍG.
ŠUME-šá’ although ‘mātu’ is not mentioned in the text [‘its (the land’s) goods’; Š 13, how-
ever, has ‘KUR KÚR’ instead of ‘KÚR’]); ittanaddir ‘instead of’ ittanaddar.
38ʹ
A 37' [ ] ŠÚ? ⌈ŠÚ⌉ a-dir LUGAL [ú-t]a-šar : (traces)
(Š 13 : 21f. = AAT 54 : 14f.) (?)18
39ʹ
A 38' [DIŠ] ⌈U4⌉ SI-š[ú Š]UB-m[a ]x x[ →] (Š 13 : 18 = AAT 54 : 11)19
40ʹ
A 39' DIŠ ad-riš KU4 MUL[ →] (cf. Š 13 : 23 = AAT 54 : 16)
41ʹ
A 40' DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA U4 28.KAM* A[N.MI (?) →]
A 41' NIN.DINGIR.RA ÚŠ ina M[U →] (Š 8 : omen 1* [EAE 31])20

42ʹ
A 42' DIŠ U4 28.KAM* LUGAL KUR KÚR dIŠKUR [ →]
43ʹ
A 43' DIŠ U4 la KAxMI-šú AN.M[I →] (Š 8 : 7, ..., Š 9 : 22, ... [EAE 31 or 32])21
44ʹ
A 44' DIŠ ⌈TA⌉ U4 1.KAM* EN ⌈U4 30⌉.KAM* [ →]
(Š 8 : 8, ..., Š 9 : 24, ... [EAE 31 or 32])22
Part III
1
A 1 DIŠ AN.MI GAR-ma dDil-bad u dSAG.ME.GAR IGI⌈ME(Š)⌉ ana LUGAL
S[ILIM →] (Š 8 : 6, 22, 39, ... [EAE 31])
***
18
The traces could match the text of Š 13; the beginning of Š 13 seems to have been
miscopied.
19
This transcription seems to be the best choice. Similar omens: K 50 : 21, 28; K 2176 +
K 12350 (several entries); K 12366 rev. 1' (and others).
20
Cf. van Soldt 1995, 134 under ‘Text C’, and Gehlken 2005, 255; ACh Š 8: see Virol-
leaud’s index. Omen 1* is not ‘preserved’ in ACh Š 8; the entu priestess is also mentioned
in the apodosis of omen ACh Š 8 : 1 [= 1'], line 2 (Virolleaud’s line numbering).
21
This protasis occurs towards the end of every month section in ACh Š 8 (EAE 31) and
ACh Š 9 (EAE 32).
22
Ibid.
2
A 2 DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA U4 28.KAM* 20 a-dir LUGAL ŠÚ GIG-ma TI ki-m[u →]
A3 ina MU BI ZI KÚR GÁL-ma KUR i-ru-ur-ma ana
KI.K[AL NIGI]N [ →]
(Š 10 : 29f. [EAE 33])23
3
* DIŠ U4 28.KAM* 20 a-dir BALA LUGAL TIL dIŠKUR ŠE Ì.DUB ⌈x x x⌉
* [ →]
* BURU14 NUN i-red-di : dIŠKUR [ →]
A4 DIŠ U4 28.KAM* 20 a-dir BALA LUGAL TIL dIŠKUR [ ]

[ →]
A 5 BURU14 NUN i-red-di : dI[ŠKUR →]
B 1'f. [DIŠ U4 28.K]ÁM ⌈20 a-dir⌉ [ ] dIŠKUR ŠE Ì.⌈DUB x x x⌉

B 3' [ →]
BURU14 NUN i-red-di : dIŠ[KUR →]
(comparable: Š 10 : 31f. [EAE 33])
4
* DIŠ ina ITIGAN SA9 ŠÚ a-dir NÍG.ḪA.LAM.MA KUR x[ →]
* : NÍG.ḪA.LAM.MA KUR [ →]
A6 ⌈x x x x x x x x x⌉24 a-dir NÍG.ḪA.LAM.MA KUR x[ →]

[ →]
B 4' DIŠ ina ITIGAN SA9 ŠÚ a-dir NÍG.ḪA.LAM.M[A →]

B 5' : NÍG.ḪA.LAM.MA KU[R →]
5 DIŠ TA U4 1.KAM* EN U4 30.KAM* a-dir AŠ.TE [ →]

A7 [ ] EN U4 30.KAM* a-dir [ →]
B 6' DIŠ TA U4 1.KÁM EN U4 30.KÁM a-dir AŠ.T[E →]
(Š 10 : 34 [EAE 33])25
See Gehlken 2005, 255.

23
The traces do not fit particularly well with those of the corresponding text of line B
24
4'.
25
Omens no. 5 and no. 6 have several (similar) counterparts in ACh Š 10 (EAE 33) and
ACh Š 11 (EAE 34 [see Gehlken 2005, 255]): Š 10 : 34f., 47f., 65f., 79f., 98f.; Š 11 : 14f., 41f., ...;
omen 6 could be Š 10 : 48, but also Š 11 : 52 and others.
6
* DIŠ UD.DA a-dir dDil-bad dUD.AL.TAR KI-[šú →]
* ana LUGAL SILIM-mu [ →]
A8 [ -di]r ⌈d⌉Dil-bad dUD.AL.TAR KI-[šú →]

[ →]
B 7' DIŠ UD.DA a-dir dDil-bad dUD.AL.[ →]

B 8' ana LUGAL SILIM-mu [ →]
(Š 10 : 48 [EAE 33])26
***
7
* DIŠ 20 ina KAxMI-šú ... [ →]27
A9 [ ] ⌈ KAxMI-šú⌉ AN NI BAD ⌈AN⌉? [ →]
B 9' DIŠ 20 ina KAxMI-šú AN NI [[BAD x x]] [ →]

8
* DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA a-dir šip-ṭu4 ina KUR GAR LUG[AL →]
* : KUR ša ḪUL IGI [ →]
A 10 [ ITI
BÁR]A a-dir šip-⌈ṭu4⌉ ina KUR GA[R →]
[ →]
B 10' DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA a-dir šip-ṭu4 ina KUR GAR LUG[AL →]
B 11' : KUR ša ḪUL IGI [ →]
(cf. Sm 1583 obv.* 4')
9
* DIŠ ina SAG MU 20 a-dir LUGAL UGU E[Š? →]
* : ZI-ut [ →]
A 11 [ 2]0 a-dir LUGAL UGU E[Š? →]

[ →]
B 12' [DI]Š [ina S]AG MU 20 a-dir LUGAL UGU E[Š? →]

B 13' ⌈:⌉ ZI-ut [ →]
Ibid.
26
‘AN NI ...’ apparently not ‘dṢal-bat-a-nu’ (see, e.g., ACh Š 13 : 31).

27
10
* [DIŠ U4 28.KA]M* (?) DINGIRMEŠ ina SU KUR BADMEŠ MAŠ [ →]
* [KUR NUN.ME] (?) it-ta-nar-ru-ši : SUD x[ →]
A 12 [DIŠ U4 28.KA]M* (?) DINGIRMEŠ ina SU KUR BADMEŠ MAŠ [ →]

A 13 [KUR NUN.ME (?) it-t]a-nar-ru-ši : SUD x[ →]
B 14' [ DING]IR⌈MEŠ ina SU⌉ K[UR →]

B 15' [ →]
(Š 13 : 11f.)
11
A 14 [DIŠ U4 29].KAM* (?) I.dUTU dA-nun-na-k[i →]
(Š 13 : 13)
12
A 15 [DIŠ ina ITI] ⌈U4⌉ 14.KAM* 30 U4 28.KAM* 20 AN.MI GARME[Š →]
(Š 13 : 30)
13
A 16 [DIŠ 30? A]N.MI GAR-ma 20 ina ŠU2-šú im-ḫur [ →]
14
A 17 [DIŠ 30 u] 20 UD.DA-su-nu du-’u-ú-mat [ →] (S 3 [= SIT 1] : 39)
15
A 18 [DIŠ 20 ina] U4 30 ina GI6 AN.MI GARMEŠ-ma ma-am-ma [ →]
A 19 [ana] MÍ.ḪUL GALGAMEŠ-ma LUGAL Z[I →] (Š 13 : 28f.)
16
A 20 [DIŠ ina] ITIBÁRA 20 AN.MI GAR ina IM.1 SAR-ma ina I[M →]
17
A 21 [DIŠ ina] ITIBÁRA U4 28.KAM* AN.MI GAR-ma ina IM.⌈1+⌉[ →]
18
A 22 [DIŠ M]ULÉLLAG ana EGIR-šú MUL NU x[ →]
A 23 [ŠU]B-tì NIM.MA GÁL : ŠUB-tì UNMEŠ [ →]
19
A 24 [DIŠ U4] ⌈a⌉-dir-ma dIŠKUR MU7.MU7 dIŠKUR B[URU14 →]
(K 2874 [EAE 36] : 2; = part II : 5')
20
A 25 [DIŠ U4 i]s-si-ma 20 a-dir d+En-[l]íl ⌈SU⌉.G[U7 →]
(K 4026 [SIT 5] : r8'; = part II : 6')
21
A 26 [DIŠ U4 Š]Ú-ma dIŠKUR i-šag-gúm A[N] ŠUR-nun : ⌈Ú⌉[MEŠ →]
(K 2249 [EAE 36] : r7'; = part II : 7')
22
A 27 [DIŠ e]-nu-ma dIŠKUR GÙ.DÉ.DÉ ⌈d⌉UTU AN.MI GAR [ →]
A 28 [A]N.MI SILIM.A KUR NIM AN.MI x[ ]x KUR URIKI
AN.M[I →]28
A 29 [ ]x ⌈U4⌉ ⌈20⌉+⌈6+⌉.KAM* KUR URIKI U4 ⌈29⌉.[KAM*]
KUR MAR U4 2[0]+[n →]
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
23
A 30 [DIŠ dIŠKUR ina KU]R? 20 GÙ-šú ŠUB-di ina U4 BI AN ⌈ŠUR-ma⌉ U4
[i-dan-nin →]
A 31 [(:) A.ANM]EŠ GÁLMEŠ TIL-ma GIGMEŠ [(Ø?) ina KUR GÁLMEŠ]
(EAE 45 : 1)29
24
A 32 [ ]x GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma 20 KUR-ḫa ŠUB KUR LUGAL
[ →]
25
A 33 [DIŠ dIŠKUR GI]M dUTU na-pa-ḫi is-si LUGAL ana ARADMEŠ-[šú]
[GÚR-uš : ...] (EAE 45, V2/3 : 26')
26
A 34 [DIŠ dIŠKUR ... K]UR? 20 GÙ-šú ŠUB ZI me-ḫe-e [ →]30
28
This line belongs most likely to omen 22 (presumably this applies also to the follow-
ing line). Translation: “Eclipse of peace <for> Elam, eclipse of ... <for> Akkad, eclip[se ...]”
(?); ‘SILIM.A’ is unusual, but clearly written (the reading ‘šú-pa-a’ is unlikely). ‘[ ]x’ in line
A 29 could be ‘[KUR NI]M’. The dates should be 27, 28, 29, and 30 (eclipses).
29
At the end of line A 30 more space than ‘necessary’ is available (either blank or pro-
viding an additional variant).
30
Slightly more space available for a preposition (‘...’) than in omen 23.
27
A 35 [DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚR]U U4-mì : ina EGIR U4-mì GÙ-šú ŠUB x[ →]31
(EAE 45 : 2)
28
A 36 [ ]x ⌈x⌉ GÙ-šú ŠUB MU 3.KA[M* →]
29
A 37 [ ] i-šag-gúm [ →]
30
A 38 [ G]Ù-šú ŠUB [ →]
31
A 39 [ ]x x[ →]
(in all likelihood no line is missing before part IV, i.e. line 1' [part IV] = line
32 [part III])
part IV (transcription of text ‘A’; for the few remaining lines of ‘B’ see below; there are
some uncertainties in this part [see also, e.g., line 7': ‘new break’], the reading
intended by the scribe will in some cases differ from the transcription given
here; the index lists only the certain readings)
1ʹ
A 1' [ ] (traces)
2ʹ
A 2' [ ] MAŠ? ina GI6 x[ ]
3ʹ
A 3' DIŠ x[ ]x U4 ŠÚ ú-⌈x x⌉[ ] A.AN [ ]
4ʹ
A 4' DIŠ d⌈IŠKUR⌉ NIM.GÍR ú-šab-ri[q ]x NIM.GÍR [ ]
A 5' x ⌈x x⌉ ina U4-mì ŠÚ 20 ina 15 20 NIM.⌈GÍR.GÍR?⌉

[ ]x UD ⌈UD.DA⌉?[ ]32
A 6' ina KI ⌈NIM⌉?.GÍR.GÍR MA KI šá a-⌈x⌉ KIN.KIN-ma ⌈KI⌉ ⌈x⌉

[ ]
31
‘U4-mì’ is probably an Assyrian genitive (‘U4-me’).
32
The beginning of this line ought to be comprehensible.
5ʹ
A 7' ḫi-pí eš-šú ⌈x⌉-ma? (Š[Ú]-ma ?) 14 8 IGI dan-⌈nu⌉ x[ ]x
KÁ.GALMEŠ-šú GU[L ]
A 8' ḫi-pí eš-⌈šú⌉ 9 GÚ+⌈UN⌉? [ ]

[ Í]L KUR ⌈BI⌉ +E[n-líl (?) ]
d
6ʹ
A 9' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU 30 GÙ-š[ú ]
[ ]x[ →]
(EAE 46, moon section [omens 50'–56'])
7ʹ
A 10' DIŠ dIŠKUR ina KÁ.GAL 30 G[Ù-šú →] (see EAE 46 : 66')
8ʹ
A 11' DIŠ ina U4 / na-x[ ] dIŠKUR x[ →]
9ʹ
A 12' DIŠ dIŠK[UR ur-d]am?-ma x[ →]
10ʹ
A 13' DIŠ dI[ŠKUR ]x 20 a-dir x[ →]
11ʹ
A 14' DIŠ ⌈e⌉-[nu-ma dIŠKU]R GÙ.DÉ.D[É →] (?)
(= part III, omen 22 or EAE 45, V2/3 16'?)
12ʹ
A 15' [ ]⌈d⌉UTU.È ⌈GÙ-šú ŠUB⌉[ →]
13ʹ
A 16' [ d
U]TU.ŠÚ.A KIMIN! UZU x[ →]
14ʹ
A 17' [ d
UTU(?)].⌈È⌉ GÙ-šú ŠU[B →]
15ʹ
A 18' [ ]x UZU.DIR x[ →]
16ʹ
A 19' [ ]x ina KUR URI[KI ]
(about three blank lines follow; the rest —there is only space for very
few lines—is missing)
***
The second copy contains six unusable ends of lines [K 5915+, column iv; see the
photograph]; for the present these traces cannot be connected to the text (part
IV).
Transcription of the fragment K 18437 (the position of this piece in the main text
is unknown [index: RGB-IV-i, ...]):
col. i
1ʹ ]x
2ʹ ]-nun
3ʹ Š]UR-nun
4ʹ ]x A.AN GÁ
5ʹ ] ⌈U4⌉? ŠÚ-am
6ʹ ] ⌈A⌉.AN ŠUR
7ʹ ]x[ ]
col. ii
1ʹ DIŠ AN(-)ú [ →]
(four blank lines)
2ʹ DIŠ [ →]

general abbreviations 235
Bibliography
Al-Rawi, F. N. H. – George, A. R.
1991–1992 Enūma Anu Enlil XIV and Other Early Astronomical Tables, Archiv für
Orientforschung 38–39, 52–73.
Amiran, D. H. K. – Arieh, E. – Turcotte, T.

1994 Earthquakes in Israel and Adjacent Areas: Macroseismic Observations
since 100 B.C.E., Israel Exploration Journal 44, 260–305.
Bauer, Th.
1936 Eine Sammlung von Himmelsvorzeichen, Zeitschrift für Assyriologie
und Vorderasiatische Archäologie 43, 308–314.
Bezold, C. – Boll, F.
1911 Reflexe astrologischer Keilinschriften bei griechischen Schriftstellern,
Sitzungsberichte der Heidelberger Akademie der Wissenschaften,
Phil.-hist. Klasse, 7. Abhandlung.
Boll, F.
1908 Catalogus Codicum Astrologorum Graecorum 7. Codices Germanicos.
Borger, R.
2004 Mesopotamisches Zeichenlexikon, Alter Orient und Altes Testament
305.
Casaburi, M. C.
2003 Tre-stelle-per-ciascun (-mese). L’Astrolabio B: edizione filologica,
Supplemento n. 93 agli ANNALI (Sez. Orientale), vol. 62 (2002).
Craig, J. A.
1899 Astrological-Astronomical Texts. Copied from the Original Tablets in
the British Museum and Autographed by James A. Craig, Assyriologi-
sche Bibliothek 14.
Fadhil, A.
1993 Erdbeben im Alten Orient, Baghdader Mitteilungen 24, 271–278.
Fincke, J. C.
2001 Der Assur-Katalog der Serie enūma anu enlil (EAE), Orientalia 70, 19–
39.
Frahm, E.
2011 Babylonian and Assyrian Text Commentaries. Origins of Interpreta
tion, Guides to the Mesopotamian Textual Record, Vol. 5.
236 bibliography
Gehlken, E.
2000 Sonnenaufgang in Sippar: Tafel 27 der Serie Enūma Anu Enlil, in: S.
Graziani (ed.), Studi sul vicino oriente antico dedicati alla memoria di
Luigi Cagni, Istituto universitario orientale (Napoli), Dipartimento di
studi asiatici, Series minor 61, 345–353.
2005 Die Adad-Tafeln der Omenserie Enūma Anu Enlil. Teil 1: Einführung,
Baghdader Mitteilungen 36, 235–273.
2007 Die Serie DIŠ Sîn ina tāmartīšu im Überblick, Nouvelles Assyriologi-
ques Brèves et Utilitaires, no. 4 (pp. 3–5).
2008 Die Adad-Tafeln der Omenserie Enūma Anu Enlil. Teil 2: Die ersten
beiden Donnertafeln (EAE 42 und EAE 43), Zeitschrift für Orient-Ar-
chäologie 1, 256–314.
Häckel, H.
1993 Meteorologie, UTB für Wissenschaft: Uni-Taschenbücher 1338 (3rd
ed.).
Harper, R. F.
1892–1914 Assyrian and Babylonian Letters.
Hunger, H.
1968 Babylonische und assyrische Kolophone, Alter Orient und Altes Te-
stament 2.
1976 Astrologische Wettervorhersagen, Zeitschrift für Assyriologie und
Vorderasiatische Archäologie 62, 234–260.
1992 Astrological Reports to Assyrian Kings, State Archives of Assyria 8.
Hunger, H. – Pingree, D.
1999 Astral Sciences in Mesopotamia, Handbuch der Orientalistik, Erste
Abteilung, Der Nahe und Mittlere Osten, vol. 44.
Koch-Westenholz, U.
1995 Mesopotamian Astrology, CNI [The Carsten Niebuhr Institute of Near
Eastern Studies] Publications 19.
Kugler, F. X.
1914 Sternkunde und Sterndienst in Babel II, Astronomisch-historische
Voruntersuchungen, Zweiter Teil, IX: Meteorologische Beobachtun-
gen, 95–128.
Labat, R.
1965 Un calendrier babylonien des travaux, des signes et des mois (Séries
Iqqur îpuš).
Lacheman, E. R.
1937 An Omen Text from Nuzi, Revue d’Assyriologie et d’Archéologie
Orientale 34, 1–8.
Lambert, W. G.
1976 A Late Assyrian Catalogue of Literary and Scholarly Texts, Alter Orient
und Altes Testament 25, 313–318.
bibliography 237
Langdon, S.
1917 Assyrian Grammatical Texts, Revue d’Assyriologie et d’Archéologie
Orientale 14, 1–24.
1931 Assyrian Syllabaries and Other Texts, Revue d’Assyriologie et d’Ar-
chéologie Orientale 28, 117–141.
Largement, R.
1957 Contribution à l’Etude des Astres errants dans l’Astrologie chaldéenne
(1), Zeitschrift für Assyriologie und Vorderasiatische Archäologie 52,
235–264.
Meek, T. J.
1920 Some Explanatory Lists and Grammatical Texts, Revue d’Assyriologie
et d’Archéologie Orientale 17, 117–206.
Neugebauer, O.
1955 Astronomical Cuneiform Texts (three volumes).
Parpola, S.
1970 Letters from Assyrian Scholars to the Kings Esarhaddon and Assur
banipal, Part 1: Texts, Alter Orient und Altes Testament 5/1.
Reiner, E.
1995 Astral Magic in Babylonia, Transactions of the American Philosophi-
cal Society Held at Philadelphia for Promoting Useful Knowledge, Vol.
85, Part 4.
1998 Celestial Omen Tablets and Fragments in the British Museum, in:
Maul, S. M. (ed.), Festschrift für Rykle Borger (...), Cuneiform Mono-
graphs 10, 215–302.
Reiner, E. – Pingree, D.
1975 Babylonian Planetary Omens, Part One, The Venus Tablet of Ammiṣa
duqa [EAE 63], Bibliotheca Mesopotamica 2/1.
1981 Babylonian Planetary Omens, Part Two, Enūma Anu Enlil, Tablets
50–51, Bibliotheca Mesopotamica 2/2.
1998 Babylonian Planetary Omens, Part Three [Venus omens], Cuneiform
Monographs 11.
2005 Babylonian Planetary Omens, Part Four [Jupiter omens], Cuneiform
Monographs 30.
Rochberg-Halton, F.
1988 Aspects of Babylonian Celestial Divination: The Lunar Eclipse Tablets
of Enūma Anu Enlil [tablets 15–22], Archiv für Orientforschung, Bei-
heft 22.
Röck, F.
1916 Die Stimmen des Wettergottes, Mitteilungen der Vorderasiatisch-
Ägyptischen Gesellschaft 21, 270–283.
238 bibliography
Salonen, A.
1939 Die Wasserfahrzeuge in Babylonien, Studia Orientalia VIII/4.
Schwemer, D.
2001 Die Wettergottgestalten Mesopotamiens und Nordsyriens im Zeital-
ter der Keilschriftkulturen.
Smith, S. A.
1887 Miscellaneous Assyrian Texts of the British Museum.
Tarasewicz, R.
2009 Bird Breeding in Neo-Babylonian Sippar, KASKAL (Rivista di storia,
ambienti e culture del Vicino Oriente Antico) 6, 151–214.
Ungnad, A.
1919 Bemerkungen zur babylonischen Himmelskunde, Zeitschrift der
Deutschen Morgenländischen Gesellschaft 73, 159–175.
van Soldt, W. H.
1995 Solar Omens of Enuma Anu Enlil: Tablets 23 (24) – 29 (30), Publication
de l’Institut historique-archéologique néerlandais de Stamboul 73.
Verderame, L.
2002 Le Tavole I–VI della serie astrologica Enūma Anu Enlil, Nisaba 2.
Virolleaud, Ch.
1903–1909 L’Astrologie Chaldéenne. Le livre intitulé ‹‹enuma (Anu) iluBêl››, fasci-
cules 1–8.
1909a De quelques textes divinatoires, Babyloniaca 3, 133–140.
1909b De quelques textes divinatoires, Babyloniaca 3, 197–222 (plates X, XI).
1909c Fragments astrologiques, Babyloniaca 3, 268–286.
1910 L’astrologie Chaldéenne. Supplément, fascicules 9–10.
1910a De quelques textes divinatoires, Babyloniaca 4, 101–128.
1911–1912 L’astrologie Chaldéenne. Second supplément, fascicules 11–14.
1912 Etudes astrologiques, Babyloniaca 6, 251–261.
von Soden, W.
1969 Grundriß der akkadischen Grammatik samt Ergänzungsheft zum
Grundriß der akkadischen Grammatik, Analecta Orientalia 33/47.
Wachsmuth, C.
1863 Ioannis Laurentii Lydi Liber de ostentis et calendaria graeca omnia.
Wege, K.
1992 Wetter, Kosmos Naturführer.
Weidner, E. F.
1939–1941 Texte – Wörter – Sachen, Archiv für Orientforschung 13, 230–237.
1941–1944 Die astrologische Serie Enûma Anu Enlil, Archiv für Orientforschung
14, 172–195 and 308–318 (Fortsetzung).
1954–1956 Die astrologische Serie Enûma Anu Enlil (Fortsetzung), Archiv für
bibliography 239
Orientforschung 17, 71–89.

1968–1969 Die astrologische Serie Enûma Anu Enlil (Fortsetzung), Archiv für
Orientforschung 22, 65–75.
von Weiher, E.
1983 Spätbabylonische Texte aus Uruk, Teil 2, Ausgrabungen der Deut-
schen Forschungsgemeinschaft in Uruk-Warka, Band 10.
1993 Spätbabylonische Texte aus Uruk, Band 4.
1998 Spätbabylonische Texte aus U 18, Teil V.
240 index of terms
list of plates 241
List of Plates
(All the texts are housed in the British Museum.)
Plate → Tablet
Plate 1 K 2169
Plate 2 79-7-8, 111
Plate 3 K 2104 and K 5989
Plate 4 81-7-27, 131
Plate 5 79-7-8, 48 + 79-7-8, 311
Plate 6 K 3004
Plate 7 K 9557 + 79-7-8, 91
Plate 8 K 2233
Plate 9 BM 77739
Plate 10 Rm 104
Plate 11 K 4777
Plate 12 BM 77755 + BM 77777
Plate 13 K 2227 + K 2268
Plate 14 K 3590
Plate 15 K 3884
Plate 16 K 7941 and K 10734
Plate 17 K 8007 + K 8327
Plate 18 K 8923 and K 11262
Plate 19 K 6245 + 79-7-8, 179 (+) K 11047
Plate 20 K 2178 + K 2555 + K 8040 + K 8853 + K 12462 + K 12747 (+) K 2332
Plate 21 K 5692 + Rm 531
Plate 22 Rm 2, 310
Plate 23 K 12683 and K 21913
Plate 24 K 7665 and K 10946
Plate 25 K 11089
Plate 26 BM 46238
Plate 27 K 2326 + BM 99185
Plate 28 K 3535 + K 6265 + K 17366 + K 17481 + K 19476
Plate 29 Sm 9 and Sm 1686
Plate 30 82-5-22, 572
Plate 31 Rm 501
Plate 32 K 2129 and K 4458
Plate 33 K 3640 + K 6985
Plate 34 BM 36671
Plate 35 K 11132
Plate 36 K 9 + K 3109
Plate 37 K 3005
Plate 38 K 2156
Plate 39 K 2336 and K 3919 + K 4033 + K 7240 + K 12854
Plate 40 K 2282 + K 3899 + K 7078
Plate 41 BM 41006 and Sm 511
Plate 42 Rm 2, 122 obv.
Plate 43 Rm 2, 122 rev.
Plate 44 K 6243 + K 6927 + K 8936 + K 9535 + K 12455 + 83-1-18, 412 obv.
Plate 45 K 6243 + K 6927 + K 8936 + K 9535 + K 12455 + 83-1-18, 412 rev.
Plate 46 K 2271 (+) K 5915 + K 12355 (+) K 18437
Plate 47 K 5915 + K 12355 and K 18437
242 list of plates
Tablet → Plate
79-7-8, 48 + plate 5
79-7-8, 111 plate 2
81-7-27, 131 plate 4
82-5-22, 572 plate 30
BM 36671 plate 34
BM 41006 plate 41
BM 46238 plate 26
BM 77739 plate 9
BM 77755 + plate 12
K 9 + plate 36
K 2104 plate 3
K 2129 plate 32
K 2156 plate 38
K 2169 plate 1
K 2178 + plate 20
K 2227 + plate 13
K 2233 plate 8
K 2271 plate 46
K 2282 + plate 40
K 2326 + plate 27
K 2332 plate 20
K 2336 plate 39
K 3004 plate 6
K 3005 plate 37
K 3535 + plate 28
K 3590 plate 14
K 3640 + plate 33
K 3884 plate 15
K 3919 + plate 39
K 4458 plate 32
K 4777 plate 11
K 5692 + plate 21
K 5915 + plates 46 and 47
K 5989 plate 3
K 6243 + plates 44 and 45
K 6245 + plate 19
K 7665 plate 24
K 7941 plate 16
K 8007 + plate 17
K 8923 plate 18
K 9557 + plate 7
K 10734 plate 16
K 10946 plate 24
K 11047 plate 19
K 11089 plate 25
K 11132 plate 35
K 11262 plate 18
K 12683 plate 23
K 18437 plates 46 and 47
K 21913 plate 23
Rm 104 plate 10
Rm 501 plate 31
Rm 2, 122 plates 42 and 43
Rm 2, 310 plate 22
Sm 9 plate 29
Sm 511 plate 41
Sm 1686 plate 29
logograms 243
INDEX OF termS
Logograms
(Only those logograms which are to be found in a translatable context have been
included.)
: (variant; dividing sign)

2 (or MIN) (ditto; variant)
2,30 šumēlu
3,20 šarru
15 imnu, imittu
(d)20 Šamaš; šamšu
(d)30 Sîn
60* (‘KU’ = 1+šu) 60
A aplu; mû
A.AB.BA tâmtu
A.AN (after numbers); nalšu (ŠÈG); zanānu, zunnu (ŠÈG)
(LÚ)A.BA ṭupšarru
A.DAM naw/mû
A.ENGUR → ÍD
A.KAL (ILLU) mīlu
A.MA.RU abūbu
A.MAḪ butuqtu; mīlu
A.RÁ alaktu
A.ŠÀ eqlu
A.ZI.GA mīlu
LÚ
A.ZU asû
Á aḫu, idu; emūqu
ITI
AB Ṭebētu
AB.SAR ‘šaṭir’ (in colophons)
AB.SÍN absinnu, šer’u
ÁB littu
ÁB.GU4.ḪI.A lâtu, sug/kullu
AD abu
d
(+)AG Nabû
AGA agû
d
AMAR+UTU Marduk
AMAŠ supūru
AMBAR appāru
AN Anu; šamû
AN.BAR7 muṣlālu
AN.BIR9 = AN.BAR7
AN.MI attalû
AN.NA (NAGGA) annaku
AN.PA elât šamê
AN.ŠÁR Aššur
244 index of terms
AN.TA šaqû
AN.TA.LÙ attalû
AN.ÚR išid šamê
ANŠE imēru
ANŠE.KUR.RA sīsû
ITI
APIN Araḫsamna
ARAD wardu
ARḪUŠ rēmu
AŠ.IKU ikû
AŠ.ME šamšatu
AŠ.TE kussû
BA nušurrû
BA.AN.È ‘bari’ (in colophons)
BA.ÚŠ mâtu
BABBAR peṣû
BAD bêlu; nesû; → EAE 46 : 12'
d
BAD Enlil
BÀD dūru
BAD5.BAD5 abiktu (dabdû, taḫtû)
BAL enû; nabalkutu
LÚ
BAL.TIL (Bal-til) KI Aššurû
BALA palû
GIŠ
BÁN sūtu
BAR wašāru (D/II); (mišlu: SA9)
BÁRA parakku
ITI
BÁRA.(ZAG.GAR) Nisannu
ITI
BÁRA.2.KAM*.(MA) Nisannu šanû
BI šū, šī, šuātu/i etc.; šu, ša
d
BIL.GI → dGIBIL6
BIL.ZA.ZA muṣa’’irānu
BIR sapāḫu
ÍD
BURANUNKI Purattu
BURU5 erbu
BURU14 ebūru
DA it(t)û
DAB ṣabātu
DAM aššatu; mutu
DARMUŠEN ittidû
DARA4 da’āmu
DINGIR ilu
DIR maḫāḫu; watru
ITI
DIRI.ŠE Addaru arkû; for further readings cf. the dictionaries s. v. Ad-
daru
DIŠ (1)
DU alāku
DÙ banû; epēšu
DÙ.A.BI kalâmu/a (CAD: kalama)
ITI
DU6 Tašrītu
DU6.DU (E11) elû
DU11.DU11 dabābu
DUB ṭuppu
logograms 245
DÙG.GA ṭâbu
DUG4.GA qabû
DUGUD kabtu
DUḪ paṭāru
ITI
DUL Tašrītu
DUMU māru
DUMU.GABA dumugabû, (‘mār irti’)
DUMU.MÍ mārtu
DÚR (or: TUŠ) wašābu
EKI Bābilu
É bītu
É.GAL ekallu
É.KUR ekurru; Ekur
É.ŠÁR.RA Ešarra
È barû; (w)aṣû
E11 → DU6.DU
EDIN ṣēru
EGIR warkatu, warki, warkītu
MUL
ÉLLAG Kalītu (Puppis)
EN adi; bēlu, bêlu
EN.ME.LI (ENSI) šā’ilu
EN.NUN.AN.ÚSAN barārītu
EN.NUN.MURUB4.BA qablītu
EN.NUN.UD.ZAL.LE šāt urri
EN.TE.NA kuṣṣu
ERIM ummānu
ERIM-man-da Ummān-manda
NA4, (GIŠ)
ESI ušû
EŠ.BAR purussû
GÁ (meaning unknown)
GABA.RI gab(a)rû; māḫiru
GAL rabû
GAL.BÚR (UŠUMGAL) ušumgallu
LÙ
GAL SAGMEŠ rab (ša) rēši/(ī)
GÁL bašû
GALGA malāku, milku
GAM mītu; palāšu
ITI
GAN Kislīmu
GÁN (EAE 47-27ff.: meaning obscure)
GÁN.BA maḫīru
GÁN.ZI mērešu
GAR šakānu, šiknu
GAZ dâku; ḫepû
GÉME amtu
GI šalāmu
GI.NA kânu, kīnu, kittu
GI6 mūšu; ṣalmu, ṣulmu
GIB parāku
d
GIBIL6 Gira; girru
GÍD arāku
GIG marāṣu, marṣu, murṣu
246 index of terms
ŠE
GIG kibtu
GIM kīma
GÍR.TAB zuqaqīpu
GÌR šēpu
GÌR.BAL riḫṣu
GIŠ ešēru; iṣu
GIŠ.GAR.MAŠ ? (EAE 44-II-3, 4/1; RGa-r3)
GIŠ.GI apu
MUL
GIŠ.GIŠ Nīru (Boötes)
GIŠ.ḪUR gišḫurru, uṣurtu
GIŠ.NIM ṣītān, ṣītaš
GIŠ.ŠÚ šīlān, šillān
GIŠ
GIŠIMMAR gišimmaru
MUL
GU.LA Aquarius
(GIŠ)
GU.ZA kussû
GÚ.GAL ḫallūru
GÚ.TUR kakkû
GÚ+UN (GUN) biltu
GÙ rigmu; šasû
GÙ.DÉ šasû; possibly also šagāmu
GU4 alpu
ITI
GU4 Ajjaru
GU4.UD šaḫāṭu
GU7 akālu
GU7-ti ukulti (ukultu)
GUB i/uzuzzu
GUL abātu
GÙN burrumu; tikpu
GÙN.A burrumu
GUR kurru; târu
GÚR kanāšu; kippatu
GURUN inbu
GURUŠ eṭlu
ḪA.A (ZÁḪ) ḫalāqu; nābutu
LÚ
ḪAL bārû
ḪE.ḪE balālu
ḪÉ.GÁL ḫegallu
ḪÉ.NUN nuḫšu
ḪI.A (plural)
ḪI.GAR bārtu
ḪI.ḪI barāqu; (balālu: → ḪE.ḪE)
ḪUL lemēnu, lumnu
ḪÚL naḫāšu
I.dUTU tazzimtu
Ì.DUB išpiku, našpaku
Ì.GÁL = GÁL, bašû
Ì.GIŠ šamnu
ÍB.TAG4 rēḫtu
IBILA aplu
ÍD nāru
ÍD
IDIGNA Idiqlat
logograms 247
IDIM kabtu; nagbu

IGI amāru, naṭālu; īnu; pānu
IGI.BAR palāsu (N/IV)
IGI.DU8.A tāmartu
IGI.LÁ amāru, tāmartu
ÍL našû
IM šāru; ṭuppu
IM.1 šūtu
IM.2 il/štānu
IM.3 šadû
IM.4 amurru
IM.4(*).BA šārū erbetti
IM.A.AN (IM.ŠÈG) zunnu
IM.DIR (DUNGU) erpetu, urpatu
IM.DUGUD (MURU9) imbaru
IM.GI ḫammā’u
IM.GÚ qadūtu
IM.ḪÚL imḫullu
IM.KUR.(RA) šadû
IM.MAR.(TU) amurru
IM.MIR il/štānu
IM.SES-tu4 marratu
IM.SI.(SÁ) il/štānu
IM.ŠITA (DALḪAMUN) ašamšūtu
IM.U18.(LU) šūtu
IM.U19.(LU) šūtu
d
IMIN.BI Sebettu
ŠE
IN.NU tibnu
INIM awātu
ÌR → ARAD
d
IŠKUR Adad
ITI warḫu
IZI išātu
KA pû
KAxMI adāru N/IV, adirtu (→ Rochberg-Halton 1988, 48)
KÁ.DINGIR.KAKI Babylon
KÁ.GAL abullu
KA5.A šēlebu
KAL danānu
KALA.GA dannu
KAM* (used to denote the ordinal numbers)
KÁM (used to denote the ordinal numbers)
KAR mašā’u
KAR-tum etc. arbū-tum etc.
KASKAL girru, ḫarrānu, ḫūlu
KAŠ4 lasāmu
KI ašru, erṣetu, (mātu), qaqqaru; itti
KI.A.dÍD kibrītu
KI.DURU5 ruṭibtu; also riṭibtu?
KI.KAL (BAD4) dannatu
KI.LAM maḫīru
248 index of terms
KI.SIKIL wardatu
KI.TIM erṣetu, qaqqaru
KIMIN (ditto; variant)
KIN šapāru
ITI
KIN Ulūlu
KIN.KIN šite’’û (Gtn/I3 of še’û)
KIN.SIG līlâtu
GIŠ
KIRI6 kirû
KÙ.BABBAR kaspu
KÙ.GI ḫurāṣu
KU4 erēbu
KU6 nūnu
MUL
KU6 Nūnu (Piscis Austrinus)
KUD parāsu
KUR kašādu; mātu; napāḫu, nipḫu
KUR-ti kišitti (kišittu)
KUR.GAR.RA kurgarrû
KUR.GIMUŠEN kurkû
KÚR nakāru, nakru
KUŠ mašku
LAGAR ? (EAE 45-V2/3-34', 37')
LAL kamû; maṭû; šaqû
LIBIR.RA labāru, labi/īru
LÚ awīlu
LUGAL šarru
d
LUGAL.GAN.ME Lamaštu
d
LUGAL.KAM*.ME Lamaštu
GIŠ
MÁ eleppu
GIŠ
MÁ.U5.TUŠ.A name of Marduk’s ceremonial barge
MAN šanû; šarru
MAR.(TU)(KI) Amurru
MUL
MAR.GÍD.DA Ereqqu, (Ursa Maior)
MÁŠ.ANŠE būlu
MAŠ.DÀ ṣabītu
ME(Š)
(plural)
MÈ tāḫāzu
d
MES Marduk
MÍ.ḪUL lemuttu
MÍ.KALA.GA dannatu
MÍ.KÚR nukurtu
MIN (or 2) (ditto; variant)
MU nadānu; šattu; šumu
MU.ŠID.BI.IM → s. v. šumu (omen, line)
MU4.MU4 labāšu
MU7.MU7 ramāmu
MÚD dāmu
MUL kakkabu
MUL.MUL Zappu (Pleiades)
MUN ṭābtu
MUNUS → MÍ
MÚRU qablu
logograms 249
MUŠ ṣēru, ṣerru

MÚŠ zīmu
MUŠEN iṣṣūru
NA4 abnu
NAM.GILIM.MA šaḫluqtu
NAM.LÚ.U18.LU awīlūtu
d
NAM.TAR Namtaru
NAM.ÚŠ mūtu
ITI
NE Abu
d
NE.GI → dGIBIL6
NÍG.GA makkūru, namkūru
NÍG.ḪA.LAM.MA šaḫluqtu
NÍG.KALA.GA dannatu (EAE 47-r52')
NÍG.PÀ(D).DA mukallimtu
NÍG.ŠU būšu, bušû
NÍG.ZI.GÁL.EDIN.NA nammaššê ṣēri; ṣâtu
NIGIN lawû; paḫāru
NIM ḫarpu
NIM.GÍR birqu
NIM.(MA)(KI) Elamtu
NIN.DINGIR.RA entu, ugbabtu
d
NIN.KILIM.TIR.RA šakkat/dirru
NINDA akalu
NIR.GÁL takālu
NITA zikaru
NU lā, ul
GIŠ
NU.NAGA ? (EAE 45-V7-19)
NUMUN zēru
NUN rubû
NUN.ME apkallu
NUNUZ per’u
PA5 palgu
PÀD → EAE 46-a-8'
PAP aḫu
PÉŠ ḫumṣīru
PÉŠ.A.ŠÀ.GA ḫarriru
MÍ
PEŠ4 a/erītu
RA maḫāṣu; raḫāṣu
LÚ
SA.GAZ ḫabbātu
SA5 malû; sāmu, sūmu
SA9 mišlu
SAG rēšu; → LÚGAL SAGMEŠ
SAG.DU qaqqadu
SAG.KAL ašarēdu
SAG.KUL.LA sankullu
d
SAG.ME.GAR Jupiter
SAG.UŠ kaj(j)ānu, kaj(j)amānu
SAḪAR epru
SAR šaṭāru (to write); šurrû
SI qarnu; šarūru
SI.A (SA5) malû
250 index of terms
SI.SÁ ešēru
SIG uppulu; (w)ēdû [AHw] = (w)edû [CAD] (notable)
ITI
SIG4 Simānu
SIG5 damāqu, dumqu
SIG7 warāqu, warqu, wurqu
SILIM salāmu, salīmu; šulmu
SILIM.MA salīmu
(LÚ)SIPA rē’û
MÚL
SIPA.ZI.AN.NA (Šitaddaru), Orion
SU riābu; zumru
LÚ
SU ? (EAE 45-V1-r4')
SU.BIR4KI Subartu
SU.GU7 ḫušaḫḫu, (sugû, sunqu)
SÙ rūqu
SÙḪ ešû
SUḪUŠ išdu
SUM nadānu
SUMUN labi/īru
SUR ṣarāḫu
ŠÀ libbu
ŠÀ.BAL.BAL liblibbi
ŠAḪ šaḫû
ŠÁR mâdu; rabû
ŠE uṭṭatu
ITI
ŠE Addaru
ŠE.ER.ZI šarūru
ŠE.GAR ? (EAE 45-V2/3-32')
ŠE.GIŠ.Ì šamaššammū
ŠE.GU.NU → ŠE.GÙN.(NU)
ŠE.GÙN.(NU) šegun(n)û
d
ŠE.NAGA Nisaba
ŠE.SA.A laptu (lābtu), qalītu
ŠEŠ aḫu
ŠID minītu
ŠIKA.KUD.DA išḫilṣu
GIŠ
ŠINIG bīnu; (Rm2, 122: ŠINIG = ŠÚ.NAGA)
ŠU qātu; (ditto) [EAE 49-a-r6]
ITI
ŠU Du’ūzu
ŠU.BI.AŠ.A.AN (ditto)
ŠU.BI.GIM.NAM (ditto)
ŠU.GUR unqu
ŠÚ erēpu; kiššatu; kiššūtu; rabû
ŠUB maqātu, miqtu, miqittu; nadû
MUL
ŠUDUN Nīru (Boötes)
ŠUR ṣarāru; zanānu
ŠÚR ezzu
TA ištu
TAG4 → TAK4
TAK4 ezēbu
TAR → KUD
TE ṭeḫû
logograms 251
TI balāṭu, balṭu; leqû

MUL
TI8MUŠEN Erû (Aquila)
TIL bašû; gamru; qatû, qītu, taqtītu
TIN balāṭu
TIN.TIRKI Babylon
GIŠ
TIR qištu
d
TIR.AN.NA Manzât
TU.KUR4MUŠEN sukannīnu
TUK išû, rašû
TUKU4 nâšu
GIŠ
TUKUL kakku
TUR ṣeḫēru, ṣeḫru (small)
(LÚ)TUR ṣeḫru, (ṣuḫāru, šerru)
TÙR tarbaṣu
TUŠ (or: DÚR) wašābu
TUŠ.A wašābu (EAE 47-r50')
d
U+GUR Nergal
Ú šammu
Ú.GÍR (KIŠI16) ašāgu
Ù.SUḪ5 ašūḫu
Ù.TU walādu
U4 ūmu; → UD
U4.DA → UD.DA
U4.SA9.A.AN ūm mašil
U4.SAKAR uskaru
U8.UDU.ḪI.A ṣēnū
UBUR tulû
UD enūma; → U4
d
UD.AL.TAR Dapinu (Jupiter)
UD.DA ṣētu
UD.DU →È
UD.KA.BAR (ZABAR) siparru
ÍD
UD.KIB.NUNIKI Purattu
UD.UL.DÙ.A ṣâtu
d/MUL
UDU.IDIM bibbu
UDU.NÍTA immeru, šu’u
UGU eli
UL.ḪÉ šupuk šamê
UNMEŠ nišū
UR.A nēšu; (kalab mê)
UR.BAR.RA barbaru
UR.GI7 kalbu
UR.GU.LA urgulû
UR.MAḪ nēšu
UR.TUR mīrānu
UR5 šû
URIKI Akkadû
URU ālu
URUDU erû
UŠ 60; redû
ÚŠ mâtu, mītu, mūtu; (blood: → MÚD)
252 index of terms
ÚŠMEŠ mūtānu (cases of death)

d
UTU Šamaš; šamšu
d
UTU.È.(A) ṣīt Šamši
d
UTU.ŠÚ.A ereb Šamši
d
UTU.UD.DU.(A) → dUTU.È.(A)
ÙZ enzu
MUL
ÙZ Enzu (Lyra)
UZU šīru
UZU.DIR kamūnu
ZÀ.ḪI.LISAR saḫlû
ZÁḪ → ḪA.A
ZÁLAG nawāru
ZI napištu; nasāḫu; tebû, tību
ZI-ut tibût (tibûtu)
ITI
ZÍZ Šabāṭu
ZÍZ.AN.NA kunāšu
(ZU Sumerian pronominal suffix 2nd person singular)
ZU+AB apsû
ZÚ.LUM.MA suluppu
ZUM ḫâlu
Words
Broken words which can be restored with certainty and words from parallel texts
(i. i., reports and so on) are in many cases included in the index, ‘ditto words’
(KIMIN, MIN, 2) are not. Verbal adjectives are not always listed as separate entries
when the infinitive is given. Numbers, ordinal numbers, fractions and the like are
only in exceptional cases indexed.
Tablet EAE 47, order of the entries: see the remark at the beginning of the tran-
scription.
‘RGb-iv-i ...’: K 18437.
1. Akkadian
abāku 45-r9'
abālu (to dry up) 46-35'
abātu 45-V1-r18' (?), V2/3-24'; RGb-II-32', IV-5'
abiktu 45-18', V2/3-32'; 46-22'; RGa-r7
abnu 45-V7-16, 18; 46-16', 17', 31', V1-9'; 48-S-63'
absinnu → šer’u
abu (father) 44-I-16
Abu 47-C-r4'', r44'; 48-5, 18, S-5', 17', 29', 75', r12', [r18']; 49-4
abūbu 44-I-41; 46-31', 33'; 47-26; 49-V1-5'
abullu 46-66'; RGb-IV-5', 7'
adannu 45-V4/5-14'
adantu 45-V2/3-25'
adāru 46-4', V1-9', 11'; RGa-r15; RGb-II-5', 6', 16'–19', 34', 35' (?),
36', 37' (?), 38', 43', III-2–9, 19, 20, IV-10'
Addaru 47-r51'; 48-12, S-[12'], 24', 36', 82', [r15', r23']
words 253
Addaru arkû 47-r52'; 48-13, S-83'

adi 45-V4/5-15'; 47-26–28, r45'; 49-a-r1; RGb-II-44', III-5
adirtu RGb-II-43' (→ adāru), III-7 (→ adāru)
adriš RGb-II-8', 33', 40'
agû (crown) 47-V1-9', 10'; RGb-II-27'
aḫāmiš 45-r3'; 46-22', 71', V1-5' (?)
aḫāzu 44-II- L-[r4'], r5'; 45-A-r1', [r2']
aḫḫūtu 46-39'
aḫu (arm, side) 45-V2/3-37' (?; probably idu)
aḫu (brother) 45-V7-17; 46-1, 11', 27', V1-8', V2-r15'; RGa-13'
– in a. ana aḫi 47-r38'
Ajjaru 47-r41'; 48-2, 15, S-[2', 14'], 26', 72', [r10'], r17'; 49-2; RGa-
⌈7'⌉ (?)
akalu 46-53'; 47-37; 48-S-91', 92'
akālu 45-17', V1-r14', V2/3-20', 25', V7-8; 46-1, 31', 43', 53', V1-4';
47-37, r15', r52', r60'; 48-S-61', 93'; RGa-15', r1; RGb-II-20'
aklu (bread) → akalu
alādu → walādu
alaktu 47-42
alāku 44-I-17; 45-20', a-ii16, V2/3-21', 23', 27', 34'–37', V8/9-9',
13'–15'; 46-4', 8', 12', 28', 52', 64'; 47-1, 22, 24, 25, 44, V1-10',
r40', r49', r62', b-7'; 48-14 (?), r15', A-r17', B-r14', S-1', 21' (?),
37', 82', 83'; 49-1, a-r1, r11, b-iv12', V1-4' (?), 14'–16'; RGa-
A2', 1', r4; RGb-I-5' (?), II-12'
alapû 46-25'
ālik maḫri 44-II- L-[r5']; 45-A-r2'
alpu (cow) 44-I-13; 48-7
ālu (town) 44-I-18, 21–23, II-4/3; 45-r5'; 46-1, 18', 21', 57', 58'; 47-V1-15',
16', r5'; RGa-r7
alû (demon, bull of
heaven, drum or
even drainage pipe) 44-I-15; 45-V2/3-31'
amāru 45-r4', r5', V1-15', V4/5-14', V6-3', V8/9-8'; 46-27', 38', 42', 44'
(?), 49'; 47-r11', r12', r21', r45', b-6', 10'; 48-S-32', 90', r24';
RGa-19'; RGb-II-26', 27', III-1, 8, IV-5' (?)
amātu 44-II-4/3, S1, S2, N1, N2, O1, O2, W1, [W2]; 45-V2/3-34';
46-5', 78'; 47-r42'
amēlu 45-r5'; 46-1, 18', 32', 37' (?), 70', V1-4'; RGa-13', 15'
amēlūtu 47-r52'
amtu 46-12'
amurru (west [wind]) 44-I-r5', II-W1, [W2]; 45-V2/3-7',12', 15', 20', 21', 24', V7-18,
23, V8/9-8'; 46-12'; 47-4, 13, 26, 28, V1-19', r23', r26'; 48-r10';
49-V1-9', 13', 23', 27', 31', 35' (?), 36, r4 (?), r8, r15; RGb-
II-2', 12', 15', 19', 23'
ana passim
anāku (tin) → annaku
andurāru 46-12'
annaku 46-30'
antal(l)û → attalû
apālu (to answer) 47-r62'
apālu (to be late) 45-r7'
254 index of terms
apāru RGb-II-27'
apkallu RGb-III-[10] ( ?)
aplu (son) 47-A-r11'
appāru 45-V2/3-30'
apsû 45-V1-r5'; 46-18'
apu (cane break) 45-V4/5-8', 11' (?), V7-1; 47-8
aqāru → waqāru
aradu → wardu; → ḫarādu (wild ass)
araddu → ḫarādu (wild ass)
Araḫsamna 47-r47'; 48-8, S-[8'], 20', 32', 78', [r13', r20']; 49-6
arāku 47-20 (?); RGb-II-12'
arāmu 46-16'; 47-V1-7'; 48-S-[r25']; RGb-II-14'
arāru (to become agitated) 47-r54'; RGb-III-2
arbūtu 47-r40', r45', r47', r49'; 48-S-82'
ardatu → wardatu
ardu → wardu
arḫu (cow) → lītu, littu
arḫu (month) → warḫu
arijātu → erijātu
arītu (pregnant woman) 46-46'
arkatu → warkatu
arki → warki
arkītu → warkītu
arkû → Addaru
arû (to lead) → warû
askaru → uskaru
asu (bear) → 45-V7-12 (?)
asû (physician) 46-a-10' (?)
aṣû → waṣû
ašāgu 45-V1-21' (?)
ašamšūtu 45-a-ii6, V2/3-25', 27', 34'–37'
ašarēdu 45-V7-19; 46-1, V1-2'; RGa-12'
ašru (KI) 45-V1-17', r5'; 46-24'; RGa-r15; RGb-IV-4'; → erṣetu
aššatu 45-V7-17; 46-V1-8', V2-r15'
aššu(m) (because of) 49-a-r11, r15, r17, r20
Aššurû 44-I-A-r14'
ašūḫu 45-V2/3-30'
atappu 46-1, V1-3'; RGa-14'
atru → watru
attalû 44-II-2; 45-a-ii7, V2/3-25', 27', 34'; 47-6, 21; 48-13, S-74', 80',
81'; RGa-6', r10; RGb-I-14', 15', 17', II-12', 29', 41' (?), 43',
III-1, 12, 13, 15–17, 22
atû → watû
awātu → amātu
awīlu → amēlu
awīlūtu → amēlūtu
awû 46-32', 70'
balālu 46-1; RGa-11'
balāṭu 44-II-4/2, 4/3, S2, N2, O2, [W2]; 46-4'; 48-S-63', 64'; RGb-
III-2
balṭu 46-4', V1-12' (?)
words 255
bāmāniš 47-36
barāqu 44-II-4/1, 4/2, 4/3, 4/4, S1, S2, N1, N2, O1, O2, W1, W2; 45-
V2/3-29', 40', V7-16, 18; 47 obv. passim (see omen 9), a-ii12;
RGa-r8 (?); RGb-IV-4'
barārītu 48-S-91'
barbaru 44-I-12; 46-7', 31'; 47-r69'
bārtu 44-I-7; 46-11'; 47-r24'
barû (to be hungry) → berû
barû (to look upon) 44-I-A-r10', II-L-r7'; 45-A-[r4']; 48-A-r18'
bārû 46-4'
bâru (to revolt) 44-I-16
bašāmu (to form) 44-II-L-r6'; 45-A-[r3']
bašû 44-I-31, 33, [34] (?), 35, r2', A-r8', II-1, 2, 4/2, 4/4, K-r1', r2',
r5', r6'; 45-1, r7', V1-r8', V2/3-18', V7-4, 9, 11; 46-10', 13', 21',
22', 24', 25', 27', 29', 31', 32', 39', 41', 48', 60', 62', 73', 78', 80',
B-r-g', V2-r7'; 47-9, 29, r22'– r25', r30', r45'–r47', r52', a-ii11;
48-S-18', 29'–31', 45'–47', 56', 57', 61', 69', 70', 78', 84'; RGa-
16', r9, r13; RGb-I-2' (?), 16' (?), II-12' (?), III-2, 18, 23
batāqu 46-35'
bēlu (lord) 46-12'; 47-r65'
bêlu 46-39', 69'; 48-S-85'
bēlūtu 46-31'
berû (to be hungry) 46-59'
bêšu 45-V7-17 ; 46-V1-8'
bibbu (planet) 46-6'–12'
biblu (flood) 45-r7'
biltu (load etc.) 45-V7-4; 46-10', 62'; 47-r65'; RGa-16'; RGb-II-29', IV-5' (?)
bīnu 46-1; RGa-11', r3
birqu 44-II-4/2, S1, N1, O1, W1; 45-V2/3-8', 38'–40', V4/5-6', 7', V7-
15; 46-21', 25', 51', 52', 69', V2-r13' (?); 47 obv. passim, a-ii12;
RGa-r8; RGb-IV-4'
birqu in biriq sankulli → s. v. sankullu
bītu 45-V2/3-24', V7-19; 46-1, 32', V1-2'; RGa-13'
būlu 44-II-4/2, K-r1', r2'; 45-V2/3-25', 27', 34', 36', 37'; 46-24', 29',
V1-10'; RGa-r7 ; RGb-II-17', 19', 21', 22', 33'
burbu’ātu 48-S-60'
burrumu 45-V7-16, 18
būrtu (cow) → lītu, littu
bū/uru (a surface measure) 49-a-r9
bušû 44-I-13; RGb-II-34'
būšu (property) → bušû
butuqtu 46-80'
da’āmu (to become dark) RGb-II-12' (?), III-14
dabābu (to speak) 46-40'
dabdû (BAD5.BAD5) → abiktu
dadmū 45-22'
dakû → dekû
dâku 44-I-8, 12; 45-V2/3-26'; 46-27'; RGb-I-21'
dalḫu 45-V1-19' (?); 46-52'
damāqu RGb-II-12'
da’mu, dāmu (dark) 45-V2/3-16'
256 index of terms
dāmu (blood) 47-r64'

danānu (strength) 45-24'; 46-25'; 48-S-79'
danānu (to become strong) 44-I-A-r8', II-K-r5'; 45-1; 47-a-ii9; RGb-III-[23]
dannatu (distress) 45-r1' ( ?), r4', V7-7; 46-34'; 47-r52'
dannatu (fortress) 45-r1' (?); 47-r41', r44'; RGb-III-2
dannu (strong) 46-29'; 48-S-90'; RGb-II-25', IV-5' (?)
dārû 49-a-r15
da’ummatu 45-V4/5-16'; 47-V1-9'
dekû 49-a-r17
dīḫu → di’u
di’u (a head illness) 47-r25'
duluḫḫû 49-a-r20
dumqu 48-S-62', 69'; RGb-II-27'
dumugabû 49-a-r6
dūru (wall) 47-r59' (?); RGb-II-32'
Du’ūzu 47-r43' ; 48-4, 17, S-[4', 16'], 28', 74', [r11'], r18'
ebūru 44-I-4, 23, 26, 37, 38, r2', II-2; 45-20', r6', r8', a-ii15, V2/3-19',
25', V7-2, 6, 14 ; 46-8', 9', 14' (?), 51', 62', 74', B-r-e', V1-6';
47-37, r31', r45', r46'; 48-S-[12'], 24', 36', 41', 45'–50', 59', 63',
64', 94', 95' (?); RGa-4', r4, r9 ; RGb-II-5', 10', III-3, 19
edû (to know) 46-31'
edû (CAD), ēdû (AHw) [SIG, notable] → wēdû
egēru 46-25' (?), B-r-c'
ekallu 44-II-L-[r2'], r8'; 45-19', A-[r(-1)', r5']; 47-r27', r43', r49'–
r51'; RGb-I-18', [21'] (?)
ekēlu RGb-II-3', 4'
ekēpu 48-S-65'
ekurru (cf. Ekur) RGa-r9
elapû →alapû
elēnû 47-b-3'
eleppu 46-41', 53'
eli 47-V1-15', r53', [r60']; 48-A-r17'; 49-1; RGb-III-9
elītu (upper part)
– in elât šamê 47-V1-18'
elpetu 46-38'
elû (to ascend) 46-18'; 48-r4'
Elūlu → Ulūlu
Elūnu → Ulūlu
emāru → imēru
emūqu 46-49', 63'
enēšu 46-77'; 48-S-16', 28'; RGb-II-12'
entu (or ugbabtu) RGb-II-41'
enû (to change) 49-a-r10
enūma 44-I-A-r9', II-K-r7', L-r1'; 45-A-[r(-2)'], V2/3-16'; 47-A-[r10'],
C-[r24'], b-12'; 48-B-r15', a-[26']; RGb-III-22, IV-11' (?)
enzu 46-48'
epēqu (CAD: to be solid;
AHw: to enfold, to overgrow) 47-33, a-ii9
eperu → epru
epēšu 46-31'; 47-A-r11'; 48-A-[r18'] (?)
epru (dust) 46-22' (?); RGa-2', 4'–6'
words 257
eqlu 45-23'
erbu (locust) 44-I-39; 46-59'; 47-V1-10'; RGb-II-16', 20', 21'
erbu in ereb Šamši → s. v. ereb Š.
erbû in
šārū erbettī 44-II-4/1, 4/2, 4/3, 4/4; 45-V2/3-44' (?); 47-5–9, 32; 48-r12',
a-22'; 49- V1-18'
ereb Šamši 45-V2/3-[10'] (?), 16', 17', 22', 35', V8/9-13'; 48-r15'; RGb-
I-26', II-28', IV-13'
erēbu 46-4', 22'; RGa-r6, r9, r12; RGb-II-40'
erēpu 45-V4/5-15', V7-15; 47-3, V1-6' (?); 48-r4', r6', r7', a-23';
RGb-I-27' (?), II-7', III-21, IV-5' (?), i5'
erijātu 45-24'; 46-25'; 48-S-79'
erītu (pregnant woman) → arītu
erpetu 44-I-r1'–r5'; 45-r9'; 47-28; 48-S-61'; 49-V1-17' (?); RGb-II-8',
9'
erpu 45-V4/5-16' (?); 47-r19', r20'; 48-S-88', 89'; RGb-II-10', 11',
IV-3' (?), 4' (?)
errēbu (CAD: errebu) 45-V4/5-6'
erṣetu 46-1, 12', 21', V1-1'; 47-26, r39'–r50', r52', r53', r55'–r58',
[r60'], r64'–r70', (b-11'), RGa-6', 10'
erû (copper) 45-V8/9-7'
esēqu 47-V1-12'
ešēru 44-I-37, r2'; 45-20', r6', r8', r9' (?), V2/3-19', V4/5-18', V7-2,
6, 14; 46-3', 8', 9', 14', 51', 52', 62', 64', 74', B-r-e'; 47-37, r31',
r46'; 48-S-[12'], 24', 36', 59', 63', 64', 66', 68'; RGa-4', 5', r4,
r9, r13; RGb-II-10', 12'
ešru (regular) 46-52'
eššu (new) 47-r9'; RGb-IV-5'
ešû (to confuse) 47-r21', r61'
etēqu 45-V1-17'; 46-5'
eṭlu 44-II-S2, N2, O2, [W2]
eṭû RGb-II-24'
ezēbu 45-V7-17; 46-V2-r15'; 47-r67'; RGb-II-27'
ezziš 46-12', 59', 62'; 47-18, 22
gabarû → gabrû
gabbu (entirety) 49-a-r11
gabrû (copy) 48-A-r18'
gabrû (rival) → māḫiru
gamālu 46-27'
gamlu 46-8', 23', 53', 54'; RGb-II-28'
gamru (complete) RGa-r9 (?)
gapšu 46-62'
gaṣāṣu → kaṣāṣu
gerru (road) 47-36, r51'
ginâ 48-S-r25', r27'; RGb-II-20'
girru (fire) 45-r5'
girru (road) → gerru and ḫarrānu
gišḫurru → uṣurtu
gišimmaru 45-V7-5, 19
gullulu RGb-II-20'
Gutû RGb-II-18', 22', 23', 36'
258 index of terms
ḫabālu (act of violence) 47-r22', r23', r47'

ḫabālu (to oppress) 45-21'
ḫabbātu (robber) 47-40
ḫadāru (to become obscured) → adāru
ḫalāqu 44-I-11, 13, 14; 45-r6', V2/3-28' (?), 32', 37', V8/9-16' (?); 46-
12', 18'; 48-S-62'; RGa-r7; RGb-I-6', 9', II-22', 29', 32', 33' (?)
ḫalḫallatu 44-I-10
ḫallūru 46-26', 34'
ḫâlu (to be in labour) → ḫiālu
ḫamāṭu (to hasten) 46-V1-7'
ḫammā’u 45-V1-20' (?); 46-69'; RGb-II-24'
ḫarābu (to lie waste) 47-r28'
ḫarādu (wild ass) 47-26
ḫarāru (to become agitated) → arāru
ḫarga/ullu 45-V2/3-31'; 46-1; RGa-11'
ḫarpu 45-20'; 47-16, 17, 19, 19a; RGb-II-9'
ḫarrānu 44-I-3; 47-36
ḫarriru 46-31'
ḫarūbu 48-S-93', a-21'
ḫasû → ḫesû
ḫašāḫu 48-S-89'
ḫaṭṭu (stick, staff) 44-I-14
ḫegallu 44-I-24
ḫengallu → ḫegallu
ḫe-pí, ḫi-pí (broken, break) 46-15' et passim
ḫepû (verb, not denoting
a break of the tablet) 44-I-18, 21; 45-V2/3-25' (?), 46-12'
ḫesû 44-II-1; 48-S-68'
ḫiālu 46-21'; 47-r64'–r67'
ḫillu 48-S-r25'
ḫi-pí → ḫe-pí
ḫīpu 47-r9'; RGb-IV-5'
ḫiṣnu 45-V6-4' (?)
ḫūlu → ḫarrānu
ḫumṣīru 44-I-7
ḫumuṣṣīru → ḫumṣīru
ḫurāṣu 45-V8/9-4'
ḫurḫummatu 48-S-56', a-19'
ḫušaḫḫu (SU.GU7 ) 44-I-19, 26; 45-V1-15', V4/5-1', 14'; 46-27'; 47-19a, r47', r63';
48-S-42'–44'; RGb-II-6', 11', 13', 14', III-20
idirtu → adirtu
idu (arm, side) 45-V2/3-37' (or aḫu?); RGb-II-14'
idû (to know) → edû
ikkillu 47-r68'
ikû (a surface measure) 49-a-r9'
iltānu (north [wind]) 44-I-r3', II-N1, N2; 45-V2/3-6', 11', 14', 18', 19', 23', V7-16, 21,
V8/9-9'; 47-2, 11, 25, r18', r22', r26'; 48-r5', r6', r8', r14'; 49-
V1-6', 11', 12', 15', 21', 25', 29', 33' (?), r4 (?), r6, r13; RGa-1';
RGb-II-15', 17', 21'
ilu 45-V2/3-16', 17', V7-19; 46-1, 3', 12', 18', 20', 23', 24', 32', 49',
56', V1-2'; 47-r12', r15', r16', r67'; 48-S-73', 74', 76', r23', r26';
RGa-17'; RGb-III-10
words 259
imbaru 45-V2/3-14' (?); 48-r2', r3', r6'–r15', S-71'–101', 102' (?); a-24'
imēru 44-I-18; 45-V7-14
imḫullu 49-V1-r9
imittu (right side) 46-21', 22', 57'–59'; RGa-r8; RGb-IV-4'
immeru 44-I-14; 45-a-ii12 (?), V7-11 (?)
imnu → imittu
in (= ina) 48-S-61'–64'
ina passim
inbu 45-27'; 46-26'
īnu (eye) 44-II-L-[r4']; 45-A-r1'; RGb-II-20' (= pānū, face?)
inūma → enūma
issu → ultu
iṣṣūru 47-33
iṣu 44-I-39, II-3; 45-r9'; 46-31'
išaru (regular) → ešru
išātu 44-II-4/2, 4/3, S1, S2, N1, N2, O1, O2, W1, W2; 45-r5', V1-
26', V7-15; 47-9, 22, r27', a-ii10
išdu 44-I-20
– in išid šamê 47-V1-13', 18', r17, r6', b-2'
išḫilṣu 45-a-ii9, 10
išpiku RGb-III-3
ištānu (north) → iltānu
ištēniš 45-V2/3-47'
ištu → ultu
išû (TUK) no syllabic attestations; → s. v. rašû
itti 46-1, 32', 58', 70', 71', V1-3', V2-r12'; 47-r29'; 48-r16'; RGa-13',
14', r5; RGb-III-6
ittidû 44-I-4
it(t)û 47-V1-5'; 49-a-r12
izuzzu 46-V2-r13'; 47-r17', r18'; 48-r12' (?); 49-V1-14'–16'
kabtu 47-V1-13', r29'; 48-S-7', 19', 20'
kaj(j)amānamma → kaj(j)ānamma
kaj(j)ānamma 45-V2/3-25'
kajjānu 49-b-iv10'
kakkabu 46-1, 5', 22', 27', V1-1', 5', V2-r8'; RGa-10'; RGb-II-29' (?);
III-18
kakku 46-6', 18' (?), 42', 66'; 47-b-4'; RGa-18'; RGb-II-18', 22', 23'
kakkû 46-34'
kalâma/u (CAD: kalama) 44-II-4/2; RGb-II-33'
kalbu 44-I-5; 46-8', 31'
kalî/iš 47-26
kalu (entirety; CAD) → kalû
kalû (entirety) 45-V2/3-47'; 47-V1-6' (?), r55'
kalû (to hold back) 47-22
kamāru (annihilation) 47-r60'
kamû (to capture) 44-I-7; 47-r5'
kamūnu (a fungus) RGb-IV-15'
kanāšu (to submit) 45-V2/3-26', V4-r4 (?), r6 (?); RGb-III-[25]
kânu 44-II-L-[r8']; 45-A-[r5']; RGa-r13; RGb-II-12'
kararû 47-a-ii10
karmūtu 47-r49'; 48-S-83'
260 index of terms
kaspu 44-I-20; 45-V8/9-5'

kaṣāru 45-V2/3-38', V8/9-10'; RGb-II-8', 9'
kaṣāṣu (to gnash one’s teeth,
to rage) 45-a-ii17, V4/5-2', V6-6' (?); 46-11', 58', 61'; 47-35
kaṣû ((to become) cold) 48-S-57'
kašādu 44-I-15; 46-19'; 48-S-74'; RGb-II-27', 31'
Kaššû 48-S-81'
katāmu RGb-II-20'
kēnu → kīnu
kīam 47-C-r6''
kibrītu 45-r5'
kibtu 46-33'
kīma (prep.) 44-I-1–20, D-1, 2, A-r10', II-4/2, 4/3, S1, S2, N1, N2, O1, O2,
W1, W2; 45-r5', a-ii12, V1-12', 16', 26', V2/3-26', 28', 31',
35'–37', V4/5-6', 7', 13', V4-r5, V7-1–15, V8/9-4'–7'; 46-7', 8',
23', 24', 53'–56', 70'–73'; 47-7, 9, 22, 26, 35, V1-16', r5', r68'–
r70'; 48-A-r18', S-55'; RGb-II-25'–29', III-25
kīmū RGb-III-2
kīniš 48-S-90'
kīnu 45-V1-13', 15'; 46-12', 78'
kippatu 45-V1-12', 16'; 46-7', 24', 55', 56', 70'–73'
kirû 45-27' (?); 49-a-r16
Kislīmu 47-r48'; 48-9, S-9', 21', 33', 79', r14', r21'; RGb-III-4
kišittu 45-V2/3-43'
kiššatu (world, universe) 44-I-15, II-L-r2'; 45-A-[r(-1)']; 48-S-15'; RGb-III-2, 4
kiššūtu 48-S-85'
kittu (truth) 46-32', 40', 70'
kullu (to hold) 47-38, V1-9', 10'
kullumu 47-19; RGb-II-14'
kunāšu 46-26', 31'
kunnūtu 44-I-31
kurgarrû 46-32'
kurkû 44-I-19, 34
kurru (dry measure) 44-I-18, 21
kussû 46-31' (?); RGb-III-5
kuṣṣu 46-29'; 47-r22', r23'
kūṣu → kuṣṣu
lā passim
labāru 46-76'
labāšu 46-1, 25'; RGa-15'
labirtu 47-r62'
labi/īru 44-I-A-r10'; 48-A-r18'
lābtu (roasted barley) 46-37'
lām(a) RGa-r14' (?)
lamānu → lemēnu
lamû (to surround) 45-V1-12', 16'; 46-7', 8', 23', 24', 53'–56', 70'–73'; 47-36, V1-
16' (?), r5', r51'
lapātu RGb-II-24'
laptu (roasted barley) → lābtu
lasāmu 45-V2/3-25'
lâtu → sug/kullu
words 261
lawû → lamû
lemēnu 46-55'; 48-A-r17'; 49-1, a-r2
lemuttu RGb-I-19', III-15
leqû (to take) 46-18', 31' (?), 47'
libbu 48-S-63', 64'
– in ana/ina/ša libbi 44-I-A-r7'; 45-V1-r3', r7'; 46-22', 27', 69'; 47-V1-19', r43',
a-ii12; 48-r15'; 49-b-[iv12']
liblibbi → s. v. līpu
li’bu (an illness) 44-II-4/4
līlâtu 45-4 (?)
lilissu 44-I-16
lipittu 48-S-57'
līpu in līp(i) līpi 44-I-A-r16'
lītu, littu 45-V7-9 (?)
lumnu 48-S-90'; RGb-II-27', III-8
lu’tu (decay) 44-I-6
lūtu → lu’tu
ma’ādu → mâdu
mādiš, ma’diš 45-a-ii18, V2/3-16'–21'; 46-7', 8', 53'–56', 71', 72'; 47-r11', r12',
r15', r16'
mādu, ma’du 48-S-60', 62', 68', 70' (?)
mâdu 48-S-42'–44', 71', a-15'; 49-a-r5; RGb-II-24'
magal 47-r29'; RGa-r6
maḫāḫu 48-r8'–r10', a-24' (?), 25'
maḫāru 44-I-19; 46-22'; 47-5, r13'; RGb-III-13
maḫāṣu 45-V2/3-30' (?)
maḫīru 44-I-18, 22; 48-S-1', 10', [11'], 13', 22', 23', 34', 35', 41', 46'–48',
50', 65', 87', a-15'; RGa-r13; RGb-II-10', 12'
māḫiru 44-I-9; 45-V2/3-28' (?); 46-47'
maḫru (front) RGa-r12
makkūru (property) 45-V2/3-25'
mala (relative pronoun) 44-II-L-r6'; 45-A-[r3'], V6-2' (?)
malāku (to give advice) 46-24'; RGb-I-19', III-15
malû (to fill up) 45-V2/3-48'; RGb-II-30' (?)
mamma 44-II-L-[r5']; 45-A-r2'; 46-18', 39'; 47-V1-16' (?), r5'; RGb-
II-30', III-15
mammanama 46-31'
mammānan 46-38' (?)
mānaḫtu 48-S-r22'
mandītu 46-18'
maqātu (ŠUB) RGb-II-39'; in case of doubt, see under nadû
maqātu 45-V2/3-34'; 46-6', 12', 42', 66'; 47-r27', r59'; 48-S-88'; RGa-
18'
marāru 47-r60' (see note 44)
marāṣu 49-a-r13 (?); RGb-III-2
marratu (rainbow) 45-V2/3-5', 13', 22'; 46-73'
marṣu 44-II-4/2, 4/4, S1, S2, [N1], N2, O1, O2, [W1], [W2], K-[r6']
(?); 45-1, V2/3-29', 38' (?), V4/5-9', 13' (?); 48-7, S-31'; 49-a-
r13; RGb-III-23
māru (DUMU, TUR) in case of doubt, see under ṣeḫru
māru 44-I-8, 12, 16, A-r13'–r15'; 45-V2/3-28'; 46-54'; 47-A-r11'; 49-3
262 index of terms
mašā’u (to despoil) 45-19'; RGb-II-34'

mašku (skin) 46-1, V1-4'; RGa-15'
mašlu → ūmu
mašrû 45-V2/3-36'; 46-12'
mātu (land) 44-I-15, 17, 19, 20, 23–25, 26 (?), 37, r2'–r5', A-r13', II-1, 2,
4/2, S1, [S2], N1, N2, O1, O2, [W1], [W2], K-r6', L-r2'; 45-1,
17', 20', 21', r3'–r5', A-[r(-1)'], a-ii15, V1-17', 23', r8', r13',
V2/3-12', 14'–18', 20', 25', 30'–33', 47', V4/5-4', 5', 9', 14', [16']
(?), 20', 21' (?), V4-r1, V7-2, 6–8, 11, 14; 46-1, 5', 6', 8', 11'–14',
16', 18'–20', 22'–25', 27', 29'–31', 33', 34', 39', 40', 42'–44',
47', 48', 50', 51', 56', 62', 72'(?), 78', 80', B-r-e', V1-6', 10',
V2-r7'; 47-11–13, 35–37, V1–10', 14', r12', r15', r16', r22', r23',
r27', r28', r31', r39'–r41', r43', r45'–r49', [r50'], r51', r52',
r55', r56', r58'–r63', r68', b-11'; 48-17, A-r17', S-1', 3', 5', 7', 9',
[14'], [16'] (?), [18'] (?), 21', 28', 30'–33', 41', 62'–64', 71'–74',
[75'], 76'–78', 80', 82'–88', 90'–93', r22'–r24'; 49-1, a-19 (?),
V1-20'–27'; RGa-4', 9', 17', 19', r1, r2, r4, r9, r13; RGb-I-19',
II-5', 6', 9', 11', 12', 15', 18', 20', 21', 24', 25', 26' (?), 27', 29',
30', 31' (?), 33', 42', III-2, 4, 8, 10, 22, [23], 24, IV-5', 16'
mâtu 44-II-4/3, S1, N1, O1, W1; 45-V2/3-41', V4/5-6'; 46-4', 5', 40',
54', V1-12' (?); 47-V1-13'; 48-S-3', 7', 15', 26', 27'; RGb-II-12',
13', 41', III-31 (?)
maṭû (to decrease) 44-I-18, 22; 47-r52'; 48-S-[10'], 11', 22', 23', 34', 35', 78', a-15'
(?)
meḫû 45-21', V2/3-24'; 46-16'; 49-V1-20'–31', r10; RGb-I-23', III-26
mēreštu (cultivated field) RGb-II-5'
mērešu (cultivated land) 44-II-1
mēseru 48-S-32'
meširtu (produce of
the sea and rivers) RGb-II-5'
mešrû → mašrû
miādu → mâdu
midirtu → miṭirtu
milku RGb-I-19'
mīlu 45-20', a-ii16, V1-13', V4/5-12', V4-r1, V7-10; 46-17', 28', 52',
62', 64', 73', 75', 79', 80'; 47-1, 5, 24, 25, 44, r26'; 48-S-r24';
RGa-7', r4, r12; RGb-II-4'
mīnamma (→ CAD s. v. mīnu) 47-39
minītu 47-r53', r60'; RGb-II-9', 12'
miqittu 44-I-33–35, 40; 45-16' (?), V1-24', r15' (?), V4-r2, V6-5';
46-8', 21', 22', 24', 25', 29', 31', 32', 41', 48', 53', 60'; 48-5, 7, 8,
19, S-7', 17', 19', 20' (?), 31'; 49-V1-20'–23'; RGa-8', r3; RGb-
III-18, 24
miqtu (ŠUB, downfall) in case of doubt, see under miqittu
mīrānu (puppy) 44-I-6
miširtu (produce of the
sea and rivers) → meširtu
mišlu 45-V8/9-2'–4', 6' (?), 11'; RGb-II-24', 36', III-4
mitgurtu 45-V4/5-10', 12'
mītu 45-V1-14' (?); 46-[4']; 47-64' (?)
miṭirtu 49-a-r16
words 263
mû (divine orders) 45-V4/5-10' (?)

mû (water) 45-V4/5-10' (?); 46-18'; 47-V1-10'; 48-S-55'–64'
(muḫḫu → eli)
mukallimtu 47-b-12'; 48-a-26'
mūrānu → mīrānu
murṣu 44-II-4/2; 45-V2/3-38' (?), V4/5-13' (?); 47-9, 29; 49-a-r13 (?)
murta/eššû 47-40
muṣa’’irānu 45-V7-3; 48-S-62'
muṣlālu 45-5 (?); 47-r21'
mūšaru, muš/sar(r)û 49-a-r16 (?)
mušēlû 48-r11', r16', a-22'
mušītu 45-V8/9-7'
mūšu 45-V8/9-4' (?); 47-10–13, V1-3' (?), r56'; 49-V1-3', 5'; RGb-
II-12' (?), 13', III-15, IV-2'
mūtānu (ÚŠMEŠ) 44-II-4/1, 4/3; 46-5', V1-6', V2-r7'; 47-r64'; 48-S-[18'] (?), 30',
45'–48', 50', 70'
mutu 45-V7-17; 46-V1-8', V2-r15'
mūtu 48-S-29' (?); RGb-II-13'
nabalkutu 47-r27', r39', r48', r58'
nablu (flame) 47-19, 35
nābutu (ḪA.A) → ḫalāqu
nadānu (to give) 44-I-20
nadāru 45-V4-r4; 46-7'; 47-40–42
nadû (abandoned) 47-r42'
nadû (to throw) 44 passim; 45 passim; 46 passim, also 57'; 47-15, 32, 34, 36,
V1-5', 8', r24', r25', r38' (?), r49', r51' (?), r53', r56', r58',
r63', r65', r68'–r70'; 48-S-92', 96'; 49-V1-6'–9'; RGa passim;
RGb-II-30', (39: → maqātu), III-23, 24, 26–28, 30, IV-12', 14'
nagālu 47-18, V1-4'
nagbu 45-V1-r15'; 46-73', V2-r11'; 47-V1-10'; RGa-9'
naḫāšu 49-a-r7
nakāpu (to butt) 48-S-9', 21' (?), 33', a-14'
nakāru (to become hostile) 46-1, 58'; RGa-[15']
nakāsu (KUD) → parāsu
nakru 45-V1-r2', r8', V7-22; 46-71', 72'; 47-35, 36, r43', r50', r51',
r57'; 48-7, S-9', 21', 33', 37'–40', 72', a-14'; RGb-II-27', 31',
34', 42', III-2
nalšu 45-V2/3-42' (?); 46-45' (?)
namāru 46-10', 57', 60'; RGa-16' (?); RGb-II-24'
namgaru → namkaru
namkaru 46-1, V1-3'; RGa-13'f.
namkūru → makkūru
nammaššû RGb-II-34'
– in n. ṣēri (NÍG.ZI.GÁL.EDIN.NA) 44-II-M-r6'; 47-33; 45-V2/3-34'
namru 44-II-L-[r4']; 45-A-r1'
namû (pasture land, steppe) 47-r28', r42', r44'
napāḫu 45-V2/3-26'; 49-V1-17', 18'; RGb-II-24', 25', 31' (?), III-24, 25
napardû → neperdû
naparkû 47-r14'
napāṣu (to reject) 45-V7-19; 46-1, V1-2'; RGa-12'
napāšu (to become abundant) 45-V1-r16', V2/3-19'; 46-9', 74'; 48-S-[12'], 24', 36', 45'–50',
87', 94', 95'
264 index of terms
napištu 44-I-31
napšu 46-53'; 47-37; 48-S-61'
nāru (river) 45-V7-3; 46-1, 3', 25', 35', 41', V1-3'; RGa-[14']
nâru → nêru
nasāḫu (to tear out) 45-r9' (?), V7-19; 49-a-r19 (?)
našpaku → išpiku
naššu → nalšu
našû 46-62'; 48-S-75'; RGb-IV-5'
nâšu (to quake) 47-26, r43', r55'–r58'
naṭālu 47-r61'; RGb-II-28', 29' (?); → amāru
nawāru → namāru
nawru → namru
nawû → namû
nazāqu 45-V4/5-15'; 46-30', 50'; 47-r56'; RGa-r2
nēmequ 44-II- L-[r6']; 45-A-r3'
neperdû 45-V2/3-49'
nêru RGb-II-18', 22'
nērubātu (pl. t.) 47-r30', r44'
nesû 45-V2/3-16', 17', 22' (?); 46-23'; 47-r15'; 48-S-73' (?), 74'; 49-a-
r9; RGb-III-10
nēšu (lion) 44-I-11; 45-V2/3-28', V4/5-13'; 46-7', 31'; 47-41, 42, r68'
nidûtu 47-b-5'
nipḫu 44-I-A-r8', II-K-[r5']; 45-1; 49-a-r19 (?); RGb-II-12', III-23
(?), 26
Nisannu 47-[r27'], r39', A-r10'; 48-1, 14, A-r17', B-r14', S-1', 13', 25', 71',
r10', r16'; 49-1, a-r1, b-[iv12']; RGb-II-41', III-2, 8, 16, 17
Nisannu šanû 47-r40'
nisqu 44-II-L-[r4']; 45-A-[r1']
nišū 44-I-25; 45-V2/3-32'; 46-21', 24', 25', 27', 42', 44', 49', 53', 55',
59', 61', 63' (?); 47-r21', r60', r61', A-r10'; 48-1, 5, 9, S-5', [10'],
11', 22', 23', 25', 34', 35', 55', 58', 71', 84', 86'; RGa-[19'], r7;
RGb-III-18
nuḫšu 47-A-r10'; 48-1, S-[10'], 11', 22', 23', 25', 34', 35', 55', 58', 84';
RGa-r13
nukurtu 45-V4/5-5'; 46-11', 27'; 47-C-r5'', r46', r48', r52', r64'
nūnu (fish) 45-18', V1-r5'; 46-22'; 47-33; 48-S-64'
nušurrû 45-V2/3-25', 34'–36'; 48-6
paḫāru (to assemble) 47-r41', r44'; RGb-III-2
palāsu 47-r15', r16'; RGb-II-12'
palāšu 45-V4-r4' (?), r6' (?)
palgu 46-1, V1-3'; RGa-14'
palû (reign) 46-30', 50', 77'; 47-r58', r61'; 48-S-85'; RGa-r2; RGb-II-35',
III-3
pānu (front) 44-I-17
– in ana pān(i) 47-V1-13', 14'
– in ina pān(i) 46-V1-7', V2-r14'
– in pānū (face) RGb-II-20' (→ īnu)
paqādu RGb-I-22' (?)
parakku 46-V2-r4'
parāku 45-V2/3-6', 11' ( ?), 12'–24', V7-15 ; 46-21'; 47-V1-13'–15',
17'–19', r4', r6', r8', r9', r19', r20', r22'–r25', b-1' (?), 2' (?)
words 265
parāsu (to separate) 45-r6', a-ii16, V1-r15', V2/3-23', 32'; 46-11', 17', 24', 28', 52',
B-r-a' (?), r-d'; 47-42, r58'; 48-S-86'; RGa-8', 9'; RGb-I-3'
(?), 23' (?), 25' (?), 26' (?), 28' (?)
pašāḫu 45-V6-3'; 46-27', 42'; 48-9; RGa-19'; RGb-I-22'
paṭāru 48-S-37'–40'
pelû (red) 47-V1-5'
perku → pirku
per’u 44-I-14
peṣû 45-r4'; 47-28; RGa-4'; RGb-II-7'
pirku (chord, area) 45-V1-17'; 46-5'
pû (mouth, word) 46-78'; in ina KA DN → s. v. amātu (INIM)
puḫru (assembly, totality) 44-II-4/3
purussû 46-24'; 47-r58'; 49-a-r11; RGb-III-9 (?)
puzru 47-V1-10'
qablītu (inner part; middle
watch of the night) 46-18'; 48-S-92'
qablu (battle) 47-r59', b-9'
qablu (middle) 45-2, C-r12', V1-r9'–r12', V2/3-43'; 46 passim, a-7'; 47-32;
RGa-9', 10', [17']; RGb-III-27, IV-6'
qabû (to say) 46-37'
qadūtu 46-75'; 48-S-55', r5' (?), r6'–r8'
qalālu (to become light) 47-r29', r43', r50'
qalītu (ŠE.SA.A) → lābtu
qaqqadu 46-25'
qaqqaru (KI) → erṣetu
qarnu RGb-II-39' (or: šarūru)
qatāru (to roll in [fog]) 48-S-71'–83', 88'–97'
qatû 44-II-K-[r6'] (?); 45-1, V2/3-24' (?); 47-r58' (?); RGb-III-3,
23
qātu 46-19'; 47-A-[r12'] (?); RGb-III-13
qerbu (middle) 44-II-L-[8']; 45-A-[r5'], V2/3-42', 43'
qerēbu 45-V2/3-39'
qištu 45-V2/3-30', V4/5-8' (?), V7-1; 47-8
qītu 45-3, a-ii14
qumaḫḫu 44-I-33
qummālu → qummānu
qummānu 46-26'
qummāru → qummānu
rab (ša) rēši/(ī) → s. v. rabû
rabû (great) 44-I-A-r13'; 45-V2/3-31', V6-4'; 46-24'; 49-a-r3 ; RGb-II-28'
– in rab (ša) rēši/(ī) (→ MZL p. 295) 44-I-A-r12'
rabû (to become large) 48-S-90'; 49-a-r3
rabû (to set) RGb-II-12', 13'
râbu (to quake) 45-V2/3-33'; 47-r39'–r53', r56', r60'
radādu RGb-II-25'
rādu 44-II-3; 45-V2/3-32'; 47-r18'; 49-V1-4'
raḫāṣu (to devastate) 44-I-[4] (?), 10, 23; 45-r3', V1-r14', V2/3-25', 30' (?), 34', 39',
44', 45', 47', 50' (?), V7-1, 3, 5, 13, 23 (?); 46-3', 26'; 47-7, 8,
10–12, [13] (?), 33, 34, V1-14', 18'; 48-S-67'; RGb-II-5', 8', 9',
[19'], 31'
râḫu riāḫu
266 index of terms
rakābu 48-r14'; RGb-II-16'–19', 20'–23'

rakāpu → rakābu
rakāsu 45-V8/9-11'
ramāmu (to roar) 45-V2/3-25', 43', V4/5-1' (?); 49-V1-19'; RGb-II-5', III-19
rapšu (wide) 44-II-L-r3'; 45-A-[r0']
raqû 49-a-r9
rašû (to get, to obtain) 44-I-9; 45-V2/3-28'; 46-7', 12', 20', 23', 56', 61', 63', V1-10';
47-r16'; RGa-17'
redû (to escort) 47-r51'; RGb-III-3
rēḫtu 45-V1-19' (?); RGb-II-31'
rēmu (mercy) 46-7', 13', 20', 23', 56', V1-10'; 47-r12', r16'; RGa-17'
rêmu 45-V2/3-16'
rēšu RGb-III-9
– in rab (ša) rēši/(ī) → s. v. rabû
rē’û 46-18' (?), 39'
riāḫu (to remain) 45-r5', V1-r4'; 46-18'
rību (earthquake) 45-V2/3-33'
rigmu 44 passim (see in particular I-13, A-r7'); 45 passim; 46
passim; 47-14, 15, 32–34, r24', r25', r53', r58', r63'; 49-V1-
6'–9'; RGa passim; RGb-III-23, 24, 26–28, 30, IV-6', 7', 12',
14'
riḫītu 45-V1-19' (?)
riḫṣu 45-r7'; 47-r26'; 49-V1-19'
rīḫtu → rēḫtu
rîtu 45-25', a-ii13, V7-11; 46-25' (?); 47-37
riṭibtu (written KI.DURU5) see ruṭibtu
rubû (prince) 45-19'; 47-V1-15', r27', r39', r43', r48'–r51'; RGb-II-32', III-3
rūqu 46-3' (?); 49-a-r9 (?)
ruṭibtu 45-V4/5-18'; RGb-II-12'
rū’u 46-27'
sadāru 45-r9'; 47-r57'; 48-S-85', 87'; 49-V1-5'
sadru 47-r22', r23'; 48-S-67'
sagkullu → sankullu
saḫāru 47-41; 49-V1-10', 24'–27'
saḫlû 46-32'
sakālu (to annex) 45-V1-r13' (?)
sakīku 45-V2/3-48'
salāmu (to make peace) 45-V1-r2' (?); 46-71'; RGa-r10
salīmu 46-27'; RGb-III-1 (cf. šulmu), 6 (cf. ~), 22 (cf. ~)
sāmu 45-V2/3-17', 19', 21'; 46-7', 17', 21', 51', 53', 55', 64', 70', 71';
47-r11', r16'; 48-r16', S-58'; RGa-2', r4
sanāqu (to check) 44-II-L-r7'; 45-A-r4'
sankullu in biriq s. 44-II-4/1, 4/3, 4/4, S2, N2, O2, [W2]; 45-V2/3-9', 29', 35',
37', V4/5-6' (without ‘birqu’), 7' (variant: without ‘birqu’); 47-6,
8, 21
santakku (wedge) 44-II-L-[r6']; 45-A-r3'
sapāḫu 46-27'; 47-r55' ; 48-S-86'
sebe 46-1
simānu (time) 45-r6', r7', r8'
Simānu 47-C-r3'', r42'; 48-3, 16, S-3', 15', 27', 73', r11', [r17']; 49-3
siparru 45-V8/9-6'
words 267
sisû/sīsû 44-I-17; 45-V2/3-39'

sugû when written ‘SU.GU7’ listed under ḫušaḫḫu
sug/kullu 45-V1-24', V4-r2; 46-22', 25'; RGa-8'
sukanni/īnu 44-I-20
suluppu 44-I-36; 45-26', V7-9; 46-35'; RGa-5'
sūmu (red spot) 47-V1-8'
sunqu 47-r45'; → sugû
supūru 46-63'
surriš 49-V1-4'
sūtu (the measuring vessel) 45-V1-15'; 46-12'
ṣabātu 46-26', 72'
ṣabītu 46-3', 24', V1-10'
ṣaḫru → ṣeḫru
ṣalmu (black) 46-16', 69', V1-9'; 47-10 (cf. note 5), V1-3' (?); 48-S-59'; RGa-
5'
ṣarāḫu (to flare up) 45-V4/5-7'; 46-9'
ṣarāru (to flash) 46-9'
ṣâtu (commentary) 44-II-M-r6'; 47-b-12'; 48-a-26'
ṣeḫēru 44-II-1; 45-V2/3-30', V6-4' (?); 46-5', 75' (?); 47-r54' (?), r66';
48-S-1' (?), 5', 13'; RGb-II-10', 11', 17', 21'
ṣeḫru (child) 44-II-[S1], N1, O1, W1; 46-5', 31'; 49-a-r6
– (small) 45-V6-4' (?); 46-24'
ṣēnū (sheep) 45-V1-24', V4-r2; 46-22', 25'; RGa-8'
ṣerru (snake) 44-I-3
ṣēru (snake) → ṣerru
ṣēru (steppe) 44-I-25, II-M-r6'; 45-V2/3-25', 34'; 46-3' (?), 24', V1-10'; →
nammaššû
ṣētu (light) RGb-II-2', 4', III-6, 14; IV-4' (?)
ṣiātu → ṣâtu
ṣīru (snake) → ṣerru
ṣītān 45-V2/3-13'
ṣītaš → ṣītān
ṣīt Šamši 45-V2/3-5', [10'] (?), 16', 17', 22', 36'; 46-6'; 47-r17', r18', r20';
48-r13', S-90'; RGa-7'; RGb-II-31', IV-12', 14' (?)
ṣuḫurrû (see van Soldt 1995, 18 ad omen I 3 = RGb-II-21')
ṣullû (to pray) RGb-II-30' (?)
ṣulmu 47-V1-5', 6' (?), 8'
ša passim
šabāru → šebēru
Šabāṭu 47-C-r6'', r50'; 48-11, S-11', 23', 35', 81', r15', r23'
šabsu 48-S-76'
šadû (east [wind]) 44-I-r4', II-O1, O2; 45-V2/3-7', 12', 15', 20', 21', 24', V7-18, 22,
V8/9-14', 15'; 46-8' (?); 47-3, 12, 24–26, V1-19', r23', r26'; 48-
[r9'] (?), r11'; 49-V1-3'–5', 8', 10', 12'–16', 22', 26', 30', 34' (?),
r7, r14; RGb-I-25', 26' (?), 28', II-15', 18', 22'
šagāmu 45-V2/3-10' (?; GÙ.DÉ), 16' (?; GÙ.DÉ); V4/5-17'; 47-14, 16;
RGb-II-7', III-21, 29
šag(g)aštu 47-r22', r23', r47'
šagāšu 47-r47'
šaḫāṭu (to jump) 47-35
šaḫluqtu 46-31'; 47-r58'; RGb-II-19', 35', III-4
268 index of terms
šaḫû (pig) 45-V7-11 (?); 46-31'

šâḫu → šiāḫu
šā’ilu 46-4'
šakānu 44-I-24, 26, II-1, 2, 4/1, 4/2, 4/3, 4/4, S1, S2, [N1], N2, O1,
O2, W1, W2; 45-18', r4', r5', a-ii7 (?), V2/3-25', 27', 32'–34',
38', 47', V4/5-1' (?), [16'] (?), V7-7; 46-12', 22', 33', 34', 54'
(?), V1-6'; 47-6, 19a, 26, r30', C-r4'', [r60'], r63', r64', b-8';
48-r15', S-48', 50', a-22'; 49-a-r11; RGa-6'; RGb-I-15', 17',
II-12', 13', 28', 29', III-1, 8, 12, 13, 15–17, 22
šakkadirru (marten (?);
→ CAD s. v.) 44-I-8
šakkatirru → šakkadirru
šalālu (to plunder) 47-r51'
šalgu RGa-A9'
šalmu (healthy) 47-V1-15'
šamaššammū (sesame;
CAD: flax) 45-26', V7-9; 46-36'; 48-S-66', 94'; RGa-5'
šammu 45-V1-21' (?), r5', V4/5-11'; RGb-II-7', III-21
šamnu 46-21'; 48-S-r24'
šamšatu RGb-II-20'
šamšu (cf. Šamaš) 45-a-ii7 (?),V2/3-[10'] (?), 27', 34', V4/5-1' (?); 46-66' (?),
67'–69'; 47-6, V1-13'; RGb-II-6', 12', 13', 24'–27', [33', 34'],
III-2, 3, 7, 9, 12–14, [15], 16, 20, 23, 24, 26, IV-4', 10'
šamû (heaven, sky) 44-II-3 (?); 45-V2/3-42', 43', V4/5-17' (?), V4-r4 (?), r6, V8/9-
12'; 46-18', 22', 27', 51', 58'; 47-30 (?), 32, V1-17', r8'–r10', r14',
r58', r62' (?); 48-S-55'–64', r9' (?), r25', r27', r29'–32' (?);
49-b-iv8' (?); RGa-A9'; RGb-IV-ii1' (?)
– in elât šamê → elītu (upper part)
– in išid šamê → išdu
šamû (rain) 44-I-A-r8', II-K-[r5']; 45-1, 23', V2/3-24', 49', V4/5-14', 15',
17' (?), V7-12, 15, 20, 21; 46-5', 14', 17', 28'–30', 52', 61'; 47-7,
20 (?), 30, r19', r20', A-r10'; 48-1, 5, 7, 14, S-1', 13', 25', 37',
55'–64', 89'; 49-a-r15, b-iv8' (?); RGb-I-20', II-7', III-21, 23,
IV-ii1' (?)
šamūtu → šamû (rain)
šanû (second; (an)other) 44-I-A-r7'; → Nisannu
šanû (to become different) 48-a-13'
šanûm-ma (other) 47-r50'
šapāru 45-V4/5-5'; 46-27'; 47-C-r5'', r48'; RGb-IV-4'
šāpiru 46-61'
šaqālu 46-V2-r12'; 47-37 (?); 48-S-66'; RGa-r5
šaqû (to grow high) 48-S-11', 41', 46'–48', 50', a-17', 18'
šarāku (to give a present) 44-II-L-r3'; 45-A-[r0']
šarru (king) 44-I-7, 8, 11–13, 15, 16, 32, A-r13', II-1, L-r2', [r5']; 45-r3',
A-[r(-1')], r2', V1-r8', V2/3-26', 28', 41', V4/5-6'; 46-19', 21',
27', 42', 54', 66', 69', 71', 76', 77'; 47-35, V1-15', 16' (?), r5',
r29', C-r3'', r5'', r39', r43', r48', r58', r62'; 48-13, 15 (?), 16,
A-r17', S-3', 15', 26', 27', 81'; 49-1, 2; RGa-18', r7, r10; RGb-
I-18', 21', II-12', [13'], 14', 24', 25', 27', 31', 33', 37', 38', 42',
III-1–3, 6, 8, 9, 15, 24, 25
šarû (to become rich) 44-I-25; 49-b-iv8' (?)
words 269
šāru (wind) (45-V2/3-45' (?), 46' (?)); (46-12'); 47-4; 48-a-22'; 49-V1-(1'),
17', (32') (?), r10, r11, r16–r19; (RGb-I-28' (?), III-16, 17)
– in IM.4.BA → s. v. erbû
šarūru 48-r6'; RGb-II-39' (or: qarnu)
šasû 44-I-31–41, II-L-[r8']; 45-3'–31', r6', r8', A-r5', a-ii6, V2/3-10',
16', 26', 27', 42', V4/5-3'–12', 18', 20'; 46-4', 12', 59', 62', V1-11';
47-23, 26; 48-S-89'; RGb-II-6', III-20, 22, 25, IV-11' (?)
šattu (year) 44-I-37; 45-V1-16', 23', r14', V2/3-32', 42', V7-10; 46-1, 9', 11',
12', 18', 34', 40', 51', 55'; 47-r59', r63', r65'; 48-S-62', 69', 89';
RGa-7', 9', r17; RGb-II-5', 22', 25', 41', III-2, 9, 28
šāt urri 48-S-93'
šaṭāru (to write) 44-I-A-r10', II-L-[r7']; 45-A-r4'; 48-A-r18'
šebēru RGb-II-23'
šegun(n)û (‘mottled
barley’, CAD: ‘crop’) 44-I-r2', II-4/1; 45-r9'; 46-75'; 47-r54'
šēlebu 47-r70'
šemû (to hear) 48-S-77'; RGb-III-[11]
šēpu 45-V7-22; 47-36; 48-S-37'–40'
šer’u 45-V7-4; 46-10', 62'; RGa-16'
šērtu (morning) RGa-r14
šērtu (penalty) 48-S-75'
še’u → uṭṭatu
še’û 49-a-r8
šī (feminine) → šū (masculine)
šiāḫu 45-23'
šiāru RGb-II-12' (?)
(šibṭu → šipṭu)
šiḫṭu (jump)
– in ṣiḫiṭ šamši 47-r13'
šiknu 46-54' (more likely *škn N/IV); 47-26
– in šikin napišti 45-V2/3-35'
šīlān 45-V2/3-13'
šillān → šīlān
šipru 44-II-L-[r5']; 45-A-[r2']
šipṭu RGb-III-8 (see CAD, šipṭu A, disc. section)
šīrtu → šērtu
šir’u → šer’u
šīru 46-1, V1-4'; 47-r52'; RGa-15'; RGb-IV-13'
šitqultu 46-V2-r9'
šū/ī (anaphoric pronoun) 44-I-17, A-r8', II-4/1, 4/2, 4/3, 4/4, K-[r5'], L-[r5']; 45-1,
A-[r2'], V2/3-42'; 47-37, V1-16' (?), r5', r22', r23', r28', r59',
r63'–r70'; 49-a-r18; RGb-III-2, 23; IV-5'
šû / šuātum (possessive
pronoun) 46-19' (or: personal pronoun, see GAG § 44e)
šubtu (residence) 47-r42'
šulmu RGb-III-1, 6, 22
šumēlu 45-V1-26', 27'; 46-60'–62'
šumu (omen) 44-I-A-r7', r9' (MU.ŠID.<BI>.IM); 47-C-r6''
šupālu RGa-r11
šupku in šupuk šamê 45-V4-r6
šurru 49-b-iv8'
270 index of terms
šurrû (to begin) 49-b-iv8' (?); RGb-III-16

šūtu (south [wind]) 44-I-r2', II-S1, S2, M-r3'; 45-r9', V2/3-6', 11', 14', 18', 19', 23',
24', V7-15, 20, V8/9-9'; 46-73'; 47-1, 10, 24, r22', r26', a-ii12;
48-r5', r9', r12', A-r17', B-r14'; 49-1, a-r1, b-iv12', V1-2', 7', 10',
11', 14', 16'–20', 24', 28', 32', r5, r12; RGa-A2'; RGb-II-14', 16',
20', III-16
šu’u (sheep) → immeru
tabāku 45-C-r12', V2/3-31'; 46-1, V1-1'
tāḫāzu 45-V2/3-33'; 47-b-9'; RGb-II-28'
taḫtu (BAD5.BAD5) → abiktu
takālu 44-I-A-r17'
tāmartu 44-II-L-[r8']; 45-A-r5' ; RGb-II-25', (26'), 27' (IGI.LÁ); →
amāru
tâmtu 45-V7-5; 46-1; RGa-11'
tappû (companion) 45-V7-17
taqānu 46-52'
taqtītu 46-30', 50'; 47-r58'; RGa-r2
tarbaṣu 46-64', V2-r13'
tarû (to fetch) 45-V1-13' (?)
târu 45-V1-13' (?), 14' (?), 17', 23', V2/3-17'; 46-18', 24'; 48-S-76'
Tašrītu 47-r46'; 48-7, S-7', 19', 31', 77', r13', r20'; 49-5
tazzimtu RGb-III-11
tebû 44-I-39; 45-r9', V1-14', V2/3-24'; 46-4', 8', 59', 73', 75'; 47-4,
r9', r10'; 48-r14'; 49-a-r19 (?), V1-4', 20'–27', r16–r19, r20
(?); RGb-I-23', II-16', 25'
tebûtu → tibûtu
teslītu 48-S-77'
tiamtu → tâmtu
tibnu 47-r61'
tību 45-a-ii7, ii8, V2/3-24', 27', 34'; 47-r57'; RGb-III-2, 15 (?), 26
tibûtu 44-I-9, II-1; 45-22', V2/3-28'; 47-V1-10'; 48-S-72'; RGb-I-24',
25', II-22', 36', III-9
tikpu (dot, spot) 44-II-L-[r6']; 45-A-r3'; 47-V1-7'
tulû 49-a-r6
tuppu (tablet) → ṭuppu
ṭābtu (salt) 46-18'
ṭâbu RGb-I-22'
Ṭebētu 47-r49'; 48-10, S-[10'], 22', 34', 80', [r14'], r22'
ṭeḫû (to approach) 44-II-3, 4/1; 45-V2/3-8', 9'; 46-a-5'; 47-r59'
ṭēmu 48-a-13'
ṭiābu → ṭâbu
ṭuppu (tablet) 44-I-A-r7', r9', r11', II-K-[r7'], L-[r1', r7']; 45-A-[r(-2)'], r4',
C-r13'; 47-A-[r10'], r11', C-[r24'], b-12'; 48-B-r15', a-[26']
ṭupšarru 44-I-A-r11', r14'
ṭupšarrūtu 44-II-L-r4'; 45-A-[r1']
u passim
ū 45-V4/5-13'; 47-26
ubbuṭu (famine) → arbūtu, EAE 47, note 35
ugbabtu → entu
ukultu 45-V2/3-37'; RGb-II-17'
ul passim; cf. lā
words 271
ultu (ištu, issu) 45-V2/3-5'–7', 10'–24', V4/5-15', V7-15, 18, V8/9-9'; 46-6', a-3',
11', V2-r6'; 47-[24f.], V1-13', 18', 19', r22', r23'; 49-a-r1, V1-36'
(?); RGa-r14; RGb-II-44', III-5
Ulūlu 47-r45'; 48-6, S-[6', 18'], 30', 76', [r12'], r19'
Ummān-manda 44-I-9, II-1; 45-V2/3-28'
ummānu 44-I-5; 45-22'; 46-6'; 47-r62'
ūmu 44-I-A-r8', II-K-r5'; 45-1–3, 23', a-ii14, V2/3-47', 49', V4/5-
15', 16' (?), V7-12, 13, 15, V8/9-1'–3', 4' (?), 5', 11'; 46-4', 8', 12',
38', V2-r9'; 47-3, 28, V1-8' (?), r19', r20', r55'; 48-14–18, r4',
r6', r7', S-13', 25', 37'–54', 87'–89', a-23'; 49-a-r1, V1-14'–16';
RGa-3'; RGb-I-27', II-2'–11', [14'], 16'–19', 36', 39', 41'–44',
III-2, 3, 5, [10, 11], 12, 15, 17, [19–21], 22, 23, 27, IV-3', 4', 8'
(?), i5'
– in ūm mašil 46-8'; RGa-3'
unqu (ring) 47-V1-16', r5'
upāṭu 47-r67'
uppulu ((to be) late) 46-79'; 47-14–16, 19
upû (cloud) RGb-II-14'
urdu → wardu
urgulû 44-I-9; 45-V2/3-28'
urpatu (cloud) → erpetu
urpu → erpetu
urru (day) 45-V2/3-25' (?)
urubātu (laments) 47-r30', C-r4''
uska/āru RGb-II-26', 27'
uṣurtu 46-65'
ušû 44-I-39; 45-V2/3-25', V4/5-1' (?)
ušumgallu 44-I-1, D-1 (?)
uṭṭatu 45-23', (V1-r14'); 47-14–17, 19, 19a; 48-S-66', 68'; RGa-r6;
RGb-II-9', III-3
uznu 44-II-L-[r3']; 45-A-[r0']
uzuzzu → izuzzu
walādu 44-II-K-r2' (?); 46-32'
waqāru RGa-r6
warādu 45-V2/3-41'; 46-7' (?); 47-26; RGb-IV-9' (?)
warāqu 47-17, 39
wardatu 44-II-S2, N2, O2, [W2]
wardu 44-II-1; 45-V2/3-26'; 46-12'; 47-26; RGb-III-25
warḫu 44-II-4/1, 4/2, 4/3, 4/4; 46-38'; 47-r22', r23'; 49-a-r11, r18;
RGb-II-36', III-[12]
warkatu 45-2; RGb-III-18, 27
warki 47-r4'; RGb-III-18 (→ warkatu)
warkītu 48-S-89'; RGb-II-5'
warkû → arkû
warqu 45-V2/3-18', 20'; 46-8', 22' (?), 25', 54', 56', 72'; 47-28, r12',
r15'; 48-r13'; RGa-6'
warû (to lead) RGb-III-10
wurqu 47-V1-5'
waṣû 46-21', 25', 51', 52', 69'; 47-r13'; 49-V1-12', 13'; RGb-I-5' (?),
II-8', 33', IV-15' (?)
wašābu 46-32'; 47-r42', r50'
272 index of terms
wašāru (D/II) 45-V7-17; 46-V1-8', V2-r15'; RGb-I-7', 8', 10', 11', 13' (?), 18'
(?), 21', II-38'
watru RGa-r4
watû 47-b-10'
wēdû (SIG, notable) 47-V1-13'; 48-S-17'
wurqu 47-V1-4', 5'; 48-r13' (?)
zakû (clean) 46-52'
– (to become clean) 46-52'
zamar 49-a-r14; RGb-II-30'
zanānu (to rain) 44-I-A-r8', II-3, K-[r5']; 45-1, 23', V2/3-24', 32', 42' (?), 46',
49', V4/5-14', 15', V7-12, 15, 16, 18, 20, 21; 46-5', 14', 16'–18',
28'–38', 45' (?), 51', 52', 58', 61', 81' (?), B-r-b' (?), V1-9',
V2-r13'; 47-2, 7, 32, [r14'], r17'–r20', A-r10'; 48-1, 5, 7, r3', r7',
S-13', 25', 89'; 49-a-r15, V1-28'; RGa-A9, r6, r15; RGb-I-20',
II-7', 10'–12', III-21, 23, IV-i3', i6'
zâqu 49-V1-17'–19', 32'
zenû (angry) 46-12'; 48-S-r26'
zēru (hated) → zīru
zēru (seed) 48-S-78'
ziāqu → zâqu
zikaru 45-r9'; 46-32', 53'
zīmu 45-r4', r5', V2/3-16'–21'; 46-7', 8', 53'–56', 70'–72'; 47-r11',
r12', r15', r16'; RGb-II-3'
zīru (hated) 46-12'
zumru 45-V2/3-16', 17'; 46-23'; 47-r15'; RGb-III-10
zunnu (rain) 44-I-A-r8', II-K-r5'; 45-1, r6', V2/3-12', 13', 23', 42', 46',
V4/5-19', V8/9-10'; 46-45', V2-r12', r13'; 47-2, 5, 23, 24, 27, 28,
30–32, V1-2' (?), r8', r9' (?), r13', r14', r17', r19', r20', r22',
r23', r26'; 48-r3', S-56', 60', 65'–70'; 49-a-r15, V1-28'; RGa-
r5, r6, r9, r12, r15; RGb-I-16', 22', II-4' (?), 10'–12', III-23,
IV-3', i4', i6'
zuqaqīpu 44-I-2
zuqiqīpu → zuqaqīpu
2. Sumerian
du.du 48-a-14' (Akkadian *nkp = du7 (?))
ĝalga 48-a-13'
kúr 48-a-[14'] (?)
kúr.ru.uš 48-a-13'
GIŠ
MÁ.U5.TUŠ.A 46-45'
(MU.ŠID.BI.IM listed under šumu)
3. Readings of Uncertain Meaning

BAD (verb) 46-12'
GÁ RGb-IV-i4'
GÁN (verb) 47-27, 28, 30, 31
GIŠ.GAR.MAŠ 44-II-3, 4/1; RGa-r3
I DI IK KA A 49-a-r13
words 273
KU 47-r52'
LAGAR 45-V2/3-34', 37'
GIŠ
NU.NAGA 45-V7-19
NU UZ ⌈LI⌉? UZ LU 45-V7-13
LÚ
SU 45-V1-r4'
ŠÁR = DU UŠ DU Ú 49-a-r3
ŠE.GAR 45-V2/3-32'
UD TA (A) 47-20
uk-pat 48-S-14'
Ú.TE.TE (?) 47-r53'
furthermore, see 46-22', 24', 46', V2-10'f.; 49-V1-r11; RGb-II-12', 32', IV-4'
274 index of names and subjects
iNDEX OF Names and subjects
Personal Names
Abbreviations:
d – descendant of; f – father of; g – grandfather of; gs – grandson of; s – son of
Aja-šūzubu-ile’’i s Nabû-rē’ûni, gs Ḫi-la-a-⌈a⌉?, d [ ] 44-A-r11'

(~ -ila’’e)
Assurbanipal (colophon) 44-II-L-[r2']; 45-A-[r(-1)']
Ḫi-la-a-⌈a⌉? g Aja-šūzubu-ile’’i, f Nabû-rē’ûni, d [ ] 44-I-A-r15'
Iddin-Bēl f Mušallim-Bēl, s/(d) [ ] 47-A-r11'
Mard[uk- ] (?) 48-A-r19'
Mušallim-Bēl s Iddin-Bēl, gs/(d) [ ] 47-A-r11'
Nabû-rē’ûni f Aja-šūzubu-ile’’i, s Ḫi-la-a-⌈a⌉?, d [ ] 44-I-A-r14'
Sargon (colophon) 44-I-A-r13'
Sennacherib (colophon) 44-I-A-r12'
[ ]x-mušēzib 47-A-r12'
Gods, Demons and Stars
Adad 44 passim; 45 passim; 46 passim; 47 obv. passim, V1-9',

14', 18', r4', r6', r7', r58'; 48-S-67', 89', r21'; 49-b-iv9', V1-6',
19', 24'–27'; RGa passim; RGb-II-5', 7'–9', 19', 31', 42', III-3,
19, 21, 22, [23, 25–27], IV-4', 6'–10', 11' (?)
alû (demon) → word index
Anu 44-I-A-r9', II-K-r7', L-r1'; 45-A-[r(-2)']; 47-A-[r10'], C-r24',
b-12'; 48-B-r15', a-26'
Anunnaku RGb-III-11
Arû → Erû
(Bēl [dBAD] → Enlil [RGb-II-6'])
bibbu (planet) → word index
Dapinu (Jupiter) RGb-III-6
Dilbad/t (Venus) 45-V1-r3', r7'; 46-V1-7', 9', V2-r14', r16'; RGa-9'; RGb-III-1, 6
Ea 44-II-2; 45-18', r6'; 46-22'; RGa-6', r12; (dIDIM [RGb-II-6'] →
Enlil)
ÉLLAG
MUL
→ Kalītu
Enlil 44-I-A-r9', II-K-r7', L-r1'; 45-A-[r(-2)']; 47-V1-10', r42',
A-r10', C-r24', b-12'; 48-B-[r15'], S-77', a-26'; RGb-II-6', III-
20, IV-5' (?)
Enzu (Lyra) 46-48'
Ereqqu (The Wagon) 46-26'–29', 34'
Ereškigal 47-r68'
Erra 45-V1-r14' (?), V2/3-18'; 46-F-4'; 47-r52'
Erû (Aquila) 46-43'; RGa-r1 (?)
gods, demoons and stars 275
Gira → girru (fire)

MUL
GIŠ.GIŠ → Nīru
Gula (Aquarius) 46-4'; 47-r52'
Is lê (Hyades) 46-19'
Jupiter Nēberu; → Dapinu, dSAG.ME.GAR, Šulpae
Kalītu (Puppis) RGb-III-18
MUL
KU6 → Nūnu
Lamaštu 44-II-S1, N1, O1, [W1];
Manzât 45-6 (?), r2'–r5', V2/3-[2'] (?), 3', 4', 10', 11', 16'–18', V7-15;
46-21'–24', 53'–56', 70'–72'; 47-V1-15', 18', r8'–r16', r19'–r25'
Marat-Anu 46-5'
Marduk 46-9'
MUL
MAR.GÍD.DA → Ereqqu
Meslamtaea 45-17'; 46-5'
MUL.MUL → Zappu
Nabû 44-II-L-[r3', r6']; 45-A-[r0'], r3'
Namtaru 47-7
Nergal 45-17', V7-8; 46-43'; 47-r15', r51', r60'; RGa-r1; RGb-II-17'
Ninkilimtirra → šakkadirru (word index)
Nīru (Boötes) 46-49'
Nisaba 44-I-14; 45-V1-r16', V2/3-19'; 46-18', 74'; 48-S-12', 24', 36'
Nūnu (Piscis Austrinus) RGa-r14
Orion → MULSIPA.ZI.AN.NA
d
SAG.ME.GAR (Jupiter) RGa-r8, r11; RGb-III-1
Sebettu, Sibittu 45-C-r12', V1-r9', r10'; 46-1, V1-5', V2 passim; RGa-10'
Sîn 45-V1-16', 25' (?), r1' (?), V2/3-47'; 46-50'–62', 65', 66' (?),
V2-r9', r12', r13'; 47-V1-14', r4'; RGa-r5, r14, r15; RGb-II-25',
27', III-12, [13] (?), [14], 15, IV-6', 7'
MUL
SIPA.ZI.AN.NA 46-20', 21'; RGa-17'
Šamaš (cf. šamšu) 44-I-A-r8', II-4/3, S2, N2, [O2], [W2], K-[r5']; 45-1, V1-r1'
(?), V2/3- 26', (27'), [47'] (?); 46-5', [13'-15'] (?), 16', 72', 73';
47-(6), V1-10'; 48-r15', r16'; 49-a-r19; RGb-III-[11], 12–14,
[15], 16, 20, 22, 23, 35
– in sunrise and sunset: → word index
Šitaddaru (Orion) → MULSIPA.ZI.AN.NA
MUL
ŠUDUN → Nīru
Šulpae (Jupiter) 45-V1-r15', r16'; 46-7', 8'
Tašmētu 44-II-L-[r3']; 45-A-[r0']
MUL
TI8MUŠEN → Erû
d
TIR.AN.NA → Manzât
MUL
ÙZ → Enzu
Zappu (Pleiades) 46-a-3' (?), V2-r6' (?), r9', r12'; RGa-r5
Lands, Towns and Rivers
Akkadû RGb-II-14'; → mat Akkadî

Amurru 44-I-r5', II-W1, [W2], r4' (?); 45-V2/3-15', 44'; 47-13, r23';

49-V1-20', 27'; RGb-I-24', II-15', III-22
(Assur → LÚBAL.TILKI)
276 index of names and subjects
Assyria (cf. Subartu) 44-I-A-r13', II-K-r9', L-r2'; 45-A-[r(-1)']

Babylon 46-44'; 48-A-r18'
(LÚBAL.TIL (Bal-til) KI → Ašsurû (word index))
Elamtu 44-I-32, r4', II-O1, O2; 45-V2/3-12', 15', V4/5-20'; 46-6', 42',
60', 66'; 47-12, r23'; 48-S-88'; 49-V1-23', 24'; RGa-18', r10;
RGb-II-9', 15', 22', III-18, 22, IV-6'
Euphrates → Purattu
Idiqlat 45-V2/3-48'
māt Akkadî 44-I-r2', II-S1, [S2]; 45-V2/3-14'; 46-B-r-f'; 47-r22'; 49-V1-
[22']¸ 26'; RGa-r10; RGb-III-22, IV-16'
māt Amurrê abbreviated as ‘Amurru’, q. v.
māt Gutî 47-11
māt Kaššî 48-S-81'
Purattu 45-V2/3-48'
Subartu (cf. Assyria) 44-I-35, r3', II-N1, N2; 45-V1-23' (?), V4/5-14'; 46-6'; 47-22';
49-V1-21', 25'; RGb-II-15'
Tigris → Idiqlat
Temples
Ekur (cf. ekurru) RGa-r9

Ešarra RGa-r6
Subjects
i. i., quotations in ‘reports’ [SAA 8] 47, Introductory Remarks

orbis 46, note 10
sankullu lightning 44, note 18
texts discussed and quoted 277
Index of texts
Texts Discussed and Quoted
(The omen texts themselves, excerpts and commentaries etc. are not listed here,
neither are parallels of i. i., ‘reports’ [SAA 8] and letters.)
81-2-4, 226 part III, section 2 (‘c’)

1905-4-9, 131 45, note 4
AAT 12 part III, section 2 (RG 6)
AAT 54 → ACh Š 13
AAT 54f. part III, section 2 (‘b’)
AAT 56 → K 68
AAT 73 part III, section 2 (‘c’)
AAT 78 part III, section 2 (RG 5)
ABL 519 Introduction
ACh A 17 → K 68
ACh S 3 (SIT 1) part III, note 15 and text RGb, omen III-14
ACh S 14 part III, section 2 (RG 5)
ACh S 15 part III, Introductory Remarks and section 2 (RG 6)
ACh S 16 part III, section 2 (‘c’)
ACh Š 8 (EAE 31) part III, text RGb (several references)
ACh Š 11 (EAE 34) part III, note 25
ACh Š 13 part III, section 2 (‘b’) and text RGb (several references)
Bab. 3, 138 → K 3899
Bab. 3, 286 → DT 194
BM 34685 part III, Catalogue
BM 46230 part III, text RGb, omens II-6' and II-14'
BM 97210 Introduction
BM 98625 → 1905-4-9, 131
CT 39, 13a Introduction, note 17
CTN 4, no. 18 45 (V2/3), note after the transcription; 47, Introductory
Remarks
DT 157 + 171 48, note 22
DT 194 46, omen 1
EAE 20 48, Introductory Remarks
EAE 22 47, Introductory Remarks
EAE 24 part III, text RGb (several references)
EAE 31 → ACh Š 8
EAE 32 → ACh Š 9
EAE 33 → ACh Š 10
EAE 34 → ACh Š 11
EAE 37 part III, text RGb, omen II-3'
278 index of texts
i. i. § 87 48, section 1 (Other sources related by topic)

i. i. § 95–98 48, section 1 (Other sources related by topic)
i. i. § 99 49, section 1 (Other sources related by topic)
i. i. § 100f. 47, section 1 (Other sources related by topic)
i. i. § 102–104 48, section 1 (Other sources related by topic)
K 50 part III, text RGb (several references)
K 68 45, text V2/3 : 48', text V4/5 : 16'; 46, omen 1, and text V2
(notes)
K 75+ part III, text RGb, omen II-6'
K 2049 47, section 1 (Other sources related by topic); 48, remark
at the beginning of the transcription and note 5
K 2129 47, text V2
K 2176 + K 12350 part III, note 19
K 2194 48, text S (notes)
K 2249 → EAE 36
K 2254 Introduction
K 2282 + K 3899 + K 7078 48, excerpt
K 2300 + K 6444 + K 7045 (+) (?) Sm 1669 part III, Catalogue
K 2874 → EAE 36
K 3163 part III, section 2 (‘c’)
K 3521 + K 3764 (?) part III, Catalogue
K 3599 + K 12453 part III, section 2 (‘b’)
K 3640 + K 6985 47, text V4
K 3764 → K 3521
K 3780 (+) K 6227 part III, Catalogue
K 3884 44, section 1 (Other sources related by topic)
K 3899 → K 2282
K 4026 → SIT 5
K 4458 47, text V3
K 5280 part III, section 2 (RG 6)
K 6227 → K 3780
K 6444 → K 2300
K 6985 → K 3640
K 7045 → K 2300
K 7078 → K 2282
K 7626 + K 7627 48, commentary ‘a’ (notes)
K 7865 45, text V2/3 : 5'–7'
K 7941 44, section 1 (Other sources related by topic)
K 8191+ 48, section 1 (State of preservation)
K 12350 → K 2176
K 12366 part III, note 19, and text RGb, omen II-6'
K 12383 49, note 4
K 12453 → K 3599
texts discussed and quoted 279

K 14067 + Rm 150 part III, Introductory Remarks
K 14543 49, note 3
K 15243 45, note 31
K 15518 Introduction, note 17
KUB 37, no. 163 47, section 1 (Forerunners)
KUB 37, no. 164 47, section 1 (Forerunners)
LB 1321 45, section 1 (Sîn ina tāmartīšu)
RG 4 part III, section 2
Rm 150 → K 14067
Rm 267 48, note 6
Rm 455+ 44, note 3 and omen II-1
Rm2, 589 48, text S (notes)
SAA 8, 459 45, section 1 (‘Reports’ and letters)
SIT 1 →ACh S 3
SIT 4 part III, section 2 (RG 4)
SIT 5 part III, text RGb (several references); 48, text S (notes)
SIT 6 part III, text RGb (several references)
SIT 14 part III, section 2 (RG 4)
Sm 149 47, section 1 (Other sources related by topic)
Sm 575 + Sm 2155 part III, section 2 (RG 5)
Sm 1267 part III, section 2 (‘a’)
Sm 1583 part III, text RGb, omen III-8
Sm 1669 → K 2300
Sm 1724 49, note 3
Sm 2155 → Sm 575
Sm 2189 part III, section 2 (‘b’)
SpTU 2, no. 41 45, texts V8 and V9 (concluding remark)
SpTU 4, no. 159 45, note 14
UM 2/2, no. 123 45, text V2/3 (note after transcription)
VAT 7525 48, section 1 (Forerunner)
VAT 9772 47, section 1 (Other sources related by topic); 48, remark
at the beginning of the transcription, and note 5
VAT 9787 48, note 44
VAT 9821 48, remark at the beginning of the transcription
W 23293/5 48, text S (notes)
Non-Akkadian / -Sumerian Sources
ʿΕρμου̃ του̃ Τρισμεγίστου Пερὶ σεισμω̃ ν 47, Introductory Remarks

Vicellii Seismologium (in Greek) 47, Introductory Remarks
280 index of texts
Concordances
1. Museum Numbers of Texts Edited
79-7-8, 48 + 79-7-8, 311 44 L

79-7-8, 91 → K 9557
79-7-8, 111 44 B
79-7-8, 179 → K 6245
79-7-8, 311 → 79-7-8, 48
81-2-11, 486 = BM 77739
81-4-28, 553 = BM 41006
81-7-6, 701 = BM 46238
81-7-27, 131 44 K
82-5-22, 572 47 b; 48 a; 49 a
83-1-18, 412 → K 6243
84-2-11, 486 = BM 77739
84-2-11, 505 = BM 77755
84-2-11, 527 = BM 77777
BM 36671 48 A
BM 41006 49 V1
BM 46238 47 A
BM 77739 45 B
BM 77755 + BM 77777 45 V1
BM 77777 → BM 77755
BM 99185 → K 2326
K 9 + K 3109 48 K
K 2104 44 C
K 2129 47 V2
K 2156 48 M
K 2169 44 A
K 2178 + K 2555 + K 8040 +
+ K 8853 + K 12462 +
+ K 12747 (+) K 2332 46 B
K 2227 + K 2268 45 V2
K 2233 45 A
K 2271 + ? + ? (+) K 5915 +
+ K 12355 (+) K 18437 RGb
K 2326 + BM 99185 47 C
K 2332 → K 2178
K 2336 48 O
K 2555 → K 2178
K 2268 → K 2227
K 3004 44 M
K 3005 48 L
K 3109 →K9
K 3535 + K 6265 + K 17366 +
+ K 17481 + K 19476 47 D
K 3590 45 V3
K 3640 + K 6985 47 V4
concordances 281
K 3884 45 V4
K 3919 + K 4033 + K 7240 +
+ K 12854 48 N
K 4033 → K 3919
K 4458 47 V3
K 4777 45 a; 49 b
K 5692 + Rm 531 46 C
K 5915 → K 2271
K 5989 44 D
K 6243 + K 6927 + K 8936 +
+ K 9535 + K 12455 +
+ 83-1-18, 412 RGb
K 6245 + 79-7-8, 179 (+)?
(+)? K 11047 46 A, 47 B
K 6265 → K 3535
K 6927 → K 6243
K 6985 → K 3640
K 7240 → K 3919
K 7665 46 a
K 7941 45 V5
K 8007 + K 8327 45 V7
K 8040 → K 2178
K 8327 → K 8007
K 8853 → K 2178
K 8923 45 V8
K 8936 → K 6243
K 9535 → K 6243
K 9557 + 79-7-8, 91 44 N
K 10734 45 V6
K 10946 46 V1
K 11047 → K 6245
K 11089 46 V2
K 11132 48 B
K 11262 45 V9
K 12355 → K 2271
K 12455 → K 6243
K 12462 → K 2178
K 12683 46 G
K 12747 → K 2178
K 12854 → K 3919
K 17366 → K 3535
K 17481 → K 3535
K 18437 → K 2271
K 19476 → K 3535
K 21913 46 F
Rm 104 45 C
Rm 501 47 V1
Rm 531 → K 5692
Rm 2, 122 RGa
Rm 2, 310 46 D
Sm 9 (39, 40, 42 c); cf. 45 (Introductory Remarks); 47 a
282 index of texts
Sm 511 49 A
Sm 1686 47 E
SMN 3180 47 V
2. Previously Published Texts

AAT 34 44 B
AAT 35 48 B
AAT 44 44 A
AAT 45 44 D, K; 45 A
AAT 48 44 L
AAT 49 47 C
AAT 58a 45 V2
AAT 59 45 V3
AAT 61 45 V5
AAT 63 47 B
AAT 64 46 A
AAT 65 45 V4, V6; 46 E, a
AAT 66 45 V7; 46 V2
AAT 67 46 C
AAT 68 45 C
AAT 78 49 A
ACh 1S 59 RGa
ACh 1S 60 46 V1
ACh 1S 61 47 V1
ACh 1S 62 49 A
ACh 2S 39 RGb
ACh 2S 96 45 a; 49 b
ACh 2S 97 47 D
ACh 2S 98 47 D
ACh 2S 100 47 V2
ACh 2S 101a 44 N
ACh 2S 101b 44 L
ACh 2S 103 a 48 N
ACh 2S 103b 48 L
ACh 2S 103c 48 N
ACh 2S 105a RGb
ACh 2S 105b RGb
ACh A 8 44 A, B
ACh A 9 45 V4, V5
ACh A 10 45 C
ACh A 11 44 A, B
ACh A 12 46 A
ACh A 13 46 C, E
ACh A 14 46 V2
ACh A 15 46 a
ACh A 16 45 V4
ACh A 18 45 C
ACh A 19 45 V2, V3
ACh A 20 47 B, C, E
concordances 283
ACh A 21 44 K, L
ACh A 22 44 A
ACh A 23 45 A
ACh A 26 45 V6
ACh A 27 45 V7
ACh A 28 48 B
ACh A 29 46 V2
ACh A 31 48 K
Bab. 6, 254 46 G
Bab. 6, 255 46 B
Bab. 6, 256 48 N
Bab. 6, 257 46 B
Bab. 6, 258f. 45 a; 49 b
Bab. 6, 261 45 V9
Langdon 1917, 20 47 a
Meek 1920, 175 47 a
Meek 1920, 190f. 47 b; 48 a; 49 a
RA 14, p. 20 → Sm 9
RA 17, p. 175 → Sm 9
RA 17, p. 190f. → 82-5-22, 572
Smith 1887, pl. 20f. 44 A
SMN 3180 47 V
284 abbreviations
Abbreviations
RGa → part III (Rikis gerri text)

RGb → part III (Rikis gerri text)
SIT n tablet no. ‘n’ of the series Sîn ina tāmartīšu
The dimensions of tablets (in cm) are noted as ‘width (direction of writing) x
length x depth’.
Literature
AAT = Craig 1899
ABL = Harper 1892–1914
ACh Ch. Virolleaud, L'Astrologie Chaldéenne, Paris 1903–1912:
1S Supplément (when clear, instead of ‘ACh 1S’ etc. only ‘1S’ is used)
2S Second supplément
A Adad
I Ištar
S Sîn
Š Šamaš
Bab. 3 = Virolleaud 1909c
Bab. 6 = Virolleaud 1912
BPO 3 = Reiner – Pingree 1998
CAD The Assyrian Dictionary of the Oriental Institute of the University
of Chicago
CT Cuneiform Texts from Babylonian Tablets
CTN Cuneiform Texts from Nimrud
EAE Enūma Anu Enlil
GAG = von Soden 1969
i. i. Iqqur īpuš (the edition of R. Labat [1965])
KUB Keilschrifturkunden aus Boghazköi
LAS = Parpola 1970
MZL = Borger 2004
OLZ Orientalistische Literaturzeitung
RG Rikis gerri
SAA 8 = Hunger 1992
SHAW Sitzungsberichte der Heidelberger Akademie der Wissenschaften
SIT Sîn ina tāmartīšu
SpTU Spätbabylonische Texte aus Uruk
General Abbreviations
(including museum and tablet signatures)
: separates line numbers or omen numbers from tablet numbers

~ ditto
general abbreviations 285
→ see
± approximately
Ø denotes missing entries, blank spaces and the like
BM tablets in the collections of the British Museum
col. column
D/II second verbal stem
DN divine name
fem. feminine (noun)
G/I first verbal stem
ibid. ibidem
id. idem
K tablets in the Kouyunjik collection of the British Museum
l. line
LB tablet numbers in the ‘de Liagre Böhl Collection’, Leiden
l. c. loco citato
lit. literally
masc. masculine (noun)
MB Middle Babylonian
MN month (name)
N/IV fourth verbal stem
NA Neo-Assyrian
NB Neo-Babylonian
OB Old Babylonian
obv.(*) (most likely) obverse
p. page
pl. plate
pl. t. plurale tantum
q. v. quod vide
rev.(*) (most likely) reverse
Rm tablets in the collections of the British Museum
Š/III third verbal stem
sc. scilicet
Sm tablets in the collections of the British Museum
SMN tablets excavated at Nuzi, in the Semitic Museum, Harvard Uni-
versity, Cambridge, Mass.
s. v. sub voce
UM tablets in the collections of the University Museum of the Univer-
sity of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia
VAT signature of tablets housed in the museums of Berlin
vol. volume
W field numbers of tablets excavated at Uruk (Warka)
Conventions Used in the Transcriptions and Translations
NB Specifications, such as ‘obv.’ and the like, refer in some cases to a well-pre-
served tablet which is chosen as ‘reference tablet’ in score transcriptions; unless
otherwise stated, the translation of the tablet quoted in the first place (‘on top of
the score transcription’) is given. Compound logograms are in most cases sepa-
rated into their components (ŠÈG → A.AN).
286 abbreviations
... in translations, used for uncertain, destroyed or missing passages,

not indicating every single break or trace
[] break
[ →] indicates that only the rest of the omen (or of the sentence) is
missing
[← ] long break before the beginning of the text (omen or line)
[ ... ] break (in translations; the actual length is only indicated in the
transcription)
[ ]x, [ ]... part of the last broken sign is preserved (‘[ ]...’ only in translations;
‘x[ ]’ analogously)
[ ] x, [ ] ... break plus illegible sign (‘[ ] ...’ only in translations)
[[ ]] erasure
⌈⌉ denotes destroyed cuneiform signs
() written twice by mistake; in translations: used for further clarifi-
cation
<> omission
Ø denotes missing entries, blank spaces and the like
1('), 2('), ... omen number or line number
⌈n+⌉ destroyed numerical symbol, n ≥ n (example: ⌈7+⌉ = 7, 8 or 9)
* composite omen (used primarily if the texts do not give a conti-
nuous reading)
A, B, ..., V sigla of texts and ‘other sources related by topic’ (V1, V2, ...)
a, b, ... sigla of commentaries
i, ii, ... columns
o, r obverse, reverse
102 : 4 Iqqur īpuš, § 102, omen no. 4 (according to the edition of R. Labat
[1965])
L letter (nos. as in S. Parpola, LAS [Parpola 1970])
R report (no. according to the edition of H. Hunger [SAA 8, 1992])
! collation or ‘postulation’ (“X is expected, but Y is written”).
Sparing use has been made of ‘!’. All texts have been collated; if
a reading differs from a reading given in AAT, ACh etc. it means
that it has (hopefully!) been tacitly corrected.
PLATES
[Tablet 44]
K 2169 obv. K 2169 rev.

Plate 1
Plate 2
[Tablet 44]
79-7-8, 111 obv. 79-7-8, 111 rev.

[Tablet 44] Plate 3
K 5989 obv.
K 2104
Plate 4
[Tablet 44]
81-7-27, 131 obv. 81-7-27, 131 rev.

[Tablet 44] Plate 5
79-7-8, 48 + 79-7-8, 311 obv.
79-7-8, 48 + 79-7-8, 311 rev.

Plate 6 [Tablet 44]
K 3004 obv.
K 3004 rev.
[Tablet 44] Plate 7
K 9557 + 79-7-8, 91 obv.
K 9557 + 79-7-8, 91 rev.

Plate 8 [Tablet 45]
K 2233 obv.
K 2233 rev.
[Tablet 45] Plate 9
BM 77739 obv.
BM 77739 rev.
Plate 10 [Tablet 45]
Rm 104 obv.
Rm 104 rev.
[Tablet 45] Plate 11
K 4777 obv.
K 4777 rev.
Plate 12
[Tablet 45]
BM 77755 + BM 77777 obv. BM 77755 + BM 77777 rev.

K 2227 + K 2268 obv.
K 2227 + K 2268 rev.

Plate 14
[Tablet 45]
K 3590 obv. K 3590 rev.

K 3884 obv.
K 3884 rev.
K 10734
K 7941
K 8007 + K 8327 obv.

K 8923
K 11262
[Tablet 46]
K 11047 obv.
←
Plate 19
K 6245 + 79-7-8, 179 obv.

K 2178 + K 2555 + K 8040 + K 8853 + K 12462 + K 2178 + K 2555 + K 8040 + K 8853 + K 12462 +
K 12747 (+) K 2332 obv. K 12747 (+) K 2332 rev.
K 2178 + K 2555 + K 8040 + K 8853 + K 12462 + K 12747 (+) K 2332 break

K 5692 + Rm 531
Plate 22
[Tablet 46]
Rm 2, 310 obv. Rm 2, 310 rev.

K 21913
K 12683 obv. K 12683 rev.

K 7665
K 10946
K 11089 obv.
K 11089 rev.
BM 46238 obv.
BM 46238 rev.
[Tablet 47]
K 2326 + BM 99185 obv. K 2326 + BM 99185 rev.

Plate 27
Plate 28
[Tablet 47]
K 3535 + K 6265 + K 17366 + K 17481 + K 19476 obv. K 3535 + K 6265 + K 17366 + K 17481 + K 19476 rev.
Sm 1686
Sm 9
82-5-22, 572 obv.
82-5-22, 572 rev.

Rm 501 obv.
Rm 501 rev.
K 2129
K 4458
K 3640 + K 6985 obv. K 3640 + K 6985 rev.

Plate 34
[Tablet 48]
BM 36671 obv. BM 36671 rev.

K 11132
Plate 36
[Tablet 48]
K 9 + K 3109 obv. K 9 + K 3109 rev.

K 3005 obv.
K 3005 rev.
Plate 38
[Tablet 48]
K 2156 obv. K 2156 rev.

[Tablet 48]
K 3919 + K 4033 + K 7240 + K 12854 K 2336

Plate 39
Plate 40
[Tablet 48]
K 2282 + K 3899 + K 7078 obv. K 2282 + K 3899 + K 7078 rev.

Sm 511
BM 41006 obv. BM 41006 rev.

Plate 42 [Rikis gerri]
Rm 2, 122 obv.
[Rikis gerri] Plate 43
Rm 2, 122 rev.
K 6243 + K 6927 + K 8936 + K 9535 + K 12455 + 83-1-18, 412 obv.

K 6243 + K 6927 + K 8936 + K 9535 + K 12455 + 83-1-18, 412 rev.

K 2271 (+) K 5915 + K 12355 (+) K 18437

K 5915 + K 12355
K 18437

Weather Omens

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Weather Omens

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Weather Omens of Enūma Anu Enlil

The titles published in this series are listed at brill.nl/cumo

Thunderstorms, Wind and Rain (Tablets 44–49)

Copyright 2012 by Koninklijke Brill NV, Leiden, The Netherlands.

This book is printed on acid-free paper.

meiner Mutter (†)

II. The Adad Tablets EAE 44–49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

A. Tablet 44 (Thunder). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

B. Tablet 45 (Thunder). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

C. Tablet 46 (Thunder). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

D. Tablet 47 (Lightning, Rainbows and Earthquakes) . . . . . . . . 122

E. Tablet 48 (Rain, Fog and Mud) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

III. The Series Rikis gerri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

List of Plates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Index of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

My sincere thanks go to the Trustees of the British Museum in London,

The major celestial-terrestrial omen collection Enūma Anu Enlil (‘EAE’)

(primarily mukallimtu and ṣâtu commentaries, but also maš’āltu inquiries

Gehlken 2005, 254.

See EAE 46, note 5; cf. Gehlken 2005, note 14.

irrevocable fate. Individual horoscopes do not gain importance until the

The protases of the tablets edited in this volume:

EAE 44 DIŠ dIŠKUR GÙ-šú GIM GAL.BÚR [ŠUB]

EAE 45 DIŠ dIŠKUR ina KUR dUTU GÙ-šú ŠUB

EAE 46 DIŠ dIŠKUR ina MÚRU dIMIN.BI GÙ-šú ŠUB-ma

EAE 47 DIŠ ina IM.U19 NIM.GÍR ib-ríq

EAE 48 DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA AN ŠUR-nun

EAE 49 DIŠ ina ITIBÁRA IM.U18.LU DU

II. The Adad Tablets EAE 44–49

Literature: Weidner 1968–1969, 721

Position of the tablet in the series: Gehlken 2005, 259

Number of omens: 115 (in one of the two known traditions)

State of preservation: The problems which must be tackled in the recon-

It is not yet possible to decide whether two completely different tradi-

Structure: Cf. the preceding point. In ‘group I’ there are sequences of

ʹReportsʹ and letters:—

Sigla Museum No. Provenance Script Publication Omens

A K 2169 Nineveh NA ACh A 8, 11, 22; AAT 44; I 1–26 and

B 79-7-8, 111 Nineveh NA ACh A 8, 11; AAT 34 I 11–41

C K 2104 Nineveh NA (plate 3) I 25–37

D K 5989 Nineveh NA AAT 45 see the

K 81-7-27, 131 Nineveh NA ACh A 21; AAT 45 II 1–N2 and

L 79-7-8, 48 + Nineveh NA ACh A 21 (48), II 3–N2

Sigla Museum No. Provenance Script Publication Omens

M K 3004 Nineveh NB (plate 6) II 4/1–W1

N K 9557 + 79-7-8, Nineveh NA 2S 101a (K 9557) II S1–W2

N: 9.3 × 5.8 × 2.8; the left half of the tablet is missing; the original

If Adad thunders like a wolf, the king’s son will be killed.12

If Adad thunders like a horse, that land will make progress.

If Adad thunders like a turtledove, the ‘foundation’ of the country will

If Adad thunders twice, the business of the town will decline.

If Adad thunders three times, Adad will devastate the harvest of

If Adad thunders seven times, Adad ... .16

If Adad thunde[rs] eight times, [ →].

If Adad thunders nine times, Adad (will) [ →].

If Adad shouts ten times, the king of E[lam →].

If Adad shouts eleven times, there will be an epidemic among the

If Adad shouts fourteen times, the dates (will) ...[ →].

[ ] clouds ... [ →].

r9' DUB 58.KÁM DIŠ UD AN dEn-líl 1 UŠ 55.A.AN MU.ŠID.<BI>.IM

r10' LIBIR.RA.BI.GIM AB.SAR BA.AN.È

r11' [D]UB-pi IdA+a-(A)-šu-zu-bu-i-le-’i LÚA.BA

r12' LÚGAL SAGMEŠ ša IdSîn!(± ‘GÀR’)-PAPMEŠ-SU-ba

N: 9.3 × 5.8 × 2.8; the left half of the tablet is missing; the original